Bill Amendment: IL HB2170 | 2019-2020 | 101st General Assembly
Bill Title: SCH CD-SEAL OF BILITERACY
Status: 2021-01-14 - Added as Alternate Chief Co-Sponsor Sen. Robert Peters [HB2170 Detail]
Download: Illinois-2019-HB2170-Senate_Amendment_001.html
| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | AMENDMENT TO HOUSE BILL 2170
| ||||||
| 2 | AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend House Bill 2170 by replacing | ||||||
| 3 | everything after the enacting clause with the following:
| ||||||
| 4 | "Article 5. | ||||||
| 5 | Section 5-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 6 | 2-3.64a-10 and by changing Section 27A-5 as follows:
| ||||||
| 7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-10 new) | ||||||
| 8 | Sec. 2-3.64a-10. Kindergarten assessment. | ||||||
| 9 | (a) For the purposes of this Section, "kindergarten" | ||||||
| 10 | includes both full-day and
half-day kindergarten programs. | ||||||
| 11 | (b) Beginning no later than the 2021-2022 school year, the | ||||||
| 12 | State Board
of Education shall annually assess all public | ||||||
| 13 | school students entering kindergarten using a common | ||||||
| 14 | assessment tool, unless the State Board determines that a | ||||||
| 15 | student is otherwise exempt. The common assessment tool must | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | assess multiple developmental domains, including literacy, | ||||||
| 2 | language, mathematics, and social and emotional development. | ||||||
| 3 | The assessment must be valid, reliable, and developmentally | ||||||
| 4 | appropriate to formatively assess a child's development and | ||||||
| 5 | readiness for kindergarten. | ||||||
| 6 | (c) Results from the assessment may be used by the school | ||||||
| 7 | to understand the child's development and readiness for | ||||||
| 8 | kindergarten, to tailor instruction, and to measure the child's | ||||||
| 9 | progress over time. Assessment results may also be used to | ||||||
| 10 | identify a need for the professional development of teachers | ||||||
| 11 | and early childhood educators and to inform State-level and | ||||||
| 12 | district-level policies and resource allocation. | ||||||
| 13 | The school shall make the assessment results available to | ||||||
| 14 | the child's parent or guardian. | ||||||
| 15 | The assessment results may not be used (i) to prevent a | ||||||
| 16 | child from enrolling in kindergarten or (ii) as the sole | ||||||
| 17 | measure used in determining the grade promotion or retention of | ||||||
| 18 | a student. | ||||||
| 19 | (d) On an annual basis, the State Board shall report | ||||||
| 20 | publicly, at a minimum, data from the assessment for the State | ||||||
| 21 | overall and for each school district. The State Board's report | ||||||
| 22 | must disaggregate data by race and ethnicity, household income, | ||||||
| 23 | students who are English learners, and students who have an | ||||||
| 24 | individualized education program. | ||||||
| 25 | (e) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a | ||||||
| 26 | committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | teachers, school administrators, assessment experts, regional | ||||||
| 2 | superintendents of schools, and citizens, to review, on an | ||||||
| 3 | ongoing basis, the content and design of the assessment, the | ||||||
| 4 | collective results of the assessment as measured against | ||||||
| 5 | kindergarten-readiness standards, and other issues involving | ||||||
| 6 | the assessment as identified by the committee. | ||||||
| 7 | The committee shall make periodic recommendations to the | ||||||
| 8 | State Superintendent of Education and the General Assembly | ||||||
| 9 | concerning the assessments. | ||||||
| 10 | (f) The State Board may adopt rules to implement and | ||||||
| 11 | administer this Section.
| ||||||
| 12 | (105 ILCS 5/27A-5)
| ||||||
| 13 | Sec. 27A-5. Charter school; legal entity; requirements.
| ||||||
| 14 | (a) A charter school shall be a public, nonsectarian, | ||||||
| 15 | nonreligious, non-home
based, and non-profit school. A charter | ||||||
| 16 | school shall be organized and operated
as a nonprofit | ||||||
| 17 | corporation or other discrete, legal, nonprofit entity
| ||||||
| 18 | authorized under the laws of the State of Illinois.
| ||||||
| 19 | (b) A charter school may be established under this Article | ||||||
| 20 | by creating a new
school or by converting an existing public | ||||||
| 21 | school or attendance center to
charter
school status.
Beginning | ||||||
| 22 | on April 16, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3), in | ||||||
| 23 | all new
applications to establish
a charter
school in a city | ||||||
| 24 | having a population exceeding 500,000, operation of the
charter
| ||||||
| 25 | school shall be limited to one campus. The changes made to this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section by Public Act 93-3 do not apply to charter schools | ||||||
| 2 | existing or approved on or before April 16, 2003 (the
effective | ||||||
| 3 | date of Public Act 93-3). | ||||||
| 4 | (b-5) In this subsection (b-5), "virtual-schooling" means | ||||||
| 5 | a cyber school where students engage in online curriculum and | ||||||
| 6 | instruction via the Internet and electronic communication with | ||||||
| 7 | their teachers at remote locations and with students | ||||||
| 8 | participating at different times. | ||||||
| 9 | From April 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016, there is a | ||||||
| 10 | moratorium on the establishment of charter schools with | ||||||
| 11 | virtual-schooling components in school districts other than a | ||||||
| 12 | school district organized under Article 34 of this Code. This | ||||||
| 13 | moratorium does not apply to a charter school with | ||||||
| 14 | virtual-schooling components existing or approved prior to | ||||||
| 15 | April 1, 2013 or to the renewal of the charter of a charter | ||||||
| 16 | school with virtual-schooling components already approved | ||||||
| 17 | prior to April 1, 2013.
| ||||||
| 18 | (c) A charter school shall be administered and governed by | ||||||
| 19 | its board of
directors or other governing body
in the manner | ||||||
| 20 | provided in its charter. The governing body of a charter school
| ||||||
| 21 | shall be subject to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open | ||||||
| 22 | Meetings Act. No later than January 1, 2021 (one year after the | ||||||
| 23 | effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of | ||||||
| 24 | the 101st General Assembly, a charter school's board of | ||||||
| 25 | directors or other governing body must include at least one | ||||||
| 26 | parent or guardian of a pupil currently enrolled in the charter | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school who may be selected through the charter school or a | ||||||
| 2 | charter network election, appointment by the charter school's | ||||||
| 3 | board of directors or other governing body, or by the charter | ||||||
| 4 | school's Parent Teacher Organization or its equivalent. | ||||||
| 5 | (c-5) No later than January 1, 2021 (one year after the | ||||||
| 6 | effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of | ||||||
| 7 | the 101st General Assembly or within the first year of his or | ||||||
| 8 | her first term, every voting member of a charter school's board | ||||||
| 9 | of directors or other governing body shall complete a minimum | ||||||
| 10 | of 4 hours of professional development leadership training to | ||||||
| 11 | ensure that each member has sufficient familiarity with the | ||||||
| 12 | board's or governing body's role and responsibilities, | ||||||
| 13 | including financial oversight and accountability of the | ||||||
| 14 | school, evaluating the principal's and school's performance, | ||||||
| 15 | adherence to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open | ||||||
| 16 | Meetings Act Acts, and compliance with education and labor law. | ||||||
| 17 | In each subsequent year of his or her term, a voting member of | ||||||
| 18 | a charter school's board of directors or other governing body | ||||||
| 19 | shall complete a minimum of 2 hours of professional development | ||||||
| 20 | training in these same areas. The training under this | ||||||
| 21 | subsection may be provided or certified by a statewide charter | ||||||
| 22 | school membership association or may be provided or certified | ||||||
| 23 | by other qualified providers approved by the State Board of | ||||||
| 24 | Education.
| ||||||
| 25 | (d) For purposes of this subsection (d), "non-curricular | ||||||
| 26 | health and safety requirement" means any health and safety | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | requirement created by statute or rule to provide, maintain, | ||||||
| 2 | preserve, or safeguard safe or healthful conditions for | ||||||
| 3 | students and school personnel or to eliminate, reduce, or | ||||||
| 4 | prevent threats to the health and safety of students and school | ||||||
| 5 | personnel. "Non-curricular health and safety requirement" does | ||||||
| 6 | not include any course of study or specialized instructional | ||||||
| 7 | requirement for which the State Board has established goals and | ||||||
| 8 | learning standards or which is designed primarily to impart | ||||||
| 9 | knowledge and skills for students to master and apply as an | ||||||
| 10 | outcome of their education. | ||||||
| 11 | A charter school shall comply with all non-curricular | ||||||
| 12 | health and safety
requirements applicable to public schools | ||||||
| 13 | under the laws of the State of
Illinois. On or before September | ||||||
| 14 | 1, 2015, the State Board shall promulgate and post on its | ||||||
| 15 | Internet website a list of non-curricular health and safety | ||||||
| 16 | requirements that a charter school must meet. The list shall be | ||||||
| 17 | updated annually no later than September 1. Any charter | ||||||
| 18 | contract between a charter school and its authorizer must | ||||||
| 19 | contain a provision that requires the charter school to follow | ||||||
| 20 | the list of all non-curricular health and safety requirements | ||||||
| 21 | promulgated by the State Board and any non-curricular health | ||||||
| 22 | and safety requirements added by the State Board to such list | ||||||
| 23 | during the term of the charter. Nothing in this subsection (d) | ||||||
| 24 | precludes an authorizer from including non-curricular health | ||||||
| 25 | and safety requirements in a charter school contract that are | ||||||
| 26 | not contained in the list promulgated by the State Board, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | including non-curricular health and safety requirements of the | ||||||
| 2 | authorizing local school board.
| ||||||
| 3 | (e) Except as otherwise provided in the School Code, a | ||||||
| 4 | charter school shall
not charge tuition; provided that a | ||||||
| 5 | charter school may charge reasonable fees
for textbooks, | ||||||
| 6 | instructional materials, and student activities.
| ||||||
| 7 | (f) A charter school shall be responsible for the | ||||||
| 8 | management and operation
of its fiscal affairs including,
but | ||||||
| 9 | not limited to, the preparation of its budget. An audit of each | ||||||
| 10 | charter
school's finances shall be conducted annually by an | ||||||
| 11 | outside, independent
contractor retained by the charter | ||||||
| 12 | school. To ensure financial accountability for the use of | ||||||
| 13 | public funds, on or before December 1 of every year of | ||||||
| 14 | operation, each charter school shall submit to its authorizer | ||||||
| 15 | and the State Board a copy of its audit and a copy of the Form | ||||||
| 16 | 990 the charter school filed that year with the federal | ||||||
| 17 | Internal Revenue Service. In addition, if deemed necessary for | ||||||
| 18 | proper financial oversight of the charter school, an authorizer | ||||||
| 19 | may require quarterly financial statements from each charter | ||||||
| 20 | school.
| ||||||
| 21 | (g) A charter school shall comply with all provisions of | ||||||
| 22 | this Article, the Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act, all | ||||||
| 23 | federal and State laws and rules applicable to public schools | ||||||
| 24 | that pertain to special education and the instruction of | ||||||
| 25 | English learners, and
its charter. A charter
school is exempt | ||||||
| 26 | from all other State laws and regulations in this Code
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | governing public
schools and local school board policies; | ||||||
| 2 | however, a charter school is not exempt from the following:
| ||||||
| 3 | (1) Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this Code regarding | ||||||
| 4 | criminal
history records checks and checks of the Statewide | ||||||
| 5 | Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||||||
| 6 | Offender Against Youth Database of applicants for | ||||||
| 7 | employment;
| ||||||
| 8 | (2) Sections 10-20.14, 10-22.6, 24-24, 34-19, and | ||||||
| 9 | 34-84a of this Code regarding discipline of
students;
| ||||||
| 10 | (3) the Local Governmental and Governmental Employees | ||||||
| 11 | Tort Immunity Act;
| ||||||
| 12 | (4) Section 108.75 of the General Not For Profit | ||||||
| 13 | Corporation Act of 1986
regarding indemnification of | ||||||
| 14 | officers, directors, employees, and agents;
| ||||||
| 15 | (5) the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act;
| ||||||
| 16 | (5.5) subsection (b) of Section 10-23.12 and | ||||||
| 17 | subsection (b) of Section 34-18.6 of this Code; | ||||||
| 18 | (6) the Illinois School Student Records Act;
| ||||||
| 19 | (7) Section 10-17a of this Code regarding school report | ||||||
| 20 | cards;
| ||||||
| 21 | (8) the P-20 Longitudinal Education Data System Act; | ||||||
| 22 | (9) Section 27-23.7 of this Code regarding bullying | ||||||
| 23 | prevention; | ||||||
| 24 | (10) Section 2-3.162 of this Code regarding student | ||||||
| 25 | discipline reporting; | ||||||
| 26 | (11) Sections 22-80 and 27-8.1 of this Code; | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (12) Sections 10-20.60 and 34-18.53 of this Code; | ||||||
| 2 | (13) Sections 10-20.63 and 34-18.56 of this Code; | ||||||
| 3 | (14) Section 26-18 of this Code; | ||||||
| 4 | (15) Section 22-30 of this Code; and | ||||||
| 5 | (16) Sections 24-12 and 34-85 of this Code; . | ||||||
| 6 | (17) the (16) The Seizure Smart School Act; and . | ||||||
| 7 | (18) Section 2-3.64a-10 of this Code. | ||||||
| 8 | The change made by Public Act 96-104 to this subsection (g) | ||||||
| 9 | is declaratory of existing law. | ||||||
| 10 | (h) A charter school may negotiate and contract with a | ||||||
| 11 | school district, the
governing body of a State college or | ||||||
| 12 | university or public community college, or
any other public or | ||||||
| 13 | for-profit or nonprofit private entity for: (i) the use
of a | ||||||
| 14 | school building and grounds or any other real property or | ||||||
| 15 | facilities that
the charter school desires to use or convert | ||||||
| 16 | for use as a charter school site,
(ii) the operation and | ||||||
| 17 | maintenance thereof, and
(iii) the provision of any service, | ||||||
| 18 | activity, or undertaking that the charter
school is required to | ||||||
| 19 | perform in order to carry out the terms of its charter.
| ||||||
| 20 | However, a charter school
that is established on
or
after April | ||||||
| 21 | 16, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3) and that | ||||||
| 22 | operates
in a city having a population exceeding
500,000 may | ||||||
| 23 | not contract with a for-profit entity to
manage or operate the | ||||||
| 24 | school during the period that commences on April 16, 2003 (the
| ||||||
| 25 | effective date of Public Act 93-3) and
concludes at the end of | ||||||
| 26 | the 2004-2005 school year.
Except as provided in subsection (i) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of this Section, a school district may
charge a charter school | ||||||
| 2 | reasonable rent for the use of the district's
buildings, | ||||||
| 3 | grounds, and facilities. Any services for which a charter | ||||||
| 4 | school
contracts
with a school district shall be provided by | ||||||
| 5 | the district at cost. Any services
for which a charter school | ||||||
| 6 | contracts with a local school board or with the
governing body | ||||||
| 7 | of a State college or university or public community college
| ||||||
| 8 | shall be provided by the public entity at cost.
| ||||||
| 9 | (i) In no event shall a charter school that is established | ||||||
| 10 | by converting an
existing school or attendance center to | ||||||
| 11 | charter school status be required to
pay rent for space
that is | ||||||
| 12 | deemed available, as negotiated and provided in the charter | ||||||
| 13 | agreement,
in school district
facilities. However, all other | ||||||
| 14 | costs for the operation and maintenance of
school district | ||||||
| 15 | facilities that are used by the charter school shall be subject
| ||||||
| 16 | to negotiation between
the charter school and the local school | ||||||
| 17 | board and shall be set forth in the
charter.
| ||||||
| 18 | (j) A charter school may limit student enrollment by age or | ||||||
| 19 | grade level.
| ||||||
| 20 | (k) If the charter school is approved by the State Board or | ||||||
| 21 | Commission, then the charter school is its own local education | ||||||
| 22 | agency. | ||||||
| 23 | (Source: P.A. 100-29, eff. 1-1-18; 100-156, eff. 1-1-18; | ||||||
| 24 | 100-163, eff. 1-1-18; 100-413, eff. 1-1-18; 100-468, eff. | ||||||
| 25 | 6-1-18; 100-726, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-50, | ||||||
| 26 | eff. 7-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-291, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; 101-543, eff. 8-23-19; revised 8-4-20.)
| ||||||
| 2 | Article 10. | ||||||
| 3 | Section 10-5. The Early Intervention Services System Act is | ||||||
| 4 | amended by changing Section 11 as follows:
| ||||||
| 5 | (325 ILCS 20/11) (from Ch. 23, par. 4161)
| ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 11. Individualized Family Service Plans.
| ||||||
| 7 | (a) Each eligible infant or toddler and that infant's or | ||||||
| 8 | toddler's family
shall receive:
| ||||||
| 9 | (1) timely, comprehensive, multidisciplinary | ||||||
| 10 | assessment of the unique
strengths and needs of each | ||||||
| 11 | eligible infant and toddler, and assessment of the concerns
| ||||||
| 12 | and priorities of the families to appropriately assist them | ||||||
| 13 | in meeting
their needs and identify supports and services | ||||||
| 14 | to meet those needs; and
| ||||||
| 15 | (2) a written Individualized Family Service Plan | ||||||
| 16 | developed by a
multidisciplinary team which includes the | ||||||
| 17 | parent or guardian. The
individualized family service plan | ||||||
| 18 | shall be based on the
multidisciplinary team's assessment | ||||||
| 19 | of the resources, priorities,
and concerns of the family | ||||||
| 20 | and its identification of the supports
and services | ||||||
| 21 | necessary to enhance the family's capacity to meet the
| ||||||
| 22 | developmental needs of the infant or toddler, and shall | ||||||
| 23 | include the
identification of services appropriate to meet | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | those needs, including the
frequency, intensity, and | ||||||
| 2 | method of delivering services. During and as part of
the | ||||||
| 3 | initial development of the individualized family services | ||||||
| 4 | plan, and any
periodic reviews of the plan, the | ||||||
| 5 | multidisciplinary team may seek consultation from the lead
| ||||||
| 6 | agency's designated experts, if any, to help
determine | ||||||
| 7 | appropriate services and the frequency and intensity of | ||||||
| 8 | those
services. All services in the individualized family | ||||||
| 9 | services plan must be
justified by the multidisciplinary | ||||||
| 10 | assessment of the unique strengths and
needs of the infant | ||||||
| 11 | or toddler and must be appropriate to meet those needs.
At | ||||||
| 12 | the periodic reviews, the team shall determine whether | ||||||
| 13 | modification or
revision of the outcomes or services is | ||||||
| 14 | necessary.
| ||||||
| 15 | (b) The Individualized Family Service Plan shall be | ||||||
| 16 | evaluated once a year
and the family shall be provided a review | ||||||
| 17 | of the Plan at 6 month intervals or
more often where | ||||||
| 18 | appropriate based on infant or toddler and family needs.
The | ||||||
| 19 | lead agency shall create a quality review process regarding | ||||||
| 20 | Individualized
Family Service Plan development and changes | ||||||
| 21 | thereto, to monitor
and help assure that resources are being | ||||||
| 22 | used to provide appropriate early
intervention services.
| ||||||
| 23 | (c) The initial evaluation and initial assessment and | ||||||
| 24 | initial
Plan meeting must be held within 45 days after the | ||||||
| 25 | initial
contact with the early intervention services system. | ||||||
| 26 | The 45-day timeline does not apply for any period when the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | child or parent is unavailable to complete the initial | ||||||
| 2 | evaluation, the initial assessments of the child and family, or | ||||||
| 3 | the initial Plan meeting, due to exceptional family | ||||||
| 4 | circumstances that are documented in the child's early | ||||||
| 5 | intervention records, or when the parent has not provided | ||||||
| 6 | consent for the initial evaluation or the initial assessment of | ||||||
| 7 | the child despite documented, repeated attempts to obtain | ||||||
| 8 | parental consent. As soon as exceptional family circumstances | ||||||
| 9 | no longer exist or parental consent has been obtained, the | ||||||
| 10 | initial evaluation, the initial assessment, and the initial | ||||||
| 11 | Plan meeting must be completed as soon as possible. With | ||||||
| 12 | parental consent,
early intervention services may commence | ||||||
| 13 | before the completion of the
comprehensive assessment and | ||||||
| 14 | development of the Plan.
| ||||||
| 15 | (d) Parents must be informed that early
intervention
| ||||||
| 16 | services shall be provided to each eligible infant and toddler, | ||||||
| 17 | to the maximum extent appropriate, in the natural
environment, | ||||||
| 18 | which may include the home or other community settings. Parents
| ||||||
| 19 | shall make
the final decision to accept or decline
early | ||||||
| 20 | intervention services. A decision to decline such services | ||||||
| 21 | shall
not be a basis for administrative determination of | ||||||
| 22 | parental fitness, or
other findings or sanctions against the | ||||||
| 23 | parents. Parameters of the Plan
shall be set forth in rules.
| ||||||
| 24 | (e) The regional intake offices shall explain to each | ||||||
| 25 | family, orally and
in
writing, all of the following:
| ||||||
| 26 | (1) That the early intervention program will pay for | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | all early
intervention services set forth in the | ||||||
| 2 | individualized family service plan that
are not
covered or | ||||||
| 3 | paid under the family's public or private insurance plan or | ||||||
| 4 | policy
and not
eligible for payment through any other third | ||||||
| 5 | party payor.
| ||||||
| 6 | (2) That services will not be delayed due to any rules | ||||||
| 7 | or restrictions
under the family's insurance plan or | ||||||
| 8 | policy.
| ||||||
| 9 | (3) That the family may request, with appropriate | ||||||
| 10 | documentation
supporting the request, a
determination of | ||||||
| 11 | an exemption from private insurance use under
Section | ||||||
| 12 | 13.25.
| ||||||
| 13 | (4) That responsibility for co-payments or
| ||||||
| 14 | co-insurance under a family's private insurance
plan or | ||||||
| 15 | policy will be transferred to the lead
agency's central | ||||||
| 16 | billing office.
| ||||||
| 17 | (5) That families will be responsible
for payments of | ||||||
| 18 | family fees,
which will be based on a sliding scale
| ||||||
| 19 | according to the State's definition of ability to pay which | ||||||
| 20 | is comparing household size and income to the sliding scale | ||||||
| 21 | and considering out-of-pocket medical or disaster | ||||||
| 22 | expenses, and that these fees
are payable to the central | ||||||
| 23 | billing office. Families who fail to provide income | ||||||
| 24 | information shall be charged the maximum amount on the | ||||||
| 25 | sliding scale.
| ||||||
| 26 | (f) The individualized family service plan must state | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | whether the family
has private insurance coverage and, if the | ||||||
| 2 | family has such coverage, must
have attached to it a copy of | ||||||
| 3 | the family's insurance identification card or
otherwise
| ||||||
| 4 | include all of the following information:
| ||||||
| 5 | (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the | ||||||
| 6 | insurance
carrier.
| ||||||
| 7 | (2) The contract number and policy number of the | ||||||
| 8 | insurance plan.
| ||||||
| 9 | (3) The name, address, and social security number of | ||||||
| 10 | the primary
insured.
| ||||||
| 11 | (4) The beginning date of the insurance benefit year.
| ||||||
| 12 | (g) A copy of the individualized family service plan must | ||||||
| 13 | be provided to
each enrolled provider who is providing early | ||||||
| 14 | intervention services to the
child
who is the subject of that | ||||||
| 15 | plan.
| ||||||
| 16 | (h) Children receiving services under this Act shall | ||||||
| 17 | receive a smooth and effective transition by their third | ||||||
| 18 | birthday consistent with federal regulations adopted pursuant | ||||||
| 19 | to Sections 1431 through 1444 of Title 20 of the United States | ||||||
| 20 | Code. Children who receive early intervention services prior to | ||||||
| 21 | their third birthday and are found eligible for an | ||||||
| 22 | individualized education program under the Individuals with | ||||||
| 23 | Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A), and under | ||||||
| 24 | Section 14-8.02 of the School Code may continue to receive | ||||||
| 25 | early intervention services until the beginning of the school | ||||||
| 26 | year following their third birthday in order to minimize gaps | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | in services, ensure better continuity of care, and align | ||||||
| 2 | practices for the enrollment of preschool children with special | ||||||
| 3 | needs to the enrollment practices of typically developing | ||||||
| 4 | preschool children. | ||||||
| 5 | (Source: P.A. 97-902, eff. 8-6-12; 98-41, eff. 6-28-13.)
| ||||||
| 6 | Article 15. | ||||||
| 7 | Section 15-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
| 8 | Equitable Early Childhood Education and Care Act. References in | ||||||
| 9 | this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| 10 | Section 15-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
| 11 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
| ||||||
| 12 | (1) Long-standing research shows that high-quality | ||||||
| 13 | early childhood experiences have an impact on children's | ||||||
| 14 | short-term and long-term outcomes, such as educational | ||||||
| 15 | attainment, health, and lifetime income, particularly for | ||||||
| 16 | children from low-income families. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) Early childhood education and care programs | ||||||
| 18 | provide child care so parents can maintain stable | ||||||
| 19 | employment, provide for themselves and their families, and | ||||||
| 20 | advance their career or educational goals. | ||||||
| 21 | (3) Illinois has a vigorous early childhood education | ||||||
| 22 | and care industry composed of programs that serve children | ||||||
| 23 | under the age of 6, including preschool and child care in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | schools, centers, and homes; these programs also include | ||||||
| 2 | home visiting and services for young children with special | ||||||
| 3 | needs. | ||||||
| 4 | (4) A significant portion of the early childhood | ||||||
| 5 | workforce and of family child care providers are Black and | ||||||
| 6 | Latinx women. | ||||||
| 7 | (5) Illinois was among the first states in the nation | ||||||
| 8 | to enact the Pre-K At-Risk program and services for infants | ||||||
| 9 | and toddlers in the 1980s and reaffirmed this commitment to | ||||||
| 10 | early childhood education in 2006 by creating Preschool for | ||||||
| 11 | All to offer State-funded, high-quality preschool to | ||||||
| 12 | 3-year-olds and 4-year-olds. | ||||||
| 13 | (6) Illinois was one of the first states in the nation | ||||||
| 14 | to commit education funding to very young children and to | ||||||
| 15 | have a statutory commitment to grow funding for | ||||||
| 16 | infant-toddler services as it grows preschool services, | ||||||
| 17 | including prenatal supports like home visitors and doulas. | ||||||
| 18 | (7) Countless children and families have benefitted | ||||||
| 19 | from these services over these decades and have had the | ||||||
| 20 | opportunity to enter school ready to learn and succeed. | ||||||
| 21 | (8) Despite progress made by the State, too few | ||||||
| 22 | children, particularly those from Black, Latinx, and | ||||||
| 23 | low-income households and child care deserts, have access | ||||||
| 24 | to high-quality early childhood education and care | ||||||
| 25 | services, due to both the availability and affordability of | ||||||
| 26 | quality services.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (9) In 2019, only 29% of all children in Illinois | ||||||
| 2 | entered kindergarten "ready"; only 21% of Black children, | ||||||
| 3 | 17% of Latinx children, 14% of English Learners, 14% of | ||||||
| 4 | children with IEPs, and 20% of children on free and reduced | ||||||
| 5 | lunch demonstrated readiness, highlighting the critical | ||||||
| 6 | work Illinois must do to close gaps in opportunity and | ||||||
| 7 | outcomes. | ||||||
| 8 | (10) The State's early childhood education and care | ||||||
| 9 | programs are maintained across 3 state agencies, which | ||||||
| 10 | leads to inefficiencies, lack of alignment, challenges to | ||||||
| 11 | collecting comprehensive data around services and needs of | ||||||
| 12 | children and families, and obstacles for both children and | ||||||
| 13 | families and the early childhood education and care | ||||||
| 14 | providers to navigate the fragmented system and ensure | ||||||
| 15 | children receive high-quality services that meet their | ||||||
| 16 | needs. | ||||||
| 17 | (11) The State's current mechanisms for payment to | ||||||
| 18 | early childhood education and care providers may not | ||||||
| 19 | incentivize quality services and can lead to payment | ||||||
| 20 | delays, lack of stability of providers, and the inability | ||||||
| 21 | of providers to provide appropriate compensation to the | ||||||
| 22 | workforce and support quality programming. | ||||||
| 23 | (12) Illinois must advance a just system for early | ||||||
| 24 | childhood education and care that ensures racially and | ||||||
| 25 | economically equitable opportunities and outcomes for all | ||||||
| 26 | children. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (13) In 2017, Illinois became a national leader in | ||||||
| 2 | passing the K-12 Evidence-Based Funding formula for public | ||||||
| 3 | schools, creating a mechanism to adequately fund and | ||||||
| 4 | equitably disburse resources throughout the State and | ||||||
| 5 | prioritize funding for school districts that need it most. | ||||||
| 6 | (b) The General Assembly supports the following goals of | ||||||
| 7 | the Illinois Commission on Equitable Early Childhood Education | ||||||
| 8 | and Care Funding: | ||||||
| 9 | (1) To create a more equitable, efficient, and | ||||||
| 10 | effective system and thereby increase access to | ||||||
| 11 | high-quality services, particularly to serve more Black | ||||||
| 12 | and Latinx children and populations of children where | ||||||
| 13 | children of color may be disproportionately represented, | ||||||
| 14 | such as children from low-income households, with | ||||||
| 15 | disabilities, experiencing homelessness, and participating | ||||||
| 16 | in the child welfare system. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) To ensure a more equitable system, we support the | ||||||
| 18 | Commission's goal of consolidating programs and services | ||||||
| 19 | into a single, adequately staffed State agency to align and | ||||||
| 20 | coordinate services, to decrease barriers to access for | ||||||
| 21 | families and make it easier for them to navigate the | ||||||
| 22 | system, and to better collect, use, and report | ||||||
| 23 | comprehensive data to ensure disparities in services are | ||||||
| 24 | addressed. | ||||||
| 25 | (3) To ensure equitable and adequate funding to expand | ||||||
| 26 | access to high-quality services and increase compensation | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of this vital workforce, a significant proportion of which | ||||||
| 2 | are Black and Latinx women. The General Assembly encourages | ||||||
| 3 | the State to commit to a multi-year plan designed to move | ||||||
| 4 | the State toward adequate funding over time. | ||||||
| 5 | (4) To redesign the mechanisms by which the State pays | ||||||
| 6 | providers of early childhood education and care services to | ||||||
| 7 | ensure provider stability, capacity, and quality and to | ||||||
| 8 | make sure providers and services are available to families | ||||||
| 9 | throughout the State, including in areas of child care | ||||||
| 10 | deserts and concentrated poverty. | ||||||
| 11 | (5) To ensure comprehensive data on children and | ||||||
| 12 | families' access to and participation in programs and | ||||||
| 13 | resulting outcomes, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 14 | kindergarten readiness, to understand and address the | ||||||
| 15 | degree to which the State is reaching children and families | ||||||
| 16 | and ensuring equitable opportunity and outcomes. | ||||||
| 17 | (c) The General Assembly encourages the State to create a | ||||||
| 18 | planning process and timeline, with a designated body | ||||||
| 19 | accountable for implementing the Commission's recommendations, | ||||||
| 20 | that includes engagement of parents, providers, communities, | ||||||
| 21 | experts, and other stakeholders and to regularly evaluate the | ||||||
| 22 | impact of the implementation of the Commission's | ||||||
| 23 | recommendations to ensure they impact children, families, and | ||||||
| 24 | communities as intended and lead to a more equitable early | ||||||
| 25 | childhood education and care system for Illinois.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 20. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 20-5. The Illinois Act on the Aging is amended by | ||||||
| 3 | adding Section 4.01b as follows:
| ||||||
| 4 | (20 ILCS 105/4.01b new) | ||||||
| 5 | Sec. 4.01b. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 6 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 7 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 8 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 9 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 10 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 11 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 12 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 13 | following: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 15 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 16 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 18 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 22 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| 23 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 2 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 3 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 4 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 5 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 6 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 7 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 8 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 9 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 10 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 11 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 12 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 13 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 14 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 15 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 16 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 17 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 18 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 19 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 20 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 21 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 22 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 23 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 24 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 25 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 26 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 3 | racial and ethnic data, of inmates and parolees eligible | ||||||
| 4 | for each of the programs detailed under paragraph (1) | ||||||
| 5 | according to either eligibility guidelines or the best | ||||||
| 6 | available information. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 8 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 9 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 10 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 11 | (2). | ||||||
| 12 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 13 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 14 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 15 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 16 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 17 | specified information. | ||||||
| 18 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 19 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 20 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 21 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 22 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 23 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 24 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 25 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 26 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 2 | Section 20-10. The Department of Central Management | ||||||
| 3 | Services Law of the
Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is | ||||||
| 4 | amended by adding Section 405-535 as follows:
| ||||||
| 5 | (20 ILCS 405/405-535 new) | ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 405-535. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 7 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 8 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 9 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 10 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 11 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 12 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 13 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 14 | following: | ||||||
| 15 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 16 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 19 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 23 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| 24 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 2 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 3 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 4 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 5 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 6 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 7 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 8 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 9 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 10 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 11 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 12 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 13 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 14 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 15 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 16 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 17 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 18 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 19 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 20 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 22 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 23 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 24 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 26 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 2 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 4 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 6 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 7 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 8 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 9 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 10 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 11 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 12 | (2). | ||||||
| 13 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 14 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 15 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 16 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 17 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 18 | specified information. | ||||||
| 19 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 20 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 22 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 23 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 24 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 25 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 26 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 2 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 3 | Section 20-15. The Children and Family Services Act is | ||||||
| 4 | amended by adding Section 44 as follows:
| ||||||
| 5 | (20 ILCS 505/44 new) | ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 44. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 7 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 8 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 9 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 10 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 11 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 12 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 13 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 14 | following: | ||||||
| 15 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 16 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 19 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 23 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| 24 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 2 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 3 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 4 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 5 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 6 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 7 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 8 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 9 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 10 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 11 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 12 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 13 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 14 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 15 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 16 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 17 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 18 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 19 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 20 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 22 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 23 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 24 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 26 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 2 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 4 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 6 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 7 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 8 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 9 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 10 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 11 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 12 | (2). | ||||||
| 13 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 14 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 15 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 16 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 17 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 18 | specified information. | ||||||
| 19 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 20 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 22 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 23 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 24 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 25 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 26 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 2 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 3 | Section 20-20. The Department of Human Services Act is | ||||||
| 4 | amended by changing Section 1-70 as follows:
| ||||||
| 5 | (20 ILCS 1305/1-70) | ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 1-70. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 7 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 8 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 9 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 10 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 11 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 12 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 13 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 14 | following: | ||||||
| 15 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 16 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 19 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 23 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| 24 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 2 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 3 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 4 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 5 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 6 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 7 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 8 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 9 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 10 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 11 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 12 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 13 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 14 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 15 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 16 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 17 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 18 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 19 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 20 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information collected under this Section.
| ||||||
| 22 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 23 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 24 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 26 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 2 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 4 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 6 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 7 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 8 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 9 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 10 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 11 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 12 | (2). | ||||||
| 13 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 14 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 15 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 16 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 17 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 18 | specified information. | ||||||
| 19 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 20 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 21 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 22 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 23 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 24 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 25 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 26 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 2 | the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 3 | (Source: P.A. 100-275, eff. 1-1-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
| ||||||
| 4 | Section 20-25. The Department of Labor Law is amended by | ||||||
| 5 | adding Section 1505-220 as follows:
| ||||||
| 6 | (20 ILCS 1505/1505-220 new) | ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 1505-220. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 9 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 10 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 11 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 12 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 13 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 14 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 15 | following: | ||||||
| 16 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 20 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 23 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 24 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 3 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 4 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 5 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 6 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 7 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 8 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 9 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 10 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 11 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 12 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 13 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 14 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 15 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 16 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 17 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 18 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 19 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 20 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 21 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 24 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 25 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 26 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 3 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 5 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 6 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 7 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 8 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 10 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 11 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 12 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 13 | (2). | ||||||
| 14 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 15 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 16 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 17 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 18 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 19 | specified information. | ||||||
| 20 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 21 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 23 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 24 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 25 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 26 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 3 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 4 | Section 20-30. The Department of Healthcare and Family | ||||||
| 5 | Services Law is amended by adding Section 2205-35 as follows:
| ||||||
| 6 | (20 ILCS 2205/2205-35 new) | ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 2205-35. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 9 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 10 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 11 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 12 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 13 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 14 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 15 | following: | ||||||
| 16 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 20 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 23 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 24 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 3 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 4 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 5 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 6 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 7 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 8 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 9 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 10 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 11 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 12 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 13 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 14 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 15 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 16 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 17 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 18 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 19 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 20 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 21 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 24 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 25 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 26 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 3 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 5 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 6 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 7 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 8 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 10 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 11 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 12 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 13 | (2). | ||||||
| 14 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 15 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 16 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 17 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 18 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 19 | specified information. | ||||||
| 20 | (e) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 21 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 23 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 24 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 25 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 26 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 3 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 4 | Section 20-35. The Department of Public Health Powers and | ||||||
| 5 | Duties Law is amended by adding Section 2310-61 as follows:
| ||||||
| 6 | (20 ILCS 2310/2310-61 new) | ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 2310-61. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 9 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 10 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 11 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 12 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 13 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 14 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 15 | following: | ||||||
| 16 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 20 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 23 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 24 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 3 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 4 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 5 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 6 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 7 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 8 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 9 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 10 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 11 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 12 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 13 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 14 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 15 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 16 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 17 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 18 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 19 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 20 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 21 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 24 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 25 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 26 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 3 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 5 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 6 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 7 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 8 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 10 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 11 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 12 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 13 | (2). | ||||||
| 14 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 15 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 16 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 17 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 18 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 19 | specified information. | ||||||
| 20 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 21 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 22 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 23 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 24 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 25 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 26 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 3 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 4 | Section 20-40. The Department of Transportation Law of the
| ||||||
| 5 | Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by adding | ||||||
| 6 | Section 2705-620 as follows:
| ||||||
| 7 | (20 ILCS 2705/2705-620 new) | ||||||
| 8 | Sec. 2705-620. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 9 | (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report | ||||||
| 10 | statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of | ||||||
| 11 | program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 12 | Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when | ||||||
| 13 | collecting the data required under this Section, the Department | ||||||
| 14 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 15 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 16 | following: | ||||||
| 17 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 21 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 23 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 24 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and | ||||||
| 2 | ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 3 | (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject | ||||||
| 4 | to federal reporting requirements that include the collection | ||||||
| 5 | and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and | ||||||
| 6 | ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department | ||||||
| 7 | may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used | ||||||
| 8 | under the federal requirements if such classifications differ | ||||||
| 9 | from the classifications listed in subsection (a). | ||||||
| 10 | (c) The Department shall make all demographic information | ||||||
| 11 | collected under this Section available to the public which at a | ||||||
| 12 | minimum shall include posting the information for each program | ||||||
| 13 | in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the | ||||||
| 14 | Department already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 15 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 16 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 17 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 18 | information collected under this Section. If the Department | ||||||
| 19 | does not have a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 20 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 21 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 22 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 23 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on | ||||||
| 25 | or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General | ||||||
| 26 | Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 2 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 3 | Department, as required under this Section, during the | ||||||
| 4 | prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 5 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 6 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 7 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 8 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 9 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 11 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 12 | program administered by the Department as indicated by the | ||||||
| 13 | demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and | ||||||
| 14 | (2). | ||||||
| 15 | (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item | ||||||
| 16 | specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to | ||||||
| 17 | the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year | ||||||
| 18 | preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and | ||||||
| 19 | the estimated date by which the Department will provide the | ||||||
| 20 | specified information. | ||||||
| 21 | (f) The Governor may require the Department and other | ||||||
| 22 | relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic | ||||||
| 23 | information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 24 | General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each | ||||||
| 25 | agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 26 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 2 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 3 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 4 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 5 | Section 20-45. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 6 | 2-3.11e as follows:
| ||||||
| 7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.11e new) | ||||||
| 8 | Sec. 2-3.11e. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 9 | (a) The State Board of Education shall collect and publicly | ||||||
| 10 | report statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics | ||||||
| 11 | of program participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 12 | State Board of Education. Except as provided in subsection (b), | ||||||
| 13 | when collecting the data required under this Section, the State | ||||||
| 14 | Board of Education shall use the same racial and ethnic | ||||||
| 15 | classifications for each program, which shall include, but not | ||||||
| 16 | be limited to, the following: | ||||||
| 17 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 21 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 22 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 23 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 24 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | The State Board of Education may further define, by rule, | ||||||
| 2 | the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 3 | (b) If a program administered by the State Board of | ||||||
| 4 | Education is subject to federal reporting requirements that | ||||||
| 5 | include the collection and public reporting of statistical data | ||||||
| 6 | on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants, | ||||||
| 7 | the State Board of Education may maintain the same racial and | ||||||
| 8 | ethnic classifications used under the federal requirements if | ||||||
| 9 | such classifications differ from the classifications listed in | ||||||
| 10 | subsection (a). | ||||||
| 11 | (c) The State Board of Education shall make all demographic | ||||||
| 12 | information collected under this Section available to the | ||||||
| 13 | public which at a minimum shall include posting the information | ||||||
| 14 | for each program in a timely manner on the State Board of | ||||||
| 15 | Education's official website. If the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 16 | already has a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 17 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 18 | administered by the State Board of Education, then the State | ||||||
| 19 | Board of Education shall use that mechanism or process to | ||||||
| 20 | include the demographic information collected under this | ||||||
| 21 | Section. If the State Board of Education does not have a | ||||||
| 22 | mechanism or process in place to report information about | ||||||
| 23 | program participation for any program administered by the State | ||||||
| 24 | Board of Education, then the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
| 25 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 26 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (d) The State Board of Education shall submit to the | ||||||
| 2 | General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding | ||||||
| 3 | a new General Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 4 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 5 | participants for each program administered by the State | ||||||
| 6 | Board of Education, as required under this Section, during | ||||||
| 7 | the prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 8 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 9 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois | ||||||
| 10 | who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs | ||||||
| 11 | detailed under paragraph (1) according to either | ||||||
| 12 | eligibility guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 13 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 14 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 15 | program administered by the State Board of Education as | ||||||
| 16 | indicated by the demographic information collected under | ||||||
| 17 | paragraphs (1) and (2). | ||||||
| 18 | (e) If the State Board of Education is unable to provide | ||||||
| 19 | any item specified under subsection (d), the State Board of | ||||||
| 20 | Education shall submit to the General Assembly on or before | ||||||
| 21 | December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly the | ||||||
| 22 | reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the | ||||||
| 23 | Department will provide the specified information.
| ||||||
| 24 | Section 20-50. The Unified Code of Corrections is amended | ||||||
| 25 | by adding Sections 3-2-2.5 and 3-2.5-62 as follows:
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (730 ILCS 5/3-2-2.5 new) | ||||||
| 2 | Sec. 3-2-2.5. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 3 | (a) The Department of Corrections shall collect and | ||||||
| 4 | publicly report statistical data on the racial and ethnic | ||||||
| 5 | demographics of program participants for each program | ||||||
| 6 | administered by the Department for inmates or parolees. Except | ||||||
| 7 | as provided in subsection (b), when collecting the data | ||||||
| 8 | required under this Section, the Department of Corrections | ||||||
| 9 | shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 10 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 11 | following: | ||||||
| 12 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 13 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 14 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 15 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 16 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 18 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 20 | The Department of Corrections may further define, by rule, | ||||||
| 21 | the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 22 | (b) If a program administered by the Department of | ||||||
| 23 | Corrections is subject to federal reporting requirements that | ||||||
| 24 | include the collection and public reporting of statistical data | ||||||
| 25 | on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Department may maintain the same racial and ethnic | ||||||
| 2 | classifications used under the federal requirements if such | ||||||
| 3 | classifications differ from the classifications listed in | ||||||
| 4 | subsection (a). | ||||||
| 5 | (c) The Department of Corrections shall make all | ||||||
| 6 | demographic information collected under this Section available | ||||||
| 7 | to the public which at a minimum shall include posting the | ||||||
| 8 | information for each program in a timely manner on the | ||||||
| 9 | Department's official website. If the Department of | ||||||
| 10 | Corrections already has a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 11 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 12 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 13 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 14 | information collected under this Section. If the Department of | ||||||
| 15 | Corrections does not have a mechanism or process in place to | ||||||
| 16 | report information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 17 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
| 18 | create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic | ||||||
| 19 | information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 20 | (d) The Department of Corrections shall submit to the | ||||||
| 21 | General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding | ||||||
| 22 | a new General Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 23 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| 24 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 25 | Department of Corrections, as required under this Section, | ||||||
| 26 | during the prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 2 | racial and ethnic data, of inmates and parolees eligible | ||||||
| 3 | for each of the programs detailed under paragraph (1) | ||||||
| 4 | according to either eligibility guidelines or the best | ||||||
| 5 | available information. | ||||||
| 6 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 7 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 8 | program administered by the Department of Corrections as | ||||||
| 9 | indicated by the demographic information collected under | ||||||
| 10 | paragraphs (1) and (2). | ||||||
| 11 | (e) If the Department of Corrections is unable to provide | ||||||
| 12 | any item specified under subsection (d), the Department of | ||||||
| 13 | Corrections shall submit to the General Assembly on or before | ||||||
| 14 | December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly the | ||||||
| 15 | reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the | ||||||
| 16 | Department of Corrections will provide the specified | ||||||
| 17 | information. | ||||||
| 18 | (f) The Governor may require the Department of Corrections | ||||||
| 19 | and other relevant State agencies that are required to report | ||||||
| 20 | demographic information as provided by this amendatory Act of | ||||||
| 21 | the 101st General Assembly to consolidate into a single report | ||||||
| 22 | each agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 23 | subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each | ||||||
| 24 | agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 25 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 26 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 2 | (730 ILCS 5/3-2.5-62 new) | ||||||
| 3 | Sec. 3-2.5-62. Uniform demographic data collection. | ||||||
| 4 | (a) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall collect and | ||||||
| 5 | publicly report statistical data on the racial and ethnic | ||||||
| 6 | demographics of program participants for each program | ||||||
| 7 | administered by the Department for youths in each of the | ||||||
| 8 | Department's facilities and youths on aftercare. Except as | ||||||
| 9 | provided in subsection (b), when collecting the data required | ||||||
| 10 | under this Section, the Department of Juvenile Justice shall | ||||||
| 11 | use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each | ||||||
| 12 | program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the | ||||||
| 13 | following: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone. | ||||||
| 15 | (2) Asian alone. | ||||||
| 16 | (3) Black or African American alone. | ||||||
| 17 | (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race. | ||||||
| 18 | (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone. | ||||||
| 19 | (6) White alone. | ||||||
| 20 | (7) Some other race alone. | ||||||
| 21 | (8) Two or more races. | ||||||
| 22 | The Department of Juvenile Justice may further define, by | ||||||
| 23 | rule, the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this | ||||||
| 24 | Section. | ||||||
| 25 | (b) If a program administered by the Department of Juvenile | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Justice is subject to federal reporting requirements that | ||||||
| 2 | include the collection and public reporting of statistical data | ||||||
| 3 | on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants, | ||||||
| 4 | the Department may maintain the same racial and ethnic | ||||||
| 5 | classifications used under the federal requirements if such | ||||||
| 6 | classifications differ from the classifications listed in | ||||||
| 7 | subsection (a). | ||||||
| 8 | (c) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall make all | ||||||
| 9 | demographic information collected under this Section available | ||||||
| 10 | to the public which at a minimum shall include posting the | ||||||
| 11 | information for each program in a timely manner on the | ||||||
| 12 | Department's official website. If the Department of Juvenile | ||||||
| 13 | Justice already has a mechanism or process in place to report | ||||||
| 14 | information about program participation for any program | ||||||
| 15 | administered by the Department, then the Department shall use | ||||||
| 16 | that mechanism or process to include the demographic | ||||||
| 17 | information collected under this Section. If the Department of | ||||||
| 18 | Juvenile Justice does not have a mechanism or process in place | ||||||
| 19 | to report information about program participation for any | ||||||
| 20 | program administered by the Department, then the Department | ||||||
| 21 | shall create a mechanism or process to disseminate the | ||||||
| 22 | demographic information collected under this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall submit to the | ||||||
| 24 | General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding | ||||||
| 25 | a new General Assembly a report that contains the following: | ||||||
| 26 | (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | participants for each program administered by the | ||||||
| 2 | Department of Juvenile Justice, as required under this | ||||||
| 3 | Section, during the prior 2 fiscal years. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) The most recent demographic information, including | ||||||
| 5 | racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in | ||||||
| 6 | Department facilities or who are in aftercare and who are | ||||||
| 7 | in need of or eligible for each of the programs detailed | ||||||
| 8 | under paragraph (1) according to either eligibility | ||||||
| 9 | guidelines or the best available information. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial | ||||||
| 11 | and ethnic disparities in program participation for each | ||||||
| 12 | program administered by the Department of Juvenile Justice | ||||||
| 13 | as indicated by the demographic information collected | ||||||
| 14 | under paragraphs (1) and (2). | ||||||
| 15 | (e) If the Department of Juvenile Justice is unable to | ||||||
| 16 | provide any item specified under subsection (d), the Department | ||||||
| 17 | of Juvenile Justice shall submit to the General Assembly on or | ||||||
| 18 | before December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly | ||||||
| 19 | the reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the | ||||||
| 20 | Department of Juvenile Justice will provide the specified | ||||||
| 21 | information. | ||||||
| 22 | (f) The Governor may require the Department of Juvenile | ||||||
| 23 | Justice and other relevant State agencies that are required to | ||||||
| 24 | report demographic information as provided by this amendatory | ||||||
| 25 | Act of the 101st General Assembly to consolidate into a single | ||||||
| 26 | report each agency's recommendations provided under paragraph | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (3) of subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures | ||||||
| 2 | each agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and | ||||||
| 3 | ethnic disparities within any program administered by the | ||||||
| 4 | agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to | ||||||
| 5 | the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 6 | Article 25. | ||||||
| 7 | Section 22-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 8 | 22-90 as follows:
| ||||||
| 9 | (105 ILCS 5/22-90 new) | ||||||
| 10 | Sec. 22-90. Whole Child Task Force. | ||||||
| 11 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
| 12 | findings: | ||||||
| 13 | (1) The COVID-19 pandemic has exposed systemic | ||||||
| 14 | inequities in American society. Students, educators, and | ||||||
| 15 | families throughout this State have been deeply affected by | ||||||
| 16 | the pandemic, and the impact of the pandemic will be felt | ||||||
| 17 | for years to come. The negative consequences of the | ||||||
| 18 | pandemic have impacted students and communities | ||||||
| 19 | differently along the lines of race, income, language, and | ||||||
| 20 | special needs. However, students in this State faced | ||||||
| 21 | significant unmet physical health, mental health, and | ||||||
| 22 | social and emotional needs even prior to the pandemic. | ||||||
| 23 | (2) The path to recovery requires a commitment from | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | adults in this State to address our students cultural, | ||||||
| 2 | physical, emotional, and mental health needs and to provide | ||||||
| 3 | them with stronger and increased systemic support and | ||||||
| 4 | intervention. | ||||||
| 5 | (3) It is well documented that trauma and toxic stress | ||||||
| 6 | diminish a child's ability to thrive. Forms of childhood | ||||||
| 7 | trauma and toxic stress include adverse childhood | ||||||
| 8 | experiences, systemic racism, poverty, and insecurity. The | ||||||
| 9 | COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated these issues and brought | ||||||
| 10 | them into focus. | ||||||
| 11 | (4) It is estimated that, overall, approximately 40% of | ||||||
| 12 | children in this State have experienced at least one | ||||||
| 13 | adverse childhood experience and approximately 10% have | ||||||
| 14 | experienced 3 or more adverse childhood experiences. | ||||||
| 15 | However, the number of adverse childhood experiences is | ||||||
| 16 | higher for Black and Hispanic children who are growing up | ||||||
| 17 | in poverty. The COVID-19 pandemic has amplified the number | ||||||
| 18 | of students who have experienced childhood trauma. Also, | ||||||
| 19 | the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted preexisting | ||||||
| 20 | inequities in school disciplinary practices that | ||||||
| 21 | disproportionately impact Black and Brown students. | ||||||
| 22 | (5) The cumulative effects of trauma and toxic stress | ||||||
| 23 | adversely impact the physical health of students, as well | ||||||
| 24 | as their ability to learn, form relationships, and | ||||||
| 25 | self-regulate. If left unaddressed, these effects increase | ||||||
| 26 | a student's risk for depression, alcoholism, anxiety, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | asthma, smoking, and suicide, all of which are risks that | ||||||
| 2 | disproportionately affect Black youth and may lead to a | ||||||
| 3 | host of medical diseases as an adult. Access to infant and | ||||||
| 4 | early childhood mental health services is critical to | ||||||
| 5 | ensure the social and emotional well-being of this State's | ||||||
| 6 | youngest children, particularly those children who have | ||||||
| 7 | experienced trauma. | ||||||
| 8 | (6) Although this State enacted measures through | ||||||
| 9 | Public Act -105 to address the high rate of early care and | ||||||
| 10 | preschool expulsions of infants, toddlers, and | ||||||
| 11 | preschoolers and the disproportionately higher rate of | ||||||
| 12 | expulsion for Black and Hispanic children, a recent study | ||||||
| 13 | found a wide variation in the awareness, understanding, and | ||||||
| 14 | compliance with the law by providers of early childhood | ||||||
| 15 | care. Further work is needed to implement the law, which | ||||||
| 16 | includes providing training to early childhood care | ||||||
| 17 | providers to increase their understanding of the law, | ||||||
| 18 | increasing the availability and access to infant and early | ||||||
| 19 | childhood mental health services, and building aligned | ||||||
| 20 | data collection systems to better understand expulsion | ||||||
| 21 | rates and to allow for accurate reporting as required by | ||||||
| 22 | the law. | ||||||
| 23 | (7) Many educators and schools in this State have | ||||||
| 24 | embraced and implemented evidenced-based restorative | ||||||
| 25 | justice and trauma-responsive and culturally relevant | ||||||
| 26 | practices and interventions. However, the use of these | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | interventions on students is often isolated or is | ||||||
| 2 | implemented occasionally and only if the school has the | ||||||
| 3 | appropriate leadership, resources, and partners available | ||||||
| 4 | to engage seriously in this work. It would be malpractice | ||||||
| 5 | to deny our students access to these practices and | ||||||
| 6 | interventions, especially in the aftermath of a | ||||||
| 7 | once-in-a-century pandemic. | ||||||
| 8 | (b) The Whole Child Task Force is created for the purpose | ||||||
| 9 | of establishing an equitable, inclusive, safe, and supportive | ||||||
| 10 | environment in all schools for every student in this State. The | ||||||
| 11 | task force shall have all of the following goals, which means | ||||||
| 12 | key steps have to be taken to ensure that every child in every | ||||||
| 13 | school in this State has access to teachers, social workers, | ||||||
| 14 | school leaders, support personnel, and others who have been | ||||||
| 15 | trained in evidenced-based interventions and restorative | ||||||
| 16 | practices: | ||||||
| 17 | (1) To create a common definition of a | ||||||
| 18 | trauma-responsive school, a trauma-responsive district, | ||||||
| 19 | and a trauma-responsive community. | ||||||
| 20 | (2) To outline the training and resources required to | ||||||
| 21 | create and sustain a system of support for | ||||||
| 22 | trauma-responsive schools, districts, and communities and | ||||||
| 23 | to identify this State's role in that work, including | ||||||
| 24 | recommendations concerning options for redirecting | ||||||
| 25 | resources from school resource officers to classroom-based | ||||||
| 26 | support. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (3) To identify or develop a process to conduct an | ||||||
| 2 | analysis of the organizations that provide training in | ||||||
| 3 | restorative practices, implicit bias, and | ||||||
| 4 | trauma-responsive systems, mental health services, and | ||||||
| 5 | social and emotional services to schools. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) To provide recommendations concerning the key data | ||||||
| 7 | to be collected and reported to ensure that this State has | ||||||
| 8 | a full and accurate understanding of the progress toward | ||||||
| 9 | ensuring that all schools employ restorative, anti-racist, | ||||||
| 10 | and trauma-responsive strategies and practices. The data | ||||||
| 11 | collected must include information relating to | ||||||
| 12 | disciplinary practices employed on a student in person or | ||||||
| 13 | through other means and to support structures in schools, | ||||||
| 14 | including school resource officers and the funding of other | ||||||
| 15 | similar police personnel in school programs. | ||||||
| 16 | (5) To recommend an implementation timeline, including | ||||||
| 17 | the key roles, responsibilities, and resources to advance | ||||||
| 18 | this State toward a system in which every school, district, | ||||||
| 19 | and community is progressing toward becoming | ||||||
| 20 | trauma-responsive. | ||||||
| 21 | (6) To seek input and feedback from stakeholders, | ||||||
| 22 | including parents, students, and educators, who reflect | ||||||
| 23 | the diversity of this State. | ||||||
| 24 | (c) Members of the Whole Child Task Force shall be | ||||||
| 25 | appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. Members of | ||||||
| 26 | this task force must represent the diversity of this State and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | possess the expertise needed to perform the work required to | ||||||
| 2 | meet the goals of the task force set forth under subsection | ||||||
| 3 | (a). Members of the task force shall include all of the | ||||||
| 4 | following: | ||||||
| 5 | (1) One member of a statewide professional teachers' | ||||||
| 6 | organization. | ||||||
| 7 | (2) One member of another statewide professional | ||||||
| 8 | teachers' organization. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) One member who represents a school district serving | ||||||
| 10 | a community with a population of 500,000 or more. | ||||||
| 11 | (4) One member of a statewide organization | ||||||
| 12 | representing social workers. | ||||||
| 13 | (5) One member of an organization that has specific | ||||||
| 14 | expertise in trauma-responsive school practices and | ||||||
| 15 | experience in supporting schools in developing | ||||||
| 16 | trauma-responsive and restorative practices. | ||||||
| 17 | (6) One member of another organization that has | ||||||
| 18 | specific expertise in trauma-responsive school practices | ||||||
| 19 | and experience in supporting schools in developing | ||||||
| 20 | trauma-responsive and restorative practices. | ||||||
| 21 | (7) One member of a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 22 | represents school administrators. | ||||||
| 23 | (8) One member of a statewide policy organization that | ||||||
| 24 | works to build a healthy public education system that | ||||||
| 25 | prepares all students for a successful college, career, and | ||||||
| 26 | civic life. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (9) One member of a statewide organization that brings
| ||||||
| 2 | teachers together to identify and address issues
critical | ||||||
| 3 | to student success. | ||||||
| 4 | (10) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
| 5 | the President of the Senate. | ||||||
| 6 | (11) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
| 7 | the Speaker of the House of
Representatives. | ||||||
| 8 | (12) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
| 9 | the Minority Leader of the Senate. | ||||||
| 10 | (13) One member of the General Assembly recommended by | ||||||
| 11 | the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives. | ||||||
| 12 | (14) One member of a civil rights organization that | ||||||
| 13 | works actively on issues regarding student support. | ||||||
| 14 | (15) One administrator from a school district that has | ||||||
| 15 | actively worked to develop a system of student support that | ||||||
| 16 | uses a trauma-informed lens. | ||||||
| 17 | (16) One educator from a school district that has | ||||||
| 18 | actively worked to develop a system of student support that | ||||||
| 19 | uses a trauma-informed lens. | ||||||
| 20 | (17) One member of a youth-led organization. | ||||||
| 21 | (18) One member of an organization that has | ||||||
| 22 | demonstrated expertise in restorative practices. | ||||||
| 23 | (19) One member of a coalition of mental health and | ||||||
| 24 | school practitioners who assist schools in developing and | ||||||
| 25 | implementing trauma-informed and restorative strategies | ||||||
| 26 | and systems. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (20) One member of an organization whose mission is to | ||||||
| 2 | promote the safety, health, and economic success of | ||||||
| 3 | children, youth, and families in this State. | ||||||
| 4 | (21) One member who works or has worked as a | ||||||
| 5 | restorative justice coach or disciplinarian. | ||||||
| 6 | (22) One member who works or has worked as a social | ||||||
| 7 | worker. | ||||||
| 8 | (23) One member of the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 9 | (24) One member who represents a statewide principals' | ||||||
| 10 | organization. | ||||||
| 11 | (25) One member who represents a statewide | ||||||
| 12 | organization of school boards. | ||||||
| 13 | (d) The Whole Child Task Force shall meet initially at the | ||||||
| 14 | call of the State Superintendent of Education, at which time | ||||||
| 15 | the Governor shall select one member who holds a doctorate | ||||||
| 16 | degree in whole-child research as the chairperson. The task | ||||||
| 17 | force shall thereafter meet at the call of the chairperson. The | ||||||
| 18 | State Board of Education shall provide administrative and other | ||||||
| 19 | support to the task force. Members of the task force shall | ||||||
| 20 | serve without compensation. | ||||||
| 21 | (e) The Whole Child Task Force shall submit a report of its | ||||||
| 22 | findings and recommendations to the General Assembly, the | ||||||
| 23 | Illinois Legislative Black Caucus, the State Board of | ||||||
| 24 | Education, and the Governor on or before February 1, 2022. Upon | ||||||
| 25 | submitting its report, the task force is dissolved. | ||||||
| 26 | (f) This Section is repealed on February 1, 2023.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 30. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 30-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
| 3 | Equity in Early Education Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
| 4 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| 5 | Section 30-5. Findings; legislative intent. | ||||||
| 6 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
| 7 | findings: | ||||||
| 8 | (1) The 2019 Illinois Assessment of Readiness found | ||||||
| 9 | that only 37% of students in third grade met or exceeded | ||||||
| 10 | learning standards in English language arts and only 41% of | ||||||
| 11 | the students met or exceeded mathematics learning | ||||||
| 12 | standards. | ||||||
| 13 | (2) The 2017 National Assessment of Educational | ||||||
| 14 | Progress similarly showed that only 35% of students in the | ||||||
| 15 | fourth grade are proficient or advanced in English language | ||||||
| 16 | arts while only 39% of the students are proficient or | ||||||
| 17 | advanced in mathematics. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) Research from the Annie E. Casey Foundation found | ||||||
| 19 | that students in the third grade who are not proficient | ||||||
| 20 | readers are 4 times more likely to not finish high school. | ||||||
| 21 | Moreover, students in the third grade from low-income | ||||||
| 22 | families who are not proficient readers are more than 6 | ||||||
| 23 | times more likely to not finish high school. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) The Literacy Project Foundation estimates that 60% | ||||||
| 2 | of individuals who are in prison are illiterate and 85% of | ||||||
| 3 | juvenile offenders struggle with reading. | ||||||
| 4 | (5) Strengthening early literacy and numeracy | ||||||
| 5 | instruction and support for students in this State will pay | ||||||
| 6 | dividends in the future by empowering and providing | ||||||
| 7 | students with the skills they need to graduate and the | ||||||
| 8 | ability to find fulfilling careers and to be productive | ||||||
| 9 | members of their communities. | ||||||
| 10 | (b) It is the intent of the General Assembly in enacting | ||||||
| 11 | this Act that: | ||||||
| 12 | (1) every public school student in this State be | ||||||
| 13 | provided with the high-quality instruction, support, and | ||||||
| 14 | intervention he or she needs to become proficient in | ||||||
| 15 | reading and math; | ||||||
| 16 | (2) the promotion of every public school student to the | ||||||
| 17 | next higher grade level be based, in part, upon proficiency | ||||||
| 18 | in reading and math; | ||||||
| 19 | (3) school board policies facilitate evidence-based | ||||||
| 20 | reading instruction, math instruction, and intervention | ||||||
| 21 | services to address the reading and math needs of students; | ||||||
| 22 | (4) each public school student's parent or guardian be | ||||||
| 23 | informed regularly of the student's progress in reading and | ||||||
| 24 | math; and | ||||||
| 25 | (5) ultimately, by the third grade, every public school | ||||||
| 26 | student is able to demonstrate reading and math performance | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | at or above his or her grade level.
| ||||||
| 2 | Section 30-10. Definitions. In this Act: | ||||||
| 3 | "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined | ||||||
| 4 | by a school district, for gathering additional information to | ||||||
| 5 | determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present. | ||||||
| 6 | "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid | ||||||
| 7 | educators in understanding the causes for student performance, | ||||||
| 8 | learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student | ||||||
| 9 | performance. The assessment is conducted to identify or predict | ||||||
| 10 | students who may be at risk for poor learning outcomes and is | ||||||
| 11 | typically brief and conducted with all students at a particular | ||||||
| 12 | grade level.
| ||||||
| 13 | Section 30-15. Identifying deficiencies in literacy and | ||||||
| 14 | math skills. | ||||||
| 15 | (a) Beginning no later than the 2022-2023 school year, a | ||||||
| 16 | school district, within 45 days after the beginning of the | ||||||
| 17 | school year, shall administer a valid and reliable universal | ||||||
| 18 | screener to identify any deficiencies in reading or math skills | ||||||
| 19 | to all students in the first and second grades. If a school | ||||||
| 20 | district has been using a universal screener before the | ||||||
| 21 | effective date of this Act that includes, as developmentally | ||||||
| 22 | appropriate, all of the following, then the school district is | ||||||
| 23 | not required to create an assessment process or administer | ||||||
| 24 | different or additional universal screenings under this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section: | ||||||
| 2 | (1) Phonological and phonemic awareness. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) Sound symbol recognition. | ||||||
| 4 | (3) Alphabet knowledge. | ||||||
| 5 | (4) Decoding skills. | ||||||
| 6 | (5) Rapid naming skills. | ||||||
| 7 | (6) Encoding skills. | ||||||
| 8 | (7) Oral reading fluency. | ||||||
| 9 | (b) If a student is determined to be at risk or at some | ||||||
| 10 | risk for dyslexia after the universal screener has been | ||||||
| 11 | administered, the school district must administer a Level 1 | ||||||
| 12 | dyslexia screening on the student. | ||||||
| 13 | (c) The State Board of Education shall create a process for | ||||||
| 14 | reviewing and approving a list of reliable and valid universal | ||||||
| 15 | screeners.
| ||||||
| 16 | Section 30-20. Reading and math intervention. A school | ||||||
| 17 | district shall offer appropriate evidence-based reading or | ||||||
| 18 | math intervention using a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) | ||||||
| 19 | framework to address the needs of each student in grades | ||||||
| 20 | kindergarten through 3 who exhibits a deficiency in reading or | ||||||
| 21 | math skills, including those students who are referred for | ||||||
| 22 | additional screening. A deficiency in reading or math skills | ||||||
| 23 | shall be defined as a student who scores below his or her grade | ||||||
| 24 | level or a student who is determined to be at-risk for reading | ||||||
| 25 | or math failure based upon a screening assessment, a diagnostic | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | assessment, a standardized summative assessment, or progress | ||||||
| 2 | monitoring. The reading or math intervention shall be provided | ||||||
| 3 | in addition to the core reading or math instruction that is | ||||||
| 4 | provided to all students as part of the general education | ||||||
| 5 | curricula. The reading or math intervention shall: | ||||||
| 6 | (1) be provided to all students in grades kindergarten | ||||||
| 7 | through 3 who are identified as having a deficiency in | ||||||
| 8 | reading or math skills; | ||||||
| 9 | (2) regularly monitor throughout the school year the | ||||||
| 10 | progress of all students in grades kindergarten through 3 | ||||||
| 11 | who are identified as having a deficiency in reading or | ||||||
| 12 | math skills and to adjust instruction according to the | ||||||
| 13 | needs of the student; | ||||||
| 14 | (3) provide a student who is identified as having a | ||||||
| 15 | deficiency in reading with explicit and systematic | ||||||
| 16 | instruction in each of the 5 essential components of | ||||||
| 17 | reading, which are phonological awareness, phonics, | ||||||
| 18 | fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension, in which the | ||||||
| 19 | student has a deficiency; | ||||||
| 20 | (4) provide to a student who is identified as having a | ||||||
| 21 | deficiency in math skills with explicit and systematic | ||||||
| 22 | instruction in early numeracy skills, as applicable; | ||||||
| 23 | (5) be offered primarily during regular school hours, | ||||||
| 24 | although the intervention may also be offered before or | ||||||
| 25 | after regular school hours; | ||||||
| 26 | (6) be created in consultation with the student's | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | parent or guardian; | ||||||
| 2 | (7) remain in effect until the student is proficient in | ||||||
| 3 | reading or math or until the student has an individualized | ||||||
| 4 | education program in place with appropriate goals in | ||||||
| 5 | reading or math; and | ||||||
| 6 | (8) provide, subject to appropriation, professional | ||||||
| 7 | development for teachers in evidence-based practices in | ||||||
| 8 | literacy and math instruction to students who lack | ||||||
| 9 | proficiency in reading or math or both.
| ||||||
| 10 | Section 30-25. Intervention programs. A school district | ||||||
| 11 | may determine the appropriate intervention program for a | ||||||
| 12 | student under this Act. A program may include any of the | ||||||
| 13 | following: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) Summer reading and math camps that are available to | ||||||
| 15 | students who have the most severe deficiencies in reading | ||||||
| 16 | and math. The camps shall be staffed with highly effective | ||||||
| 17 | teachers in reading and math who must provide explicit and | ||||||
| 18 | systematic reading or math intervention services and | ||||||
| 19 | support to correct a student's identified areas of reading | ||||||
| 20 | or math deficiency. No less than 90 hours of instructional | ||||||
| 21 | time in reading, math, or reading and math must be provided | ||||||
| 22 | to a student. | ||||||
| 23 | (2) An intensive acceleration class that may be | ||||||
| 24 | established by a school district for any student who is | ||||||
| 25 | retained in grade 3 and who previously was retained in any | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of grades kindergarten through 2. The intensive | ||||||
| 2 | acceleration class shall have a reduced teacher-student | ||||||
| 3 | ratio and shall provide to the student explicit and | ||||||
| 4 | systematic reading or math instruction and intervention | ||||||
| 5 | for the majority of the student's class attendance time | ||||||
| 6 | each day. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) An extended-time reading and math intervention | ||||||
| 8 | program that is available to students in grades | ||||||
| 9 | kindergarten through 3 who lack proficiency in reading or | ||||||
| 10 | math. The program must provide proven and effective, | ||||||
| 11 | evidence-based, substantial intervention that includes | ||||||
| 12 | basic mathematics, phonemic awareness, decoding, | ||||||
| 13 | vocabulary, comprehension, and fluency, as appropriate for | ||||||
| 14 | each student, and that is based on a formative assessment | ||||||
| 15 | designed to, at a minimum, identify weaknesses in those | ||||||
| 16 | areas of learning. The program may include online or | ||||||
| 17 | digital instructional materials, programs, or library | ||||||
| 18 | resources. A minimum of 60 hours of supplemental | ||||||
| 19 | instruction for students who have severe deficiencies in | ||||||
| 20 | reading and math may be provided or a minimum of 30 hours | ||||||
| 21 | of supplemental instruction for students with less severe | ||||||
| 22 | deficiencies may be provided.
| ||||||
| 23 | Section 30-50. Rules; technical assistance. | ||||||
| 24 | (a) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
| 25 | necessary to implement, administer, and enforce this Act. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (b) The State Board of Education may provide technical | ||||||
| 2 | assistance to aid school districts in implementing this Act.
| ||||||
| 3 | Section 30-90. The School Code is amended by adding | ||||||
| 4 | Sections 2-3.51b, 2-3.161, 2-3.182, 10-20.9b, 10-20.73, | ||||||
| 5 | 10-20.74, 10-20.75, 34-18.51a, 34-18.67, 34-18.68, and | ||||||
| 6 | 34-18.69 and by changing Sections 10-20.9a, 21B-20, 21B-35, and | ||||||
| 7 | 34-18.51 as follows:
| ||||||
| 8 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51b new) | ||||||
| 9 | Sec. 2-3.51b. Early literacy and numeracy grants. | ||||||
| 10 | (a) The State Board of Education shall implement and | ||||||
| 11 | administer an early literacy and numeracy grant program to | ||||||
| 12 | support school districts that serve students with deficiencies | ||||||
| 13 | in reading or math skills or both to redesign school curricula, | ||||||
| 14 | provide professional development for teachers, or hire | ||||||
| 15 | literacy coaches. | ||||||
| 16 | (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall | ||||||
| 17 | distribute grants under the program to school districts based | ||||||
| 18 | on the number of pupils in grade 3 who have been identified as | ||||||
| 19 | needing reading or math intervention under Section 10-20.9b or | ||||||
| 20 | 34-18.51a. Grants shall be awarded on a non-competitive basis, | ||||||
| 21 | but in order to be eligible to receive grant funds, a school | ||||||
| 22 | district must submit to the State Board a high-quality plan | ||||||
| 23 | that demonstrates how the school district intends to utilize | ||||||
| 24 | the funding to improve literacy, numeracy instruction, or both | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to students. | ||||||
| 2 | (c) The plan submitted by a school district under | ||||||
| 3 | subsection (b) must include all of the following information: | ||||||
| 4 | (1) A description of the methods by which the school | ||||||
| 5 | district will modify its whole-class instructional | ||||||
| 6 | practices. | ||||||
| 7 | (2) The assessment tool or tools that will be used in | ||||||
| 8 | grades kindergarten through 3. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) The intervention programs that will be provided to | ||||||
| 10 | students who are identified as having a reading or math | ||||||
| 11 | deficiency. | ||||||
| 12 | (4) The support that will be offered to teachers to | ||||||
| 13 | implement these changes. | ||||||
| 14 | (d) If the amount appropriated in a given fiscal year is | ||||||
| 15 | insufficient to provide a grant to all eligible school | ||||||
| 16 | districts that request funding under the grant program, the | ||||||
| 17 | State Board may develop equity-based criteria to determine the | ||||||
| 18 | priority in which school districts receive grants under the | ||||||
| 19 | program. | ||||||
| 20 | Each fiscal year, the State Board may withhold up to 2% of | ||||||
| 21 | the amount appropriated for the grant program to administer the | ||||||
| 22 | grant program. | ||||||
| 23 | (e) Three years after the first grants are awarded under | ||||||
| 24 | this Section, the State Board shall submit a report to the | ||||||
| 25 | General Assembly. The report shall include data on the number | ||||||
| 26 | of students served, the change in the rates of proficiency in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | reading and math in school districts that received a grant, and | ||||||
| 2 | an assessment of the effectiveness of the grant program. | ||||||
| 3 | (f) The State Board may adopt any rules necessary to | ||||||
| 4 | implement this Section.
| ||||||
| 5 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.161) | ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 2-3.161. Definition of dyslexia; reading instruction | ||||||
| 7 | advisory group; handbook; screening rules. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) The State Board of Education shall incorporate, in both | ||||||
| 9 | general education and special education, the following | ||||||
| 10 | definition of dyslexia: | ||||||
| 11 | Dyslexia is a specific learning disability that is | ||||||
| 12 | neurobiological in origin.
Dyslexia is characterized by | ||||||
| 13 | difficulties with accurate and/or fluent word
recognition | ||||||
| 14 | and by poor spelling and decoding abilities. These | ||||||
| 15 | difficulties
typically result from a deficit in the | ||||||
| 16 | phonological component of language
that is often | ||||||
| 17 | unexpected in relation to other cognitive abilities and the
| ||||||
| 18 | provision of effective classroom instruction. Secondary | ||||||
| 19 | consequences may
include problems in reading comprehension | ||||||
| 20 | and reduced reading experience that
can impede growth of | ||||||
| 21 | vocabulary and background knowledge. | ||||||
| 22 | (b) Subject to specific State appropriation or the | ||||||
| 23 | availability of private donations, the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 24 | shall establish an advisory group to develop a training module | ||||||
| 25 | or training modules to provide education and professional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | development to teachers, school administrators, and other | ||||||
| 2 | education professionals regarding multi-sensory, systematic, | ||||||
| 3 | and sequential instruction in reading. This advisory group | ||||||
| 4 | shall complete its work before December 15, 2015 and is | ||||||
| 5 | abolished on December 15, 2015. The State Board of Education | ||||||
| 6 | shall reestablish the advisory group abolished on December 15, | ||||||
| 7 | 2015 to complete the abolished group's work. The reestablished | ||||||
| 8 | advisory group shall complete its work before December 31, 2016 | ||||||
| 9 | and is abolished on December 31, 2016. The provisions of this | ||||||
| 10 | subsection (b), other than this sentence, are inoperative after | ||||||
| 11 | December 31, 2016.
| ||||||
| 12 | (c) The State Board of Education shall develop and maintain | ||||||
| 13 | a handbook to be made available on its Internet website that | ||||||
| 14 | provides guidance for pupils, parents or guardians, and | ||||||
| 15 | teachers on the subject of dyslexia. The handbook shall | ||||||
| 16 | include, but is not limited to: | ||||||
| 17 | (1) guidelines for teachers and parents or guardians on | ||||||
| 18 | how to identify signs of dyslexia; | ||||||
| 19 | (2) a description of educational strategies that have | ||||||
| 20 | been shown to improve the academic performance of pupils | ||||||
| 21 | with dyslexia; and | ||||||
| 22 | (3) a description of resources and services available | ||||||
| 23 | to pupils with dyslexia, parents or guardians of pupils | ||||||
| 24 | with dyslexia, and teachers; and . | ||||||
| 25 | (4) guidelines for (i) the administration of a | ||||||
| 26 | universal screener and Level I dyslexia screening, as | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | defined in Sections 10-20.73 and 34-18.67, (ii) the | ||||||
| 2 | interpretation of data from the screener or screening, and | ||||||
| 3 | (iii) appropriate instruction within a multi-tiered system | ||||||
| 4 | of support (MTSS) framework. | ||||||
| 5 | The State Board shall review the handbook once every 4 | ||||||
| 6 | years to update, if necessary, the guidelines, educational | ||||||
| 7 | strategies, or resources and services made available in the | ||||||
| 8 | handbook. | ||||||
| 9 | (d) The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules | ||||||
| 10 | necessary to ensure that a student is screened as provided | ||||||
| 11 | under Section 10-20.73 or 34-18.67 for the risk factors of | ||||||
| 12 | dyslexia using a universal screener if: | ||||||
| 13 | (1) a student is in first or second grade in a public | ||||||
| 14 | school; | ||||||
| 15 | (2) a student in first or second grade transfers to a | ||||||
| 16 | new public school and has not been screened previously | ||||||
| 17 | during the school year; and | ||||||
| 18 | (3) a student from another state enrolls for the first | ||||||
| 19 | time in first or second grade in a school district in this | ||||||
| 20 | State, unless the student presents documentation that the | ||||||
| 21 | student had the dyslexia screening or a similar screening | ||||||
| 22 | during the school year or is exempt from screening. | ||||||
| 23 | (e) The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules | ||||||
| 24 | necessary to ensure that (i) a student is screened, as provided | ||||||
| 25 | in Section 10-20.73 or 34-18.67, for the characteristics of | ||||||
| 26 | dyslexia using a Level I dyslexia screening and (ii) a student | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | receives dyslexia intervention services under Section 10-20.73 | ||||||
| 2 | or 34-18.67. | ||||||
| 3 | (f) The State Board of Education shall provide technical | ||||||
| 4 | assistance for specific learning disabilities to school | ||||||
| 5 | districts, including assistance with universal screeners and | ||||||
| 6 | dyslexia screenings. | ||||||
| 7 | The State Board shall review the handbook once every 4 | ||||||
| 8 | years to update, if necessary, the guidelines, educational | ||||||
| 9 | strategies, or resources and services made available in the | ||||||
| 10 | handbook. | ||||||
| 11 | (Source: P.A. 99-65, eff. 7-16-15; 99-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-602, | ||||||
| 12 | eff. 7-22-16; 99-603, eff. 7-22-16; 100-201, eff. 8-18-17; | ||||||
| 13 | 100-617, eff. 7-20-18.)
| ||||||
| 14 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.182 new) | ||||||
| 15 | Sec. 2-3.182. Report on reading and math intervention and | ||||||
| 16 | support. | ||||||
| 17 | (a) The State Board of Education shall establish a uniform | ||||||
| 18 | format for school districts to report the information required | ||||||
| 19 | under subsection (c) of Section 10-20.9b and subsection (c) of | ||||||
| 20 | Section 34-18.51a. The format may be developed with input from | ||||||
| 21 | school boards and shall be provided to each school district no | ||||||
| 22 | later than 90 days prior to the annual reporting due date. | ||||||
| 23 | (b) The State Board shall annually compile the information | ||||||
| 24 | required under subsection (c) of Section 10-20.9b and | ||||||
| 25 | subsection (c) of Section 34-18.51a, along with State-level | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | summary information, and publish the information on its | ||||||
| 2 | Internet website. On or before October 31 of each year, the | ||||||
| 3 | State Board shall make a report of its findings and compilation | ||||||
| 4 | of information available to the public, the Governor, and the | ||||||
| 5 | General Assembly, as provided under Section 3.1 of the General | ||||||
| 6 | Assembly Organization Act.
| ||||||
| 7 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a)
| ||||||
| 8 | Sec. 10-20.9a. Final grade; promotion.
| ||||||
| 9 | (a) Teachers shall
administer the approved
marking system | ||||||
| 10 | or other approved means of evaluating pupil progress. The
| ||||||
| 11 | teacher shall maintain the responsibility and right to | ||||||
| 12 | determine grades and
other evaluations of students within the | ||||||
| 13 | grading policies of the district
based upon his or her | ||||||
| 14 | professional judgment of available criteria pertinent
to any | ||||||
| 15 | given subject area or activity for which he or she is | ||||||
| 16 | responsible.
District policy shall provide the procedure and | ||||||
| 17 | reasons by and for which
a grade may be changed; provided that | ||||||
| 18 | no grade or evaluation shall be
changed without notification to | ||||||
| 19 | the teacher concerning the nature and
reasons for such change. | ||||||
| 20 | If such a change is made, the person
making
the change shall | ||||||
| 21 | assume such responsibility for determining the grade or
| ||||||
| 22 | evaluation, and shall initial such change.
| ||||||
| 23 | (b) School districts shall not promote students to the next
| ||||||
| 24 | higher grade level based upon age or any other social reasons | ||||||
| 25 | not related to
the academic performance of the students. School | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | On or before September 1, 1998,
school boards shall adopt and | ||||||
| 2 | enforce a policy on promotion as they deem necessary to ensure | ||||||
| 3 | that students
meet
local goals and objectives and can perform | ||||||
| 4 | at the expected grade level prior to
promotion.
Decisions to | ||||||
| 5 | promote or retain students in any classes shall be based on
| ||||||
| 6 | successful completion of the curriculum, attendance, | ||||||
| 7 | performance based on the assessments required under Section | ||||||
| 8 | 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the Iowa Test of Basic Skills, or
other | ||||||
| 9 | testing, or any other criteria established by the school board. | ||||||
| 10 | Students
determined by the local district to not qualify for | ||||||
| 11 | promotion to the next
higher grade shall be provided remedial | ||||||
| 12 | assistance, which may include, but
shall not be limited to, a | ||||||
| 13 | summer bridge program of no less than 90 hours,
tutorial | ||||||
| 14 | sessions, increased or concentrated instructional time, | ||||||
| 15 | modifications
to instructional materials, and retention in | ||||||
| 16 | grade. This subsection (b) is subject to Section 10-20.9b.
| ||||||
| 17 | (Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14.)
| ||||||
| 18 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9b new) | ||||||
| 19 | Sec. 10-20.9b. Reading and math intervention and support. | ||||||
| 20 | (a) A school board must notify, in writing, the parent or | ||||||
| 21 | guardian of a student in any of grades kindergarten through 3 | ||||||
| 22 | who exhibits a deficiency in reading or math skills at any time | ||||||
| 23 | during the school year no later than 30 days after the | ||||||
| 24 | identification of the deficiency in reading or math. The | ||||||
| 25 | written notification provided to the parent or guardian of the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | student must include all of the following: | ||||||
| 2 | (1) Notification that the student has been identified | ||||||
| 3 | as having a deficiency in reading or math and that | ||||||
| 4 | additional support will be provided to the student. | ||||||
| 5 | (2) A description of the current services that are | ||||||
| 6 | provided to the student. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) A description of the proposed evidence-based | ||||||
| 8 | reading or math intervention services and supplemental | ||||||
| 9 | instructional services and support that will be provided to | ||||||
| 10 | the student and that are designed to remedy the identified | ||||||
| 11 | areas of deficiency in reading or math. | ||||||
| 12 | (4) Notification that the parent or guardian will be | ||||||
| 13 | informed in writing of the student's progress toward | ||||||
| 14 | grade-level reading or math with each progress report or | ||||||
| 15 | report card. | ||||||
| 16 | (5) Strategies for the parent or guardian to use at | ||||||
| 17 | home to help the student succeed in reading or math. | ||||||
| 18 | (6) Notification that if the student's deficiency in | ||||||
| 19 | reading or math is not corrected by the end of grade 3, the | ||||||
| 20 | school will provide the student with intensive | ||||||
| 21 | intervention and progress monitoring if the student is | ||||||
| 22 | promoted to grade 4. | ||||||
| 23 | (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, a school | ||||||
| 24 | district must provide to any student retained in a grade | ||||||
| 25 | intensive reading or math intervention to remedy the student's | ||||||
| 26 | specific deficiency in reading or math. The reading or math | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | intervention services must include effective instructional | ||||||
| 2 | strategies to accelerate student progress. The school district | ||||||
| 3 | may provide any of the following services to the retained | ||||||
| 4 | student: | ||||||
| 5 | (1) A highly effective teacher of reading or math, as | ||||||
| 6 | demonstrated by student reading or math performance data | ||||||
| 7 | and teacher performance evaluations. | ||||||
| 8 | (2) The use of reading or math intervention services | ||||||
| 9 | and support to correct the identified areas of deficiency | ||||||
| 10 | in reading or math, which include, but are not limited to: | ||||||
| 11 | (A) dedicating more time than in the previous | ||||||
| 12 | school year to providing to the student evidence-based | ||||||
| 13 | reading or math instruction and intervention; | ||||||
| 14 | (B) using reading or math strategies or programs | ||||||
| 15 | that are evidence-based and have proven results for | ||||||
| 16 | accelerating student reading or math achievement | ||||||
| 17 | within the same school year; | ||||||
| 18 | (C) daily targeted small group reading or math | ||||||
| 19 | intervention based on student needs; | ||||||
| 20 | (D) explicit and systematic instruction with more | ||||||
| 21 | detailed explanations, more extensive opportunities | ||||||
| 22 | for guided practice, and more opportunities for error | ||||||
| 23 | correction and feedback; and | ||||||
| 24 | (E) frequent monitoring of the reading or math | ||||||
| 25 | progress of the student's reading or math skills | ||||||
| 26 | throughout the school year and the adjustment of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | instruction according to the student's needs. | ||||||
| 2 | (3) Before-school or after-school supplemental | ||||||
| 3 | evidence-based reading or math intervention delivered by a | ||||||
| 4 | teacher or tutor with specialized training in reading or | ||||||
| 5 | math instruction. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) An at-home plan outlined in a parental contract | ||||||
| 7 | that includes participation in parent-training workshops | ||||||
| 8 | or regular parent-guided reading or math activities. | ||||||
| 9 | (c) On or before October 1 of each year, a school board | ||||||
| 10 | must report, in writing, to the State Board of Education all of | ||||||
| 11 | the following information for the prior school year, by grade | ||||||
| 12 | and disaggregated by demographic group if applicable: | ||||||
| 13 | (1) The school board's policies and procedures on | ||||||
| 14 | student grade-level retention and promotion. | ||||||
| 15 | (2) The number of students who were administered a | ||||||
| 16 | universal screener, as defined in Section 10-20.73, during | ||||||
| 17 | the school year. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) The number of students who were administered a | ||||||
| 19 | Level I dyslexia screening, as defined in Section 10-20.73. | ||||||
| 20 | (4) The total number of students identified as having | ||||||
| 21 | the characteristics of dyslexia during that school year. | ||||||
| 22 | (5) The number of students receiving reading or math | ||||||
| 23 | intervention services, including those receiving dyslexia | ||||||
| 24 | intervention services, under this Section. | ||||||
| 25 | (6) The number and percentage of all students in | ||||||
| 26 | kindergarten through grade 3 performing below grade level | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | on local and statewide assessments. | ||||||
| 2 | (7) By grade and disaggregated by demographic group, | ||||||
| 3 | the number and percentage of all students retained in | ||||||
| 4 | kindergarten through grade 3. | ||||||
| 5 | (d) The State Board of Education shall provide technical | ||||||
| 6 | assistance to aid school boards in implementing this Section.
| ||||||
| 7 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.73 new) | ||||||
| 8 | Sec. 10-20.73. Dyslexia screening and support. | ||||||
| 9 | (a) In this Section: | ||||||
| 10 | "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined | ||||||
| 11 | by a school district, for gathering additional information to | ||||||
| 12 | determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present. | ||||||
| 13 | "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid | ||||||
| 14 | educators in understanding the causes for student performance, | ||||||
| 15 | learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student | ||||||
| 16 | performance. The assessment is conducted with all students at a | ||||||
| 17 | particular grade level. | ||||||
| 18 | (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, a school | ||||||
| 19 | district must screen students in the first and second grades | ||||||
| 20 | for the risk factors of dyslexia using a universal screener | ||||||
| 21 | appropriately designed for the educational context. Following | ||||||
| 22 | the administration of the universal screener, if a student is | ||||||
| 23 | determined to be at risk or at some risk for dyslexia, the | ||||||
| 24 | school district must administer a Level I dyslexia screening of | ||||||
| 25 | the student. Through the Level I dyslexia screening, the school | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | district must gather additional information to determine if the | ||||||
| 2 | student has the characteristics of dyslexia. The additional | ||||||
| 3 | information may include, but is not limited to, information | ||||||
| 4 | from progress monitoring data, work samples, additional age and | ||||||
| 5 | grade-appropriate assessments related to dyslexia, teacher | ||||||
| 6 | questionnaires, parent interviews, and speech and language | ||||||
| 7 | assessments and information regarding the student's family | ||||||
| 8 | history related to dyslexia. | ||||||
| 9 | (c) If the universal screener or the Level I dyslexia | ||||||
| 10 | screening indicates that a student has some risk factors for | ||||||
| 11 | dyslexia or the characteristics of dyslexia, the school must | ||||||
| 12 | use a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework to | ||||||
| 13 | address the needs of the student. A school district is not | ||||||
| 14 | required to administer a Level I dyslexia screening to a | ||||||
| 15 | student if the student is receiving dyslexia intervention | ||||||
| 16 | services. If a student's performance on a Level I dyslexia | ||||||
| 17 | screening indicates a need for dyslexia intervention services, | ||||||
| 18 | the school district must notify the student's parent or | ||||||
| 19 | guardian of the results of all screenings and provide to the | ||||||
| 20 | parent or guardian, in addition to the information contained in | ||||||
| 21 | the handbook developed under Section 2-3.161, all of the | ||||||
| 22 | following information and resource material: | ||||||
| 23 | (1) The characteristics of dyslexia. | ||||||
| 24 | (2) The appropriate classroom interventions and | ||||||
| 25 | accommodations for students with dyslexia. | ||||||
| 26 | (3) A statement that the parent or guardian may elect | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to have the student receive an educational evaluation by | ||||||
| 2 | the school. | ||||||
| 3 | (d) If the student's Level I dyslexia screening indicates | ||||||
| 4 | that the student has the characteristics of dyslexia, the | ||||||
| 5 | intervention services provided to the student pursuant to | ||||||
| 6 | Section 10-20.9b must be implemented using diagnostic teaching | ||||||
| 7 | guidelines described in the handbook developed under Section | ||||||
| 8 | 2-3.161.
| ||||||
| 9 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.74 new) | ||||||
| 10 | Sec. 10-20.74. Evidence-based reading instruction. By no | ||||||
| 11 | later than the beginning of the 2023-2024 school year, the | ||||||
| 12 | school board of each school district that maintains grades | ||||||
| 13 | kindergarten through 3 shall develop a plan to ensure that | ||||||
| 14 | within 3 school years all classroom teachers, resource | ||||||
| 15 | teachers, and reading interventionists who work with students | ||||||
| 16 | in grades kindergarten through 3 receive professional | ||||||
| 17 | development, in-service training, or coaching in | ||||||
| 18 | evidence-based reading instruction that has a focus on reading | ||||||
| 19 | competency in the areas of phonemic awareness. | ||||||
| 20 | A teacher who provides satisfactory evidence to the school | ||||||
| 21 | board that he or she has previously received explicit and | ||||||
| 22 | repeated instruction in each of the 5 essential components of | ||||||
| 23 | reading, which are phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, | ||||||
| 24 | comprehension, and vocabulary, through an educator preparation | ||||||
| 25 | program or other accredited training program is exempt from the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | requirements of this Section.
| ||||||
| 2 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.75 new) | ||||||
| 3 | Sec. 10-20.75. Early reading instruction. Each school | ||||||
| 4 | district that maintains grades kindergarten through 3 shall | ||||||
| 5 | provide students with instructional programming and services | ||||||
| 6 | necessary to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, that as a | ||||||
| 7 | student progresses from kindergarten through grade 3, the | ||||||
| 8 | student develops the necessary reading skills to enable him or | ||||||
| 9 | her to master the academic standards and expectations | ||||||
| 10 | applicable to grade 4 and higher grade levels. The | ||||||
| 11 | instructional programming and services for teaching students | ||||||
| 12 | to read must be evidence-based and must focus on reading | ||||||
| 13 | competency in the areas of phonemic awareness, phonics, | ||||||
| 14 | vocabulary development, fluency, and comprehension.
| ||||||
| 15 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-20) | ||||||
| 16 | Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of | ||||||
| 17 | Education shall implement a system of educator licensure, | ||||||
| 18 | whereby individuals employed in school districts who are | ||||||
| 19 | required to be licensed must have one of the following | ||||||
| 20 | licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an educator | ||||||
| 21 | license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute teaching | ||||||
| 22 | license; or (iv) until June 30, 2023, a short-term substitute | ||||||
| 23 | teaching license. References in law regarding individuals | ||||||
| 24 | certified or certificated or required to be certified or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall also include | ||||||
| 2 | individuals licensed or required to be licensed under this | ||||||
| 3 | Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June 30 | ||||||
| 4 | following one full year of the license being issued. | ||||||
| 5 | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
| 6 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
| 7 | rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for | ||||||
| 8 | licenses and endorsements under this Section. | ||||||
| 9 | (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i) | ||||||
| 10 | have successfully completed an approved educator | ||||||
| 11 | preparation program and are recommended for licensure by | ||||||
| 12 | the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation | ||||||
| 13 | program, (ii) have successfully completed the required | ||||||
| 14 | testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have | ||||||
| 15 | successfully completed coursework on the psychology of, | ||||||
| 16 | the identification of, and the methods of instruction for | ||||||
| 17 | the exceptional child, including without limitation | ||||||
| 18 | children with learning disabilities, (iv) have | ||||||
| 19 | successfully completed coursework in methods of reading | ||||||
| 20 | and reading in the content area, and, beginning on July 1, | ||||||
| 21 | 2024, have successfully completed and received explicit | ||||||
| 22 | and repeated instruction in each of the 5 essential | ||||||
| 23 | components of reading, which are phonemic awareness, | ||||||
| 24 | phonics, fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary, and (v) | ||||||
| 25 | have met all other criteria established by rule of the | ||||||
| 26 | State Board of Education shall be issued a Professional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Educator License. All Professional Educator Licenses are | ||||||
| 2 | valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
| 3 | license being issued. The Professional Educator License | ||||||
| 4 | shall be endorsed with specific areas and grade levels in | ||||||
| 5 | which the individual is eligible to practice. For an early | ||||||
| 6 | childhood education endorsement, an individual may satisfy | ||||||
| 7 | the student teaching requirement of his or her early | ||||||
| 8 | childhood teacher preparation program through placement in | ||||||
| 9 | a setting with children from birth through grade 2, and the | ||||||
| 10 | individual may be paid and receive credit while student | ||||||
| 11 | teaching. The student teaching experience must meet the | ||||||
| 12 | requirements of and be approved by the individual's early | ||||||
| 13 | childhood teacher preparation program. | ||||||
| 14 | Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the | ||||||
| 15 | Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements | ||||||
| 16 | shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework | ||||||
| 17 | in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable | ||||||
| 18 | content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule. | ||||||
| 19 | (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator | ||||||
| 20 | License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement | ||||||
| 21 | that limits the license holder to one particular position | ||||||
| 22 | or does not require completion of an approved educator | ||||||
| 23 | program or both. | ||||||
| 24 | An individual with an Educator License with | ||||||
| 25 | Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or | ||||||
| 26 | any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason. | ||||||
| 2 | An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued | ||||||
| 3 | with the following endorsements: | ||||||
| 4 | (A) (Blank). | ||||||
| 5 | (B) Alternative provisional educator. An | ||||||
| 6 | alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||||||
| 7 | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||||||
| 8 | applicant who, at the time of applying for the | ||||||
| 9 | endorsement, has done all of the following: | ||||||
| 10 | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 11 | college or university with a minimum of a | ||||||
| 12 | bachelor's degree. | ||||||
| 13 | (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of | ||||||
| 14 | the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
| 15 | Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this | ||||||
| 16 | Code. | ||||||
| 17 | (iii) Passed a content area test, as required | ||||||
| 18 | under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 19 | The alternative provisional educator endorsement is | ||||||
| 20 | valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a | ||||||
| 21 | third year by an individual meeting the requirements set | ||||||
| 22 | forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code. | ||||||
| 23 | (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An | ||||||
| 24 | alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on | ||||||
| 25 | an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the | ||||||
| 26 | holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | superintendent in a school district's central office. | ||||||
| 2 | This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant | ||||||
| 3 | who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has | ||||||
| 4 | done all of the following: | ||||||
| 5 | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 6 | college or university with a minimum of a master's | ||||||
| 7 | degree in a management field other than education. | ||||||
| 8 | (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5 | ||||||
| 9 | years in a management level position in a field | ||||||
| 10 | other than education. | ||||||
| 11 | (iii) Successfully completed the first phase | ||||||
| 12 | of an alternative route to superintendent | ||||||
| 13 | endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55 | ||||||
| 14 | of this Code. | ||||||
| 15 | (iv) Passed a content area test required under | ||||||
| 16 | Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 17 | The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in | ||||||
| 18 | order to complete one full year of serving as a | ||||||
| 19 | superintendent or assistant superintendent. | ||||||
| 20 | (D) (Blank). | ||||||
| 21 | (E) Career and technical educator. A career and | ||||||
| 22 | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
| 23 | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has | ||||||
| 24 | a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a | ||||||
| 25 | regionally accredited institution of higher education | ||||||
| 26 | or an accredited trade and technical institution and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of | ||||||
| 2 | education in each area to be taught. | ||||||
| 3 | The career and technical educator endorsement on | ||||||
| 4 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
| 5 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
| 6 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed. | ||||||
| 7 | An individual who holds a valid career and | ||||||
| 8 | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
| 9 | with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's degree | ||||||
| 10 | may substitute teach in career and technical education | ||||||
| 11 | classrooms. | ||||||
| 12 | (F) Part-time provisional career and technical | ||||||
| 13 | educator or provisional career and technical educator. | ||||||
| 14 | A part-time provisional career and technical educator | ||||||
| 15 | endorsement or a provisional career and technical | ||||||
| 16 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
| 17 | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has a | ||||||
| 18 | minimum of 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill | ||||||
| 19 | for which the applicant is seeking the endorsement. It | ||||||
| 20 | is the responsibility of each employing school board | ||||||
| 21 | and regional office of education to provide | ||||||
| 22 | verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 23 | of Education at the time the application is submitted | ||||||
| 24 | that no qualified teacher holding a Professional | ||||||
| 25 | Educator License or an Educator License with | ||||||
| 26 | Stipulations with a career and technical educator | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | endorsement is available and that actual circumstances | ||||||
| 2 | require such issuance. | ||||||
| 3 | The provisional career and technical educator | ||||||
| 4 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
| 5 | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||||||
| 6 | the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 | ||||||
| 7 | years. | ||||||
| 8 | A part-time provisional career and technical | ||||||
| 9 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
| 10 | Stipulations may be issued for teaching no more than 2 | ||||||
| 11 | courses of study for grades 6 through 12. The part-time | ||||||
| 12 | provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||||||
| 13 | on an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
| 14 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
| 15 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 years | ||||||
| 16 | if the individual makes application for renewal. | ||||||
| 17 | An individual who holds a provisional or part-time | ||||||
| 18 | provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||||||
| 19 | on an Educator License with Stipulations but does not | ||||||
| 20 | hold a bachelor's degree may substitute teach in career | ||||||
| 21 | and technical education classrooms. | ||||||
| 22 | (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A | ||||||
| 23 | transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an | ||||||
| 24 | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for | ||||||
| 25 | the purpose of providing instruction in accordance | ||||||
| 26 | with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all | ||||||
| 2 | of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 3 | (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and | ||||||
| 4 | writing ability in the language other than English | ||||||
| 5 | in which transitional bilingual education is | ||||||
| 6 | offered. | ||||||
| 7 | (ii) Has the ability to successfully | ||||||
| 8 | communicate in English. | ||||||
| 9 | (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years | ||||||
| 10 | previous to his or her applying for a transitional | ||||||
| 11 | bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and | ||||||
| 12 | comparable teaching certificate or comparable | ||||||
| 13 | authorization issued by a foreign country or holds | ||||||
| 14 | a degree from an institution of higher learning in | ||||||
| 15 | a foreign country that the State Educator | ||||||
| 16 | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||||||
| 17 | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||||||
| 18 | regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
| 19 | learning in the United States. | ||||||
| 20 | A transitional bilingual educator endorsement | ||||||
| 21 | shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, is | ||||||
| 22 | valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||||||
| 23 | the endorsement being issued, and shall not be renewed. | ||||||
| 24 | Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator | ||||||
| 25 | endorsement shall not be employed to replace any | ||||||
| 26 | presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | replaced for any reason. | ||||||
| 2 | (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to | ||||||
| 3 | alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language | ||||||
| 4 | other than English in the public schools, an individual | ||||||
| 5 | who holds an Educator License with Stipulations may | ||||||
| 6 | also apply for a language endorsement, provided that | ||||||
| 7 | the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that he | ||||||
| 8 | or she meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 9 | (i) Holds a transitional bilingual | ||||||
| 10 | endorsement. | ||||||
| 11 | (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the | ||||||
| 12 | language for which the endorsement is to be issued | ||||||
| 13 | by passing the applicable language content test | ||||||
| 14 | required by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 15 | (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from | ||||||
| 16 | a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
| 17 | education or, for individuals educated in a | ||||||
| 18 | country other than the United States, holds a | ||||||
| 19 | degree from an institution of higher learning in a | ||||||
| 20 | foreign country that the State Educator | ||||||
| 21 | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||||||
| 22 | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||||||
| 23 | regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
| 24 | learning in the United States. | ||||||
| 25 | (iv) (Blank). | ||||||
| 26 | A language endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through | ||||||
| 2 | grade 12 for the same validity period as the | ||||||
| 3 | individual's transitional bilingual educator | ||||||
| 4 | endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
| 5 | and shall not be renewed. | ||||||
| 6 | (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting | ||||||
| 7 | international educator endorsement on an Educator | ||||||
| 8 | License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||||||
| 9 | individual who is being recruited by a particular | ||||||
| 10 | school district that conducts formal recruitment | ||||||
| 11 | programs outside of the United States to secure the | ||||||
| 12 | services of qualified teachers and who meets all of the | ||||||
| 13 | following requirements: | ||||||
| 14 | (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a | ||||||
| 15 | bachelor's degree issued in the United States. | ||||||
| 16 | (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the | ||||||
| 17 | grade level for which he or she will be employed. | ||||||
| 18 | (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the | ||||||
| 19 | subject to be taught. | ||||||
| 20 | (iv) Has an adequate command of the English | ||||||
| 21 | language. | ||||||
| 22 | A holder of a visiting international educator | ||||||
| 23 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
| 24 | shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education | ||||||
| 25 | programs in the language that was the medium of | ||||||
| 26 | instruction in his or her teacher preparation program, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | provided that he or she passes the English Language | ||||||
| 2 | Proficiency Examination or another test of writing | ||||||
| 3 | skills in English identified by the State Board of | ||||||
| 4 | Education, in consultation with the State Educator | ||||||
| 5 | Preparation and Licensure Board. | ||||||
| 6 | A visiting international educator endorsement on | ||||||
| 7 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5 | ||||||
| 8 | years and shall not be renewed. | ||||||
| 9 | (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional | ||||||
| 10 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
| 11 | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a | ||||||
| 12 | high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and | ||||||
| 13 | either holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60 | ||||||
| 14 | semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 15 | institution of higher education or has passed a | ||||||
| 16 | paraprofessional competency test under subsection | ||||||
| 17 | (c-5) of Section 21B-30. The paraprofessional educator | ||||||
| 18 | endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately | ||||||
| 19 | following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and | ||||||
| 20 | may be renewed through application and payment of the | ||||||
| 21 | appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of | ||||||
| 22 | this Code. An individual who holds only a | ||||||
| 23 | paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject | ||||||
| 24 | to additional requirements in order to renew the | ||||||
| 25 | endorsement. | ||||||
| 26 | (K) Chief school business official. A chief school | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | business official endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
| 2 | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who | ||||||
| 3 | qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2 | ||||||
| 4 | years of full-time administrative experience in school | ||||||
| 5 | business management or 2 years of university-approved | ||||||
| 6 | practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester | ||||||
| 7 | hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the | ||||||
| 8 | State Board of Education for the preparation of school | ||||||
| 9 | business administrators and by passage of the | ||||||
| 10 | applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||||||
| 11 | content area test. | ||||||
| 12 | The chief school business official endorsement may | ||||||
| 13 | also be affixed to the Educator License with | ||||||
| 14 | Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a | ||||||
| 15 | master's degree in business administration, finance, | ||||||
| 16 | accounting, or public administration and who completes | ||||||
| 17 | an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school | ||||||
| 18 | business management from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 19 | institution of higher education and passes the | ||||||
| 20 | applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||||||
| 21 | content area test. This endorsement shall be required | ||||||
| 22 | for any individual employed as a chief school business | ||||||
| 23 | official. | ||||||
| 24 | The chief school business official endorsement on | ||||||
| 25 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
| 26 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the | ||||||
| 2 | license holder completes renewal requirements as | ||||||
| 3 | required for individuals who hold a Professional | ||||||
| 4 | Educator License endorsed for chief school business | ||||||
| 5 | official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such | ||||||
| 6 | rules as may be adopted by the State Board of | ||||||
| 7 | Education. | ||||||
| 8 | The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules | ||||||
| 9 | necessary to implement Public Act 100-288. | ||||||
| 10 | (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional | ||||||
| 11 | in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
| 12 | with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has | ||||||
| 13 | completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation | ||||||
| 14 | program at an Illinois institution of higher education | ||||||
| 15 | and who has not successfully completed an | ||||||
| 16 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but | ||||||
| 17 | who meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 18 | (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree. | ||||||
| 19 | (ii) Has completed an approved educator | ||||||
| 20 | preparation program at an Illinois institution. | ||||||
| 21 | (iii) Has passed an applicable content area | ||||||
| 22 | test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 23 | (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based | ||||||
| 24 | assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a | ||||||
| 25 | minimum score on that assessment, as established | ||||||
| 26 | by the State Board of Education in consultation | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
| 2 | Board. | ||||||
| 3 | A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an | ||||||
| 4 | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one | ||||||
| 5 | full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not | ||||||
| 6 | be renewed. | ||||||
| 7 | (M) (Blank). | ||||||
| 8 | (N) Specialized services. A specialized services | ||||||
| 9 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
| 10 | may be issued as defined and specified by rule. | ||||||
| 11 | (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching | ||||||
| 12 | License may be issued to qualified applicants for | ||||||
| 13 | substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools, | ||||||
| 14 | prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching | ||||||
| 15 | Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for | ||||||
| 16 | a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's degree | ||||||
| 17 | or higher from a regionally accredited institution of | ||||||
| 18 | higher education. | ||||||
| 19 | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years. | ||||||
| 20 | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute | ||||||
| 21 | teaching in every county of this State. If an individual | ||||||
| 22 | has had his or her Professional Educator License or | ||||||
| 23 | Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked, | ||||||
| 24 | then that individual is not eligible to obtain a Substitute | ||||||
| 25 | Teaching License. | ||||||
| 26 | A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing | ||||||
| 2 | board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under | ||||||
| 3 | contract because of an emergency situation, then a district | ||||||
| 4 | may employ a substitute teacher for no longer than 30 | ||||||
| 5 | calendar days per each vacant position in the district if | ||||||
| 6 | the district notifies the appropriate regional office of | ||||||
| 7 | education within 5 business days after the employment of | ||||||
| 8 | the substitute teacher in the emergency situation. An | ||||||
| 9 | emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy | ||||||
| 10 | has occurred and (i) a teacher is unable to fulfill his or | ||||||
| 11 | her contractual duties or (ii) teacher capacity needs of | ||||||
| 12 | the district exceed previous indications, and the district | ||||||
| 13 | is actively engaged in advertising to hire a fully licensed | ||||||
| 14 | teacher for the vacant position. | ||||||
| 15 | There is no limit on the number of days that a | ||||||
| 16 | substitute teacher may teach in a single school district, | ||||||
| 17 | provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer | ||||||
| 18 | than 90 school days for any one licensed teacher under | ||||||
| 19 | contract in the same school year. A substitute teacher who | ||||||
| 20 | holds a Professional Educator License or Educator License | ||||||
| 21 | with Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school | ||||||
| 22 | days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the | ||||||
| 23 | same school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on | ||||||
| 24 | the number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do | ||||||
| 25 | not apply to any school district operating under Article 34 | ||||||
| 26 | of this Code. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | A school district may not require an individual who | ||||||
| 2 | holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator | ||||||
| 3 | License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute | ||||||
| 4 | Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher. | ||||||
| 5 | (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning | ||||||
| 6 | on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2023, the State Board of | ||||||
| 7 | Education may issue a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
| 8 | License. A Short-Term Substitute Teaching License may be | ||||||
| 9 | issued to a qualified applicant for substitute teaching in | ||||||
| 10 | all grades of the public schools, prekindergarten through | ||||||
| 11 | grade 12. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not | ||||||
| 12 | eligible for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term | ||||||
| 13 | Substitute Teaching License must hold an associate's | ||||||
| 14 | degree or have completed at least 60 credit hours from a | ||||||
| 15 | regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||||||
| 16 | Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for | ||||||
| 17 | substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an | ||||||
| 18 | individual has had his or her Professional Educator License | ||||||
| 19 | or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or | ||||||
| 20 | revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a | ||||||
| 21 | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. | ||||||
| 22 | The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this | ||||||
| 23 | Code apply to short-term substitute teachers. | ||||||
| 24 | An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
| 25 | License may teach no more than 5 consecutive days per | ||||||
| 26 | licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who is | ||||||
| 2 | under contract, a school district may not hire an | ||||||
| 3 | individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
| 4 | License. An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute | ||||||
| 5 | Teaching License must complete the training program under | ||||||
| 6 | Section 10-20.67 or 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to | ||||||
| 7 | teach at a public school. This paragraph (4) is inoperative | ||||||
| 8 | on and after July 1, 2023.
| ||||||
| 9 | (Source: P.A. 100-8, eff. 7-1-17; 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-288, | ||||||
| 10 | eff. 8-24-17; 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-821, eff. 9-3-18; | ||||||
| 11 | 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-220, eff. | ||||||
| 12 | 8-7-19; 101-594, eff. 12-5-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 13 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-35) | ||||||
| 14 | Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in | ||||||
| 15 | other states or countries. | ||||||
| 16 | (a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an | ||||||
| 17 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
| 18 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
| 19 | Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school support | ||||||
| 20 | personnel area must meet the following requirements: | ||||||
| 21 | (1) the applicant must: | ||||||
| 22 | (A) hold a comparable and valid educator license or | ||||||
| 23 | certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade | ||||||
| 24 | level and content area credentials from another state, | ||||||
| 25 | with the State Board of Education having the authority | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to determine what constitutes similar grade level and | ||||||
| 2 | content area credentials from another state; | ||||||
| 3 | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||||||
| 4 | accredited institution of higher education; and | ||||||
| 5 | (C) have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
| 6 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
| 7 | proficiency test required by the State Board of | ||||||
| 8 | Education or providing evidence of completing a | ||||||
| 9 | postsecondary degree at an institution in which the | ||||||
| 10 | mode of instruction was English; or | ||||||
| 11 | (2) the applicant must: | ||||||
| 12 | (A) have completed a state-approved program for | ||||||
| 13 | the licensure area sought, including coursework | ||||||
| 14 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
| 15 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content | ||||||
| 16 | area, and instructional strategies for English | ||||||
| 17 | learners, and, beginning on July 1, 2024, have | ||||||
| 18 | completed and received explicit and repeated | ||||||
| 19 | instruction in each of the 5 essential components of | ||||||
| 20 | reading, which are phonemic awareness, phonics, | ||||||
| 21 | fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary; | ||||||
| 22 | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||||||
| 23 | accredited institution of higher education; | ||||||
| 24 | (C) have successfully met all Illinois examination | ||||||
| 25 | requirements, except that: | ||||||
| 26 | (i) (blank); | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (ii) an applicant who has successfully | ||||||
| 2 | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, | ||||||
| 3 | at the time of initial licensure in another state | ||||||
| 4 | is not required to complete a test of content; and | ||||||
| 5 | (iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement | ||||||
| 6 | who has successfully completed an evidence-based | ||||||
| 7 | assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by | ||||||
| 8 | rules, at the time of initial licensure in another | ||||||
| 9 | state is not required to complete an | ||||||
| 10 | evidence-based assessment of teacher | ||||||
| 11 | effectiveness; and | ||||||
| 12 | (D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement, | ||||||
| 13 | have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||||||
| 14 | experience or, for an applicant for a school service | ||||||
| 15 | personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or | ||||||
| 16 | an equivalent experience. | ||||||
| 17 | (b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License | ||||||
| 18 | endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area, | ||||||
| 19 | applicants trained in another country must meet all of the | ||||||
| 20 | following requirements: | ||||||
| 21 | (1) Have completed a comparable education program in | ||||||
| 22 | another country. | ||||||
| 23 | (2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation | ||||||
| 24 | service approved by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
| 25 | (3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a | ||||||
| 26 | regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||||||
| 2 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
| 3 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
| 4 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
| 5 | (5) (Blank). | ||||||
| 6 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
| 7 | (7) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||||||
| 8 | examination requirements. Applicants who have successfully | ||||||
| 9 | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the | ||||||
| 10 | time of initial licensure in another country shall not be | ||||||
| 11 | required to complete a test of content. Applicants for a | ||||||
| 12 | teaching endorsement who have successfully completed an | ||||||
| 13 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness, as | ||||||
| 14 | defined by rules, at the time of initial licensure in | ||||||
| 15 | another country shall not be required to complete an | ||||||
| 16 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness. | ||||||
| 17 | (8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||||||
| 18 | experience. | ||||||
| 19 | (9) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
| 20 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
| 21 | proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 22 | or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree | ||||||
| 23 | at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||||||
| 24 | English. | ||||||
| 25 | (b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
| 26 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | institution of higher education and applicants trained in | ||||||
| 2 | another country applying for a Professional Educator License | ||||||
| 3 | endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's | ||||||
| 4 | degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
| 5 | education, pass the English language proficiency test required | ||||||
| 6 | by the State Board of Education, and hold a comparable and | ||||||
| 7 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
| 8 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
| 9 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
| 10 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
| 11 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 12 | (1) Have completed an educator preparation program | ||||||
| 13 | approved by another state or comparable educator program in | ||||||
| 14 | another country leading to the receipt of a license or | ||||||
| 15 | certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought. | ||||||
| 16 | (2) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||||||
| 17 | examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of | ||||||
| 18 | this Code. Applicants who have successfully completed a | ||||||
| 19 | test of content, as defined by rules, at the time of | ||||||
| 20 | initial licensure in another state or country shall not be | ||||||
| 21 | required to complete a test of content. | ||||||
| 22 | (2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by rule. | ||||||
| 23 | (3) (Blank). | ||||||
| 24 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||||||
| 25 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
| 26 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and instructional strategies for English learners and, | ||||||
| 2 | beginning on July 1, 2024, have completed and received | ||||||
| 3 | explicit and repeated instruction in each of the 5 | ||||||
| 4 | essential components of reading, which are phonemic | ||||||
| 5 | awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension, and | ||||||
| 6 | vocabulary. | ||||||
| 7 | (4.5) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
| 8 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
| 9 | proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 10 | or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree | ||||||
| 11 | at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||||||
| 12 | English. | ||||||
| 13 | (5) Have completed a master's degree. | ||||||
| 14 | (6) Have successfully completed teaching, school | ||||||
| 15 | support, or administrative experience as defined by rule. | ||||||
| 16 | (b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
| 17 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
| 18 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
| 19 | Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education | ||||||
| 20 | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 21 | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||||||
| 22 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
| 23 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
| 24 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
| 25 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
| 26 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) Have completed a master's degree. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing | ||||||
| 3 | special education services. | ||||||
| 4 | (3) Have successfully completed all examination | ||||||
| 5 | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 6 | Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||||||
| 7 | content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||||||
| 8 | licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||||||
| 9 | to complete a test of content. | ||||||
| 10 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||||||
| 11 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
| 12 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
| 13 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
| 14 | (b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
| 15 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
| 16 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
| 17 | Educator License endorsed for chief school business official | ||||||
| 18 | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||||||
| 19 | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||||||
| 20 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
| 21 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
| 22 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
| 23 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
| 24 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) Have completed a master's degree in school business | ||||||
| 26 | management, finance, or accounting. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) Have successfully completed an internship in | ||||||
| 2 | school business management or have 2 years of experience as | ||||||
| 3 | a school business administrator. | ||||||
| 4 | (3) Have successfully met all State examination | ||||||
| 5 | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 6 | Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||||||
| 7 | content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||||||
| 8 | licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||||||
| 9 | to complete a test of content. | ||||||
| 10 | (4) Have completed modules aligned to standards | ||||||
| 11 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
| 12 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
| 13 | and instructional strategies for English learners and, | ||||||
| 14 | beginning on July 1, 2024, have completed and received | ||||||
| 15 | explicit and repeated instruction in each of the 5 | ||||||
| 16 | essential components of reading, which are phonemic | ||||||
| 17 | awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension, and | ||||||
| 18 | vocabulary. | ||||||
| 19 | (c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
| 20 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
| 21 | rules as may be necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
| 22 | (Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-584, eff. 4-6-18; | ||||||
| 23 | 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-643, eff. | ||||||
| 24 | 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 25 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.51) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Sec. 34-18.51. Committee on the retention of students. | ||||||
| 2 | (a) The board may create a committee on the retention of | ||||||
| 3 | students. The committee shall consist of the general | ||||||
| 4 | superintendent of schools or his or her designee, a district | ||||||
| 5 | administrator who directs student instruction and curriculum, | ||||||
| 6 | a principal from a school of the district, and a teacher from a | ||||||
| 7 | school of the district. | ||||||
| 8 | (b) Prior to retention in a grade, a school may submit, by | ||||||
| 9 | a date as set by the committee on the retention of students, | ||||||
| 10 | the names of all students determined by the school to not | ||||||
| 11 | qualify for promotion to the next higher grade and the reason | ||||||
| 12 | for that determination. Subject to Section 34-18.51a, the The | ||||||
| 13 | committee shall review the school's decision to retain with | ||||||
| 14 | respect to each student and shall make a final decision | ||||||
| 15 | regarding whether or not to retain a particular student. The | ||||||
| 16 | committee shall take into consideration the relevant data and | ||||||
| 17 | evidence gathered during the Response to Intervention process. | ||||||
| 18 | The committee may vote to overturn a retention decision if the | ||||||
| 19 | committee determines that the student should be promoted after | ||||||
| 20 | examining the student's access to remedial assistance, | ||||||
| 21 | performance, attendance, and participation and the resources | ||||||
| 22 | and facilities provided by the school district or due to the | ||||||
| 23 | student having an undiagnosed learning disability.
| ||||||
| 24 | (Source: P.A. 99-592, eff. 7-22-16; 100-201, eff. 8-18-17.)
| ||||||
| 25 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.51a new) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Sec. 34-18.51a. Reading and math intervention and support. | ||||||
| 2 | (a) The board must notify, in writing, the parent or | ||||||
| 3 | guardian of a student in any of grades kindergarten through 3 | ||||||
| 4 | who exhibits a deficiency in reading or math skills at any time | ||||||
| 5 | during the school year no later than 30 days after the | ||||||
| 6 | identification of the deficiency in reading or math. The | ||||||
| 7 | written notification provided to the parent or guardian of the | ||||||
| 8 | student must include all of the following: | ||||||
| 9 | (1) Notification that the student has been identified | ||||||
| 10 | as having a deficiency in reading or math and that | ||||||
| 11 | additional support will be provided to the student. | ||||||
| 12 | (2) A description of the current services that are | ||||||
| 13 | provided to the student. | ||||||
| 14 | (3) A description of the proposed evidence-based | ||||||
| 15 | reading or math intervention services and supplemental | ||||||
| 16 | instructional services and support that will be provided to | ||||||
| 17 | the student and that are designed to remedy the identified | ||||||
| 18 | areas of deficiency in reading or math. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Notification that the parent or guardian will be | ||||||
| 20 | informed in writing of the student's progress toward | ||||||
| 21 | grade-level reading or math with each progress report or | ||||||
| 22 | report card. | ||||||
| 23 | (5) Strategies for the parent or guardian to use at | ||||||
| 24 | home to help the student succeed in reading or math. | ||||||
| 25 | (6) Notification that if the student's deficiency in | ||||||
| 26 | reading or math is not corrected by the end of grade 3, the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school will provide the student with intensive | ||||||
| 2 | intervention and progress monitoring if the student is | ||||||
| 3 | promoted to grade 4. | ||||||
| 4 | (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school | ||||||
| 5 | district must provide to any student retained in a grade | ||||||
| 6 | intensive reading or math intervention to remedy the student's | ||||||
| 7 | specific deficiency in reading or math. The reading or math | ||||||
| 8 | intervention services must include effective instructional | ||||||
| 9 | strategies to accelerate student progress. The school district | ||||||
| 10 | may provide any of the following services to the retained | ||||||
| 11 | student: | ||||||
| 12 | (1) A highly effective teacher of reading or math, as | ||||||
| 13 | demonstrated by student reading or math performance data | ||||||
| 14 | and teacher performance evaluations. | ||||||
| 15 | (2) The use of reading or math intervention services | ||||||
| 16 | and support to correct the identified areas of deficiency | ||||||
| 17 | in reading or math, which include, but are not limited to: | ||||||
| 18 | (A) dedicating more time than in the previous | ||||||
| 19 | school year to providing to the student evidence-based | ||||||
| 20 | reading or math instruction and intervention; | ||||||
| 21 | (B) using reading or math strategies or programs | ||||||
| 22 | that are evidence-based and have proven results for | ||||||
| 23 | accelerating student reading or math achievement | ||||||
| 24 | within the same school year; | ||||||
| 25 | (C) daily targeted small group reading or math | ||||||
| 26 | intervention based on student needs; | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (D) explicit and systematic instruction with more | ||||||
| 2 | detailed explanations, more extensive opportunities | ||||||
| 3 | for guided practice, and more opportunities for error | ||||||
| 4 | correction and feedback; and | ||||||
| 5 | (E) frequent monitoring of the reading or math | ||||||
| 6 | progress of the student's reading or math skills | ||||||
| 7 | throughout the school year and the adjustment of | ||||||
| 8 | instruction according to the student's needs. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Before-school or after-school supplemental | ||||||
| 10 | evidence-based reading or math intervention delivered by a | ||||||
| 11 | teacher or tutor with specialized training in reading or | ||||||
| 12 | math instruction. | ||||||
| 13 | (4) An at-home plan outlined in a parental contract | ||||||
| 14 | that includes participation in parent-training workshops | ||||||
| 15 | or regular parent-guided reading or math activities. | ||||||
| 16 | (c) On or before October 1 of each year, the board must | ||||||
| 17 | report, in writing, to the State Board of Education all of the | ||||||
| 18 | following information for the prior school year, by grade and | ||||||
| 19 | disaggregated by demographic group if applicable: | ||||||
| 20 | (1) The board's policies and procedures on student | ||||||
| 21 | grade-level retention and promotion. | ||||||
| 22 | (2) The number of students who were administered a | ||||||
| 23 | universal screener, as defined in Section 34-18.67, during | ||||||
| 24 | the school year. | ||||||
| 25 | (3) The number of students who were administered a | ||||||
| 26 | Level I dyslexia screening, as defined in Section 34-18.67. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) The total number of students identified as having | ||||||
| 2 | the characteristics of dyslexia during that school year. | ||||||
| 3 | (5) The number of students receiving reading or math | ||||||
| 4 | intervention services, including those receiving dyslexia | ||||||
| 5 | intervention services, under this Section. | ||||||
| 6 | (6) The number and percentage of all students in | ||||||
| 7 | kindergarten through grade 3 performing below grade level | ||||||
| 8 | on local and statewide assessments. | ||||||
| 9 | (7) By grade and disaggregated by demographic group, | ||||||
| 10 | the number and percentage of all students retained in | ||||||
| 11 | kindergarten through grade 3. | ||||||
| 12 | (d) The State Board of Education shall provide technical | ||||||
| 13 | assistance to aid the board in implementing this Section.
| ||||||
| 14 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.67 new) | ||||||
| 15 | Sec. 34-18.67. Dyslexia screening and support. | ||||||
| 16 | (a) In this Section: | ||||||
| 17 | "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined | ||||||
| 18 | by the school district, for gathering additional information to | ||||||
| 19 | determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present. | ||||||
| 20 | "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid | ||||||
| 21 | educators in understanding the causes for student performance, | ||||||
| 22 | learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student | ||||||
| 23 | performance. The assessment is conducted with all students at a | ||||||
| 24 | particular grade level. | ||||||
| 25 | (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | district must screen students in the first and second grades | ||||||
| 2 | for the risk factors of dyslexia using a universal screener | ||||||
| 3 | appropriately designed for the educational context. Following | ||||||
| 4 | the administration of the universal screener, if a student is | ||||||
| 5 | determined to be at risk or at some risk for dyslexia, the | ||||||
| 6 | school district must administer a Level I dyslexia screening of | ||||||
| 7 | the student. Through the Level I dyslexia screening, the school | ||||||
| 8 | district must gather additional information to determine if the | ||||||
| 9 | student has the characteristics of dyslexia. The additional | ||||||
| 10 | information may include, but is not limited to, information | ||||||
| 11 | from progress monitoring data, work samples, additional age and | ||||||
| 12 | grade-appropriate assessments related to dyslexia, teacher | ||||||
| 13 | questionnaires, parent interviews, and speech and language | ||||||
| 14 | assessments and information regarding the student's family | ||||||
| 15 | history related to dyslexia. | ||||||
| 16 | (c) If the universal screener or the Level I dyslexia | ||||||
| 17 | screening indicates that a student has some risk factors for | ||||||
| 18 | dyslexia or the characteristics of dyslexia, the school must | ||||||
| 19 | use a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework to | ||||||
| 20 | address the needs of the student. The school district is not | ||||||
| 21 | required to administer a Level I dyslexia screening to a | ||||||
| 22 | student if the student is receiving dyslexia intervention | ||||||
| 23 | services. If a student's performance on a Level I dyslexia | ||||||
| 24 | screening indicates a need for dyslexia intervention services, | ||||||
| 25 | the school district must notify the student's parent or | ||||||
| 26 | guardian of the results of all screenings and provide to the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | parent or guardian, in addition to the information contained in | ||||||
| 2 | the handbook developed under Section 2-3.161, all of the | ||||||
| 3 | following information and resource material: | ||||||
| 4 | (1) The characteristics of dyslexia. | ||||||
| 5 | (2) The appropriate classroom interventions and | ||||||
| 6 | accommodations for students with dyslexia. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) A statement that the parent or guardian may elect | ||||||
| 8 | to have the student receive an educational evaluation by | ||||||
| 9 | the school. | ||||||
| 10 | (d) If the student's Level I dyslexia screening indicates | ||||||
| 11 | that the student has the characteristics of dyslexia, the | ||||||
| 12 | intervention services provided to the student pursuant to | ||||||
| 13 | Section 34-18.51a must be implemented using diagnostic | ||||||
| 14 | teaching guidelines described in the handbook developed under | ||||||
| 15 | Section 2-3.161.
| ||||||
| 16 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.68 new) | ||||||
| 17 | Sec. 34-18.68. Evidence-based reading instruction. By no | ||||||
| 18 | later than the beginning of the 2023-2024 school year, the | ||||||
| 19 | board shall develop a plan to ensure that within 3 school years | ||||||
| 20 | all classroom teachers, resource teachers, and reading | ||||||
| 21 | interventionists who work with students in grades kindergarten | ||||||
| 22 | through 3 receive professional development, in-service | ||||||
| 23 | training, or coaching in evidence-based reading instruction | ||||||
| 24 | that has a focus on reading competency in the areas of phonemic | ||||||
| 25 | awareness. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | A teacher who provides satisfactory evidence to the board | ||||||
| 2 | that he or she has previously received explicit and repeated | ||||||
| 3 | instruction in each of the 5 essential components of reading, | ||||||
| 4 | which are phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension, | ||||||
| 5 | and vocabulary, through an educator preparation program or | ||||||
| 6 | other accredited training program is exempt from the | ||||||
| 7 | requirements of this Section.
| ||||||
| 8 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.69 new) | ||||||
| 9 | Sec. 34-18.69. Early reading instruction. The school | ||||||
| 10 | district shall provide students with instructional programming | ||||||
| 11 | and services necessary to ensure, to the greatest extent | ||||||
| 12 | possible, that as a student progresses from kindergarten | ||||||
| 13 | through grade 3, the student develops the necessary reading | ||||||
| 14 | skills to enable him or her to master the academic standards | ||||||
| 15 | and expectations applicable to grade 4 and higher grade levels. | ||||||
| 16 | The instructional programming and services for teaching | ||||||
| 17 | students to read must be evidence-based and must focus on | ||||||
| 18 | reading competency in the areas of phonemic awareness, phonics, | ||||||
| 19 | vocabulary development, fluency, and comprehension.
| ||||||
| 20 | Article 35. | ||||||
| 21 | Section 35-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
| 22 | Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations Act. | ||||||
| 23 | References in this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section 35-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
| 2 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
| 3 | (1) Social and emotional development is a core | ||||||
| 4 | developmental domain in young children and is codified in | ||||||
| 5 | the Illinois Early Learning Standards. | ||||||
| 6 | (2) Fostering social and emotional development in | ||||||
| 7 | early childhood means both providing the supportive | ||||||
| 8 | settings and interactions to maximize healthy social and | ||||||
| 9 | emotional development for all children, as well as | ||||||
| 10 | providing communities, programs, and providers with | ||||||
| 11 | systems of tiered supports with training to respond to more | ||||||
| 12 | significant social and emotional challenges or where | ||||||
| 13 | experiences of trauma may be more prevalent. | ||||||
| 14 | (3) Early care and education programs and providers, | ||||||
| 15 | across a range of settings, have an important role to play | ||||||
| 16 | in supporting young children and families, especially | ||||||
| 17 | those who face greater challenges, such as trauma exposure, | ||||||
| 18 | social isolation, pervasive poverty, and toxic stress; if | ||||||
| 19 | programs, teaching staff, caregivers, and providers are | ||||||
| 20 | not provided with the support, services, and training | ||||||
| 21 | needed to accomplish these goals, it can lead to children | ||||||
| 22 | and families being asked to leave programs, particularly | ||||||
| 23 | without connection to more appropriate services, thereby | ||||||
| 24 | creating a disruption in learning and social-emotional | ||||||
| 25 | development; investments in
reflective supervision, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | professional development specific to diversity, equity and | ||||||
| 2 | inclusion practice, culturally responsive training, | ||||||
| 3 | implicit bias training, and how trauma experienced during | ||||||
| 4 | the early years can manifest in challenging behaviors will | ||||||
| 5 | create systems for serving children that are informed in | ||||||
| 6 | developmentally appropriate and responsive supports. | ||||||
| 7 | (4) Studies have shown that the expulsion of infants, | ||||||
| 8 | toddlers, and young children in early care and education | ||||||
| 9 | settings is occurring at alarmingly high rates, more than 3 | ||||||
| 10 | times that of students in K-12; further, expulsion occurs | ||||||
| 11 | more frequently for Black children and Latinx children and | ||||||
| 12 | more frequently for boys than for girls, with Black boys | ||||||
| 13 | being most frequently expelled; there is evidence to show | ||||||
| 14 | that the expulsion of Black girls is occurring with | ||||||
| 15 | increasing frequency. | ||||||
| 16 | (5) Illinois took its first steps toward addressing | ||||||
| 17 | this disparity through Public Act 100-105 to prohibit | ||||||
| 18 | expulsion due to child behavior in early care and education | ||||||
| 19 | settings, but further work is needed to implement this law, | ||||||
| 20 | including strengthening provider understanding of a | ||||||
| 21 | successful transition and beginning to identify strategies | ||||||
| 22 | to reduce "soft expulsions" and to ensure more young | ||||||
| 23 | children and their teachers, providers, and caregivers, in | ||||||
| 24 | a range of early care and education settings, can benefit | ||||||
| 25 | from services, such as Infant/Early Childhood Mental | ||||||
| 26 | Health Consultations (I/ECMHC) and positive behavior | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | interventions and supports such as the Pyramid Model. | ||||||
| 2 | (6) I/ECMHC is a critical component needed to align | ||||||
| 3 | social-emotional well-being with the public health model | ||||||
| 4 | of promotion, prevention, and intervention across early | ||||||
| 5 | care and education systems. | ||||||
| 6 | (b) The General Assembly encourages that all of the | ||||||
| 7 | following actions be taken by: | ||||||
| 8 | (1) the State to increase the availability of | ||||||
| 9 | Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations | ||||||
| 10 | (I/ECMHC) through increased funding in early childhood | ||||||
| 11 | programs and sustainable funding for coordination of | ||||||
| 12 | I/ECMHC and other social and emotional support at the State | ||||||
| 13 | level; | ||||||
| 14 | (2) the Department of Human Services (IDHS), the | ||||||
| 15 | Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Governor's | ||||||
| 16 | Office of Early Childhood Development (GOECD), and other | ||||||
| 17 | relevant agencies to develop and promote | ||||||
| 18 | provider-accessible and parent-accessible materials on the | ||||||
| 19 | role and value of I/ECMHC, including targeted promotion in | ||||||
| 20 | underserved communities, and promote the use of existing | ||||||
| 21 | I/ECMHCs, the I/ECMHC consultant database, or other | ||||||
| 22 | existing services; | ||||||
| 23 | (3) the State to increase funding to promote and | ||||||
| 24 | provide training and implementation support for systems of | ||||||
| 25 | tiered support, such as the Pyramid Model, across early | ||||||
| 26 | childhood settings and urge DHS, ISBE, GOECD, and other | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | relevant State agencies to coordinate efforts and develop | ||||||
| 2 | strategies to provide outreach to and support providers in | ||||||
| 3 | underserved communities and communities with fewer | ||||||
| 4 | programmatic resources; and | ||||||
| 5 | (4) ISBE and DCFS to provide the data required by | ||||||
| 6 | Public Act 100-105, even if the data is incomplete at the | ||||||
| 7 | time due to data system challenges.
| ||||||
| 8 | Article 40. | ||||||
| 9 | Section 40-5. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by | ||||||
| 10 | adding Section 5-39 as follows:
| ||||||
| 11 | (305 ILCS 5/5-39 new) | ||||||
| 12 | Sec. 5-39. Behavioral health services for children; | ||||||
| 13 | diagnostic assessment system. Beginning on July 1, 2022, if it | ||||||
| 14 | is necessary to provide a diagnostic code for behavioral health | ||||||
| 15 | services for children ages 5 and under, providers shall utilize | ||||||
| 16 | a developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate diagnostic | ||||||
| 17 | assessment system, such as the Diagnostic Classification of | ||||||
| 18 | Mental Health and Developmental Disorders of Infancy and Early | ||||||
| 19 | Childhood-Revised (DC:0-5), for diagnosis and treatment | ||||||
| 20 | planning. If necessary for billing purposes, the provider, | ||||||
| 21 | managed care organization, or Department shall utilize the | ||||||
| 22 | existing crosswalk tool to convert the developmentally | ||||||
| 23 | appropriate and age-appropriate diagnosis code to the relevant | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | code available in the State system. | ||||||
| 2 | By no later than July 1, 2021, the Department shall make | ||||||
| 3 | recommendations to the General Assembly on the resources needed | ||||||
| 4 | to integrate developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate | ||||||
| 5 | diagnostic codes into the State system. The Department shall | ||||||
| 6 | have in place all necessary resources needed to integrate | ||||||
| 7 | developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate diagnostic | ||||||
| 8 | codes by no later than January 1, 2023.
| ||||||
| 9 | Article 45. | ||||||
| 10 | Section 45-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
| 11 | Early Childhood Workforce Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
| 12 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| 13 | Section 45-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
| 14 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
| 15 | (1) Research shows that early childhood teacher | ||||||
| 16 | effectiveness is a predictor for positive developmental | ||||||
| 17 | and academic outcomes for children. | ||||||
| 18 | (2) The work of early childhood educators is | ||||||
| 19 | sophisticated and central to the healthy learning and | ||||||
| 20 | development of young children and takes place in a range of | ||||||
| 21 | settings, including schools, community-based centers, and | ||||||
| 22 | homes. | ||||||
| 23 | (3) It is critically important for children's outcomes | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to have educators that reflect the diversity of the | ||||||
| 2 | families and communities they serve. | ||||||
| 3 | (4) The early childhood workforce is more racially | ||||||
| 4 | diverse than the K-12 workforce, and its members hold | ||||||
| 5 | degrees, have earned credentials, and have years of | ||||||
| 6 | experience in the field. | ||||||
| 7 | (5) The early childhood workforce, particularly those | ||||||
| 8 | working in community-based settings and those working with | ||||||
| 9 | infants and toddlers, often are not paid wages aligned to | ||||||
| 10 | the sophistication of their work and level of education. | ||||||
| 11 | (6) All regions and settings have difficulty finding | ||||||
| 12 | qualified teachers. | ||||||
| 13 | (7) A disproportionate number of Black and Latinx women | ||||||
| 14 | serve in essential, frontline positions but are | ||||||
| 15 | underrepresented as lead teachers and in program | ||||||
| 16 | leadership where credentials and degrees are required. | ||||||
| 17 | (8) The early childhood workforce faces multiple | ||||||
| 18 | barriers to additional credential and degree attainment | ||||||
| 19 | that lead to career advancement and higher levels of | ||||||
| 20 | compensation.
| ||||||
| 21 | (b) The General Assembly encourages all of the following: | ||||||
| 22 | (1) The Department of Human Services to undertake an | ||||||
| 23 | analysis of teacher data in the Gateways Registry to | ||||||
| 24 | determine those individuals who are close to their next | ||||||
| 25 | credential or degree, including information where | ||||||
| 26 | available in the Registry such as their geographic | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | location, demographics, work setting, and age groups of | ||||||
| 2 | children for whom they are responsible. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The Department of Human Services to conduct | ||||||
| 4 | outreach and provide targeted coaching and access to | ||||||
| 5 | financial supports, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 6 | scholarships and debt relief, in a way that prioritizes | ||||||
| 7 | increasing the diversity of the teacher pipeline, regions | ||||||
| 8 | of the State with the highest need, and children in age | ||||||
| 9 | groups with the greatest teacher shortages. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) The State Board of Education to provide additional | ||||||
| 11 | financial support to candidates and provide this support to | ||||||
| 12 | all candidates regardless of the setting in which they work | ||||||
| 13 | and the credentials they are currently seeking, | ||||||
| 14 | prioritizing those by greatest need in the early childhood | ||||||
| 15 | field. | ||||||
| 16 | (4) The Department of Human Services to provide annual | ||||||
| 17 | reports on who receives these and other scholarships or | ||||||
| 18 | other financial support administered by the Department or | ||||||
| 19 | the State Board of Education by geographic location, | ||||||
| 20 | demographics, work setting, age groups of children served, | ||||||
| 21 | and credential/degree attainment as available. | ||||||
| 22 | (5) The Board of Higher Education, in the course of | ||||||
| 23 | their strategic planning process, to review the barriers | ||||||
| 24 | experienced by the early childhood workforce and by | ||||||
| 25 | teachers of color, in particular in accessing and | ||||||
| 26 | completing the needed coursework to attain additional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | credentials and degrees, and to recommend policy or | ||||||
| 2 | practice changes to better meet the needs of this | ||||||
| 3 | workforce, which is largely comprised of non-traditional | ||||||
| 4 | students and women of color. | ||||||
| 5 | (6) The State Board of Education and the Department of | ||||||
| 6 | Human Services to prioritize reducing compensation | ||||||
| 7 | disparities between the early childhood workforce and | ||||||
| 8 | their K-12 counterparts and disparities within the early | ||||||
| 9 | childhood workforce between setting and age groups in which | ||||||
| 10 | they work, as funding becomes available.
| ||||||
| 11 | Article 50. | ||||||
| 12 | Section 50-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 13 | 2-3.183 and by changing Section 27-22 as follows:
| ||||||
| 14 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.183 new) | ||||||
| 15 | Sec. 2-3.183. Review of university admission coursework. | ||||||
| 16 | (a) On or before February 1, 2021 and each February 1 | ||||||
| 17 | thereafter, the State Board of Education and the Board of | ||||||
| 18 | Higher Education shall jointly compile a review that | ||||||
| 19 | identifies, for each public university in this State, the | ||||||
| 20 | courses the university requires or recommends a high school | ||||||
| 21 | student take to be admitted to the university as an | ||||||
| 22 | undergraduate student. The review shall also include any | ||||||
| 23 | additional coursework requirements or recommendations for | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | undergraduate admission into a specific academic major, | ||||||
| 2 | college, or department of the university. The courses that are | ||||||
| 3 | identified in the review as recommended must include, at a | ||||||
| 4 | minimum, those courses that the university describes in its | ||||||
| 5 | promotional materials as being recommended. | ||||||
| 6 | (b) The State Board of Education shall make the review | ||||||
| 7 | compiled under subsection (a) available to the public on its | ||||||
| 8 | Internet website. | ||||||
| 9 | (c) To ensure that a public high school student is not | ||||||
| 10 | excluded from enrolling in a public university in this State | ||||||
| 11 | because of a lack of access to required or recommended | ||||||
| 12 | coursework, every public high school must provide access to | ||||||
| 13 | each course identified in the review compiled under subsection | ||||||
| 14 | (a) to any of its students who request to enroll in the course. | ||||||
| 15 | If the high school is unable to offer the course through the | ||||||
| 16 | school district, the high school must find an alternative way | ||||||
| 17 | to offer the course to the student, which may include | ||||||
| 18 | partnering with another school district, a community college | ||||||
| 19 | district, or some other course provider, and the student's | ||||||
| 20 | school district shall cover any portion of the cost of the | ||||||
| 21 | course that is not covered by State or other public or private | ||||||
| 22 | funding. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) To ensure that every public high school student | ||||||
| 24 | understands the course expectations for admission into a public | ||||||
| 25 | university in this State, a school district must make available | ||||||
| 26 | to students in grades 8 through 12 and their parents or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | guardians the review compiled under subsection (a) before the | ||||||
| 2 | student's course schedule is finalized for the student's | ||||||
| 3 | particular grade level. | ||||||
| 4 | (e) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
| 5 | necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
| 6 | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||||||
| 8 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
| 9 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
| 10 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
| 11 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
| 12 | (e) Through the 2023-2024 school year, as As a prerequisite | ||||||
| 13 | to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil
entering the 9th | ||||||
| 14 | grade must, in addition to other course requirements, | ||||||
| 15 | successfully
complete all of the following courses: | ||||||
| 16 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
| 18 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
| 19 | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
| 20 | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||||||
| 21 | graduation requirements.
| ||||||
| 22 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
| 23 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
| 24 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
| 25 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
| 2 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
| 3 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
| 4 | (4) Two years of science. | ||||||
| 5 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
| 6 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
| 7 | of history of the United States and American government | ||||||
| 8 | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
| 9 | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||||||
| 10 | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||||||
| 11 | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||||||
| 12 | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||||||
| 13 | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course | ||||||
| 14 | content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||||||
| 15 | discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||||||
| 16 | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||||||
| 17 | School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||||||
| 18 | the purposes of offering civics education. | ||||||
| 19 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
| 20 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
| 21 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
| 22 | (e-5) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, as a | ||||||
| 23 | prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil | ||||||
| 24 | entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course | ||||||
| 25 | requirements, successfully complete all of the following | ||||||
| 26 | courses: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
| 3 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
| 4 | or any other subject. If applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
| 5 | courses may be counted toward the fulfillment of other | ||||||
| 6 | graduation requirements. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
| 8 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
| 9 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
| 10 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
| 11 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
| 12 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
| 13 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
| 14 | (4) Two years of laboratory science. | ||||||
| 15 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
| 16 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
| 17 | of history of the United States and American government and | ||||||
| 18 | at least one semester must be civics, which shall help | ||||||
| 19 | young people acquire and learn to use the skills, | ||||||
| 20 | knowledge, and attitudes that will prepare them to be | ||||||
| 21 | competent and responsible citizens throughout their lives. | ||||||
| 22 | Civics course content shall focus on government | ||||||
| 23 | institutions, the discussion of current and controversial | ||||||
| 24 | issues, service learning, and simulations of the | ||||||
| 25 | democratic process. School districts may utilize private | ||||||
| 26 | funding available for the purposes of offering civics | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education. | ||||||
| 2 | (6) Two years of foreign language, which shall be | ||||||
| 3 | deemed to include American Sign Language. | ||||||
| 4 | (7) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
| 5 | foreign language that is in addition to the 2 years under | ||||||
| 6 | paragraph (6), which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
| 7 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
| 8 | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||||||
| 9 | school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||||||
| 10 | coursework.
| ||||||
| 11 | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||||||
| 12 | computer science course to high school students, then the | ||||||
| 13 | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||||||
| 14 | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||||||
| 15 | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||||||
| 16 | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||||||
| 17 | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||||||
| 18 | of this Section. | ||||||
| 19 | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||||||
| 20 | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||||||
| 21 | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||||||
| 22 | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
| ||||||
| 23 | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||||||
| 24 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
| 25 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
| 26 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education program.
| ||||||
| 2 | This amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly does not | ||||||
| 3 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2023-2024 school | ||||||
| 4 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
| 5 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
| 6 | education program. | ||||||
| 7 | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||||||
| 8 | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||||||
| 9 | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
| ||||||
| 10 | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||||||
| 11 | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||||||
| 12 | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
| 13 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
| 14 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
| 15 | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
| 16 | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 17 | Section 50-10. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended | ||||||
| 18 | by adding Section 9.40 as follows:
| ||||||
| 19 | (110 ILCS 205/9.40 new) | ||||||
| 20 | Sec. 9.40. Review of university admission coursework. | ||||||
| 21 | (a) On or before February 1, 2021 and each February 1 | ||||||
| 22 | thereafter, the State Board of Education and the Board of | ||||||
| 23 | Higher Education shall jointly compile a review as provided | ||||||
| 24 | under Section 2-3.183 of the School Code. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (b) The Board of Higher Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
| 2 | necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
| 3 | Article 55. | ||||||
| 4 | Section 55-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 5 | 2-3.184 and by changing Section 18-8.15 as follows:
| ||||||
| 6 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.184 new) | ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 2-3.184. Approved anti-racism initiatives; | ||||||
| 8 | anti-racism investment funding. | ||||||
| 9 | (a) In this Section, "approved anti-racism initiatives" | ||||||
| 10 | means evidence-based or research-based practices approved by | ||||||
| 11 | the State Board of Education that are shown to reduce the gaps | ||||||
| 12 | and disparities experienced by African American students in | ||||||
| 13 | academic achievement and educational performance and includes | ||||||
| 14 | practices that have been shown to reduce disparities in | ||||||
| 15 | disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, college | ||||||
| 16 | matriculation rates, and college completion rates. | ||||||
| 17 | (b) No later than January 30, 2021, the State Board shall | ||||||
| 18 | create a list of approved anti-racism initiatives that may be | ||||||
| 19 | implemented by school districts to enhance the educational | ||||||
| 20 | performance of African American students. Approved anti-racism | ||||||
| 21 | initiatives may include, but are not limited to, all of the | ||||||
| 22 | following: | ||||||
| 23 | (1) A reduction in class sizes in grades kindergarten | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | through 3. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) The implementation of culturally appropriate | ||||||
| 3 | curriculum and associated professional development. | ||||||
| 4 | (3) The implementation of project-based learning and | ||||||
| 5 | associated professional development. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) The implementation of a Universal Design for | ||||||
| 7 | Learning framework and associated professional | ||||||
| 8 | development. | ||||||
| 9 | (5) The implementation of research-based and on-going | ||||||
| 10 | professional development for school faculty, | ||||||
| 11 | administrators, and staff to identify and counter implicit | ||||||
| 12 | bias. | ||||||
| 13 | No later than January 30, 2021, the State Board shall make | ||||||
| 14 | the list available to school districts by posting the list on | ||||||
| 15 | the State Board's Internet website. No later than January 30th | ||||||
| 16 | of each year thereafter, the State Board shall update the list | ||||||
| 17 | and post the updated list on the State Board's Internet | ||||||
| 18 | website. | ||||||
| 19 | (c) Funding received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
| 20 | subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
| 21 | 18-8.15 of this Code shall be utilized for the implementation | ||||||
| 22 | of one or more approved anti-racism initiatives listed by the | ||||||
| 23 | State Board under subsection (b) of this Section. However, a | ||||||
| 24 | school district may utilize a specified amount of that funding | ||||||
| 25 | for a purpose other than to implement one or more of the | ||||||
| 26 | approved anti-racism initiatives if the school district, upon | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | application, obtains written consent from the State Board to | ||||||
| 2 | utilize the specified amount for another purpose. The | ||||||
| 3 | application for consent shall be in such form as the State | ||||||
| 4 | Board prescribes. The State Board shall grant or deny consent | ||||||
| 5 | within 60 days after receipt of the application. The granting | ||||||
| 6 | or denial of consent shall be final, binding, and | ||||||
| 7 | non-appealable. | ||||||
| 8 | (d) For each school year in which a school district | ||||||
| 9 | receives funding pursuant to subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2) | ||||||
| 10 | of subsection (b) of Section 18-8.15 of this Code, the school | ||||||
| 11 | district shall report to the State Board on how the school | ||||||
| 12 | district utilized all of the funding it received under | ||||||
| 13 | subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
| 14 | 18-8.15 of this Code. The report shall be in such form as the | ||||||
| 15 | State Board prescribes on the State Board's website.
| ||||||
| 16 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||||||
| 17 | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success | ||||||
| 18 | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. | ||||||
| 19 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
| 20 | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||||||
| 21 | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||||||
| 22 | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||||||
| 23 | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||||||
| 24 | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||||||
| 25 | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||||||
| 2 | funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||||||
| 3 | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||||||
| 4 | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||||||
| 5 | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||||||
| 6 | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||||||
| 7 | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||||||
| 8 | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||||||
| 9 | (A) provide all students with a high quality | ||||||
| 10 | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||||||
| 11 | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||||||
| 12 | programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||||||
| 13 | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||||||
| 14 | this State, and active members of our national | ||||||
| 15 | democracy; | ||||||
| 16 | (B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||||||
| 17 | need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||||||
| 18 | required to pursue post-secondary education and | ||||||
| 19 | training for a rewarding career; | ||||||
| 20 | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||||||
| 21 | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||||||
| 22 | students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||||||
| 23 | students and not by reducing standards; and | ||||||
| 24 | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||||||
| 25 | assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||||||
| 26 | education and simultaneously relieve the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||||||
| 2 | to fund schools. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this | ||||||
| 4 | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in | ||||||
| 5 | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in | ||||||
| 6 | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 | ||||||
| 7 | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both | ||||||
| 8 | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in | ||||||
| 9 | this Section, there are 4 major components of the | ||||||
| 10 | Evidence-Based Funding model: | ||||||
| 11 | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||||||
| 12 | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that | ||||||
| 13 | considers the costs to implement research-based | ||||||
| 14 | activities, the unit's student demographics, and | ||||||
| 15 | regional wage differences. | ||||||
| 16 | (B) Second, the model calculates each | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount | ||||||
| 18 | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 19 | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. | ||||||
| 20 | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||||||
| 21 | the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||||||
| 22 | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to | ||||||
| 23 | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of | ||||||
| 24 | funding. | ||||||
| 25 | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||||||
| 26 | allocates new State funding to those Organizational | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||||||
| 2 | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their | ||||||
| 3 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 4 | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||||||
| 5 | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||||||
| 6 | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||||||
| 7 | expenditures by law. | ||||||
| 8 | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||||||
| 9 | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||||||
| 10 | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 13 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 14 | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||||||
| 15 | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 16 | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 18 | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||||||
| 19 | transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||||||
| 20 | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||||||
| 21 | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||||||
| 22 | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||||||
| 23 | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||||||
| 24 | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||||||
| 25 | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||||||
| 26 | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||||||
| 2 | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||||||
| 3 | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||||||
| 4 | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||||||
| 6 | years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||||||
| 7 | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||||||
| 8 | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||||||
| 9 | total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||||||
| 10 | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||||||
| 11 | the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 12 | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 13 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 14 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 15 | created and operated by a regional superintendent of | ||||||
| 16 | schools and approved by the State Board. | ||||||
| 17 | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 18 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 19 | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||||||
| 20 | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||||||
| 21 | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||||||
| 22 | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||||||
| 23 | meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||||||
| 24 | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||||||
| 25 | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||||||
| 26 | this State. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||||||
| 2 | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||||||
| 3 | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||||||
| 4 | for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||||||
| 5 | provided by the regular school program. All students | ||||||
| 6 | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||||||
| 7 | well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||||||
| 8 | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||||||
| 9 | students under this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||||||
| 11 | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||||||
| 12 | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||||||
| 13 | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 14 | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||||||
| 15 | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special | ||||||
| 16 | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||||||
| 17 | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 18 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 19 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||||||
| 21 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 22 | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||||||
| 23 | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 24 | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||||||
| 25 | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||||||
| 26 | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||||||
| 2 | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| 3 | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||||||
| 4 | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||||||
| 5 | special education services as reported to the State Board | ||||||
| 6 | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 7 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 8 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||||||
| 10 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 11 | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||||||
| 12 | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||||||
| 13 | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||||||
| 14 | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||||||
| 15 | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools | ||||||
| 16 | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||||||
| 17 | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||||||
| 18 | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||||||
| 19 | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||||||
| 20 | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||||||
| 21 | students attending an alternative education program | ||||||
| 22 | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
| 23 | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||||||
| 24 | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||||||
| 25 | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||||||
| 26 | years, the school district reports to the State Board of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||||||
| 2 | district-wide for all students, then all students | ||||||
| 3 | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||||||
| 4 | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||||||
| 5 | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||||||
| 6 | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||||||
| 7 | grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||||||
| 8 | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the | ||||||
| 9 | effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish | ||||||
| 10 | such collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||||||
| 11 | a count by grade level was collected only once, that count | ||||||
| 12 | shall be used as the single count available for computing a | ||||||
| 13 | 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a | ||||||
| 14 | regional office of education or an intermediate service | ||||||
| 15 | center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding | ||||||
| 16 | formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year | ||||||
| 17 | and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy | ||||||
| 18 | formulas are developed and adopted for each type of | ||||||
| 19 | program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of | ||||||
| 20 | education or an intermediate service center must be | ||||||
| 21 | determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For | ||||||
| 22 | the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation | ||||||
| 23 | must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the | ||||||
| 24 | assignment of students served by a regional office of | ||||||
| 25 | education or intermediate service center shall not result | ||||||
| 26 | in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be | ||||||
| 2 | the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average | ||||||
| 3 | ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must | ||||||
| 4 | be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year | ||||||
| 5 | average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the | ||||||
| 6 | ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the | ||||||
| 7 | dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment | ||||||
| 8 | data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. | ||||||
| 9 | For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall | ||||||
| 10 | include only enrollment taken on October 1. | ||||||
| 11 | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||||||
| 12 | of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 13 | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of | ||||||
| 14 | this Section. | ||||||
| 15 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||||||
| 16 | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||||||
| 17 | aid. | ||||||
| 18 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
| 19 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
| 20 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||||||
| 21 | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||||||
| 22 | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||||||
| 23 | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||||||
| 24 | attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||||||
| 25 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||||||
| 26 | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||||||
| 2 | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||||||
| 3 | education shall include all additional investments in | ||||||
| 4 | English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 5 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||||||
| 6 | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||||||
| 7 | "Central office" means individual administrators and | ||||||
| 8 | support service personnel charged with managing the | ||||||
| 9 | instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||||||
| 10 | security of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 11 | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||||||
| 12 | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||||||
| 13 | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not | ||||||
| 14 | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||||||
| 15 | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||||||
| 16 | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||||||
| 17 | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||||||
| 18 | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||||||
| 19 | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||||||
| 20 | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||||||
| 21 | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||||||
| 22 | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||||||
| 23 | than once every 5 years. | ||||||
| 24 | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||||||
| 25 | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||||||
| 26 | instructional software, security software, curriculum | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||||||
| 2 | equipment. | ||||||
| 3 | "Computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 4 | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||||||
| 6 | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||||||
| 7 | per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 8 | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 9 | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 10 | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||||||
| 12 | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||||||
| 13 | technology and equipment investment grant shall include | ||||||
| 14 | all additional investments in computer technology and | ||||||
| 15 | equipment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 16 | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||||||
| 17 | English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||||||
| 18 | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||||||
| 19 | Placement in high schools. | ||||||
| 20 | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||||||
| 21 | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||||||
| 22 | and high schools. | ||||||
| 23 | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||||||
| 24 | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||||||
| 25 | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||||||
| 26 | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||||||
| 2 | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||||||
| 3 | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||||||
| 4 | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
| 5 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
| 6 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
| 7 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||||||
| 8 | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
| 9 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||||||
| 10 | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||||||
| 11 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
| 12 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 13 | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national | ||||||
| 14 | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||||||
| 15 | services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||||||
| 16 | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||||||
| 17 | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||||||
| 18 | "EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||||||
| 19 | data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 21 | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||||||
| 22 | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 23 | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||||||
| 24 | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||||||
| 25 | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||||||
| 26 | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||||||
| 2 | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||||||
| 3 | this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
| 4 | bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||||||
| 5 | instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||||||
| 6 | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||||||
| 7 | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||||||
| 8 | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||||||
| 9 | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||||||
| 10 | exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||||||
| 11 | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||||||
| 12 | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||||||
| 13 | and educational programs that have been identified through | ||||||
| 14 | academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||||||
| 15 | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||||||
| 16 | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||||||
| 17 | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||||||
| 18 | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||||||
| 19 | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
| 20 | Section. | ||||||
| 21 | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||||||
| 22 | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 24 | provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||||||
| 25 | and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||||||
| 26 | the school day. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||||||
| 2 | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||||||
| 3 | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||||||
| 4 | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||||||
| 5 | of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 6 | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 7 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||||||
| 9 | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||||||
| 10 | position at an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 11 | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
| 12 | (g). | ||||||
| 13 | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance | ||||||
| 14 | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||||||
| 15 | students within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 16 | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||||||
| 17 | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 18 | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||||||
| 19 | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||||||
| 20 | the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||||||
| 21 | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||||||
| 22 | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||||||
| 23 | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||||||
| 24 | instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||||||
| 25 | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||||||
| 26 | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||||||
| 2 | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||||||
| 3 | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||||||
| 4 | with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||||||
| 5 | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||||||
| 6 | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||||||
| 7 | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||||||
| 8 | practice or develop model lessons. | ||||||
| 9 | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||||||
| 10 | materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||||||
| 11 | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||||||
| 12 | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||||||
| 13 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 14 | created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||||||
| 15 | the State Board. | ||||||
| 16 | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||||||
| 17 | library information specialist or another individual whose | ||||||
| 18 | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||||||
| 19 | within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 20 | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||||||
| 21 | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. | ||||||
| 22 | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 23 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||||||
| 25 | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 26 | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 3 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 5 | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||||||
| 6 | students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||||||
| 7 | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||||||
| 8 | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||||||
| 9 | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||||||
| 10 | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the | ||||||
| 11 | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance | ||||||
| 12 | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition | ||||||
| 13 | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for | ||||||
| 14 | services provided by the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
| 15 | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income | ||||||
| 16 | populations become available, grade level low-income | ||||||
| 17 | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income | ||||||
| 18 | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The | ||||||
| 19 | low-income percentage is determined by dividing the | ||||||
| 20 | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The | ||||||
| 21 | low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 22 | office of education or an intermediate service center must | ||||||
| 23 | be set to the weighted average of the low-income | ||||||
| 24 | percentages of all of the school districts in the service | ||||||
| 25 | region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of | ||||||
| 26 | multiplying the low-income percentage of each school | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | district served by the regional office of education or | ||||||
| 2 | intermediate service center by each school district's | ||||||
| 3 | Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and | ||||||
| 4 | dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment | ||||||
| 5 | for the service region. | ||||||
| 6 | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||||||
| 7 | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||||||
| 8 | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||||||
| 9 | similar services and functions. | ||||||
| 10 | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any | ||||||
| 13 | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||||||
| 14 | Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code. | ||||||
| 15 | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||||||
| 16 | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||||||
| 17 | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||||||
| 18 | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||||||
| 19 | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||||||
| 20 | school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||||||
| 21 | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||||||
| 22 | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||||||
| 23 | to each unit. | ||||||
| 24 | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||||||
| 25 | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||||||
| 26 | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and is available to provide health care-related services | ||||||
| 2 | for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 3 | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||||||
| 4 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 5 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 6 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 7 | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||||||
| 8 | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||||||
| 9 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 10 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 11 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 12 | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any | ||||||
| 13 | public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||||||
| 14 | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||||||
| 15 | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||||||
| 16 | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||||||
| 17 | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||||||
| 18 | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||||||
| 19 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 20 | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||||||
| 21 | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||||||
| 22 | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||||||
| 23 | slightly from what is typical. | ||||||
| 24 | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||||||
| 25 | the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||||||
| 2 | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||||||
| 3 | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||||||
| 4 | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||||||
| 5 | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||||||
| 6 | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||||||
| 7 | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||||||
| 8 | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||||||
| 9 | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||||||
| 10 | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||||||
| 11 | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||||||
| 12 | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the | ||||||
| 13 | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||||||
| 14 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||||||
| 15 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| 16 | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||||||
| 17 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||||||
| 18 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| 19 | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||||||
| 20 | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit CWI. | ||||||
| 22 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
| 23 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||||||
| 24 | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||||||
| 25 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||||||
| 26 | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 2 | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||||||
| 3 | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 5 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 6 | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||||||
| 7 | to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||||||
| 8 | "Professional development" means training programs for | ||||||
| 9 | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 10 | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||||||
| 11 | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||||||
| 12 | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and | ||||||
| 13 | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||||||
| 14 | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||||||
| 15 | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||||||
| 16 | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||||||
| 17 | professional support for licensed staff. | ||||||
| 18 | "Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||||||
| 19 | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||||||
| 20 | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||||||
| 21 | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||||||
| 22 | for a high school. | ||||||
| 23 | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
| 24 | Law. | ||||||
| 25 | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||||||
| 26 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||||||
| 2 | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||||||
| 3 | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||||||
| 4 | students. | ||||||
| 5 | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 7 | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||||||
| 10 | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||||||
| 11 | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||||||
| 12 | "Special education" means special educational | ||||||
| 13 | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||||||
| 14 | this Code. | ||||||
| 15 | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||||||
| 16 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||||||
| 17 | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 18 | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||||||
| 19 | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||||||
| 20 | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 21 | Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||||||
| 22 | special education investment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 23 | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||||||
| 24 | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||||||
| 25 | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||||||
| 26 | education, health, driver education, career-technical | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||||||
| 2 | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 3 | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||||||
| 4 | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||||||
| 5 | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||||||
| 6 | State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||||||
| 7 | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||||||
| 8 | opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||||||
| 9 | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||||||
| 10 | any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||||||
| 11 | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||||||
| 12 | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental | ||||||
| 13 | general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||||||
| 14 | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to | ||||||
| 15 | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| 16 | repealed). | ||||||
| 17 | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||||||
| 18 | Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 19 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 20 | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 21 | of Education. | ||||||
| 22 | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||||||
| 23 | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||||||
| 24 | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||||||
| 25 | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and | ||||||
| 26 | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||||||
| 2 | "Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||||||
| 3 | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 4 | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||||||
| 5 | the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 6 | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||||||
| 7 | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||||||
| 8 | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| 9 | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||||||
| 10 | another staff member. | ||||||
| 11 | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 12 | provided to students during the summer months outside of | ||||||
| 13 | the regular school year. | ||||||
| 14 | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||||||
| 15 | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||||||
| 16 | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||||||
| 17 | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||||||
| 18 | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||||||
| 19 | students when being transported in buses serving the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 21 | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (g). | ||||||
| 23 | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||||||
| 24 | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 25 | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||||||
| 26 | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 2 | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||||||
| 3 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||||||
| 4 | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||||||
| 5 | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||||||
| 7 | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||||||
| 8 | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||||||
| 9 | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||||||
| 10 | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||||||
| 12 | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on | ||||||
| 13 | ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set | ||||||
| 14 | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||||||
| 15 | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||||||
| 16 | thereto are as follows: | ||||||
| 17 | (A) Core class size investments. Each | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||||||
| 19 | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||||||
| 20 | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||||||
| 22 | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 24 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 25 | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 26 | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 2 | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 4 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 5 | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 6 | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||||||
| 7 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 8 | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||||||
| 9 | grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||||||
| 10 | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||||||
| 12 | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 14 | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||||||
| 15 | positions that correspond to the following | ||||||
| 16 | percentages: | ||||||
| 17 | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||||||
| 18 | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||||||
| 19 | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||||||
| 20 | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||||||
| 21 | paragraph (2); and | ||||||
| 22 | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||||||
| 23 | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||||||
| 25 | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||||||
| 2 | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| 3 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 4 | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 5 | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||||||
| 6 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||||||
| 7 | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||||||
| 8 | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||||||
| 9 | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 11 | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||||||
| 12 | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required | ||||||
| 13 | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||||||
| 14 | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||||||
| 15 | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||||||
| 16 | and instructional assistants, instructional | ||||||
| 17 | facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||||||
| 18 | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph | ||||||
| 19 | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary | ||||||
| 20 | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the | ||||||
| 21 | average salary of each instructional assistant | ||||||
| 22 | position. | ||||||
| 23 | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 25 | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||||||
| 26 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||||||
| 2 | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||||||
| 3 | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||||||
| 4 | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||||||
| 5 | ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 6 | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 7 | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||||||
| 8 | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 9 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||||||
| 10 | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||||||
| 11 | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||||||
| 12 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 13 | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 14 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 15 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| 16 | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| 17 | each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 18 | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 19 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| 20 | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||||||
| 21 | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||||||
| 22 | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 23 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 24 | kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 25 | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 26 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||||||
| 2 | school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||||||
| 3 | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||||||
| 4 | position for each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 5 | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 7 | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||||||
| 8 | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||||||
| 9 | principal position for each prototypical middle | ||||||
| 10 | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||||||
| 11 | each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 12 | (L) School site staff investments. Each | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 14 | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||||||
| 15 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 16 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||||||
| 17 | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||||||
| 18 | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 19 | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 20 | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 21 | ASE. | ||||||
| 22 | (N) Professional development investments. Each | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||||||
| 24 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 25 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 26 | students for trainers and other professional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | development-related expenses for supplies and | ||||||
| 2 | materials. | ||||||
| 3 | (O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||||||
| 5 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 6 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 7 | students to cover instructional material costs. | ||||||
| 8 | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 9 | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||||||
| 10 | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 11 | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover | ||||||
| 12 | assessment costs. | ||||||
| 13 | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||||||
| 14 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||||||
| 15 | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| 16 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 17 | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||||||
| 18 | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
| 19 | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||||||
| 20 | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||||||
| 21 | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||||||
| 22 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 23 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 24 | students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||||||
| 25 | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 26 | The State Board may establish additional requirements | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received | ||||||
| 2 | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a | ||||||
| 3 | requirement that funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
| 4 | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the | ||||||
| 5 | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of | ||||||
| 6 | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts | ||||||
| 7 | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the | ||||||
| 8 | following year, subject to compliance with the | ||||||
| 9 | requirements of the State Board. | ||||||
| 10 | (R) Student activities investments. Each | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit shall receive the following | ||||||
| 12 | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||||||
| 13 | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||||||
| 14 | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||||||
| 15 | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||||||
| 16 | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||||||
| 18 | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 19 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 20 | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||||||
| 21 | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||||||
| 22 | materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||||||
| 23 | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||||||
| 24 | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| 25 | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||||||
| 26 | (T) Central office investments. Each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||||||
| 2 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 3 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 4 | students to cover central office operations, including | ||||||
| 5 | administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||||||
| 6 | managing the instructional programs, business and | ||||||
| 7 | operations of the school district, and security | ||||||
| 8 | personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||||||
| 9 | application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| 10 | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||||||
| 11 | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each | ||||||
| 12 | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||||||
| 13 | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||||||
| 14 | excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||||||
| 15 | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||||||
| 16 | office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||||||
| 17 | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||||||
| 18 | proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||||||
| 19 | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||||||
| 20 | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||||||
| 21 | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||||||
| 22 | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||||||
| 24 | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||||||
| 25 | fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||||||
| 26 | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||||||
| 2 | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||||||
| 3 | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||||||
| 4 | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||||||
| 5 | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||||||
| 6 | preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||||||
| 7 | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||||||
| 8 | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||||||
| 9 | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||||||
| 10 | of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||||||
| 11 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall | ||||||
| 12 | submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 13 | may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
| 14 | subparagraph (U). | ||||||
| 15 | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||||||
| 16 | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||||||
| 17 | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 18 | shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 19 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 20 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 21 | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 22 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 23 | every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 24 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| 25 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||||||
| 26 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||||||
| 2 | (W) Additional investments in English learner | ||||||
| 3 | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||||||
| 4 | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||||||
| 5 | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 6 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 7 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 8 | position for every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 9 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 10 | every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 11 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| 12 | for every 120 English learner students; | ||||||
| 13 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| 14 | for every 120 English learner students; and | ||||||
| 15 | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||||||
| 16 | English learner students. | ||||||
| 17 | (X) Special education investments. Each | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||||||
| 19 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||||||
| 20 | special education as follows: | ||||||
| 21 | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||||||
| 22 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 23 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 24 | students; | ||||||
| 25 | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||||||
| 26 | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 2 | students; and | ||||||
| 3 | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||||||
| 4 | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 5 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||||||
| 6 | grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 7 | (Y) Anti-racism investment. In addition to and not | ||||||
| 8 | in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), | ||||||
| 9 | an Organizational Unit shall receive funding in the | ||||||
| 10 | amount of $250 per African American student enrolled in | ||||||
| 11 | the Organizational Unit if 15% or more of the students | ||||||
| 12 | enrolled in the Organizational Unit are African | ||||||
| 13 | American. Funds received pursuant to this subparagraph | ||||||
| 14 | (Y) shall be utilized as set forth in Section 2-3.184 | ||||||
| 15 | of this Code. | ||||||
| 16 | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 17 | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 18 | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||||||
| 19 | using the employment information system data maintained by | ||||||
| 20 | the State Board, limited to public schools only and | ||||||
| 21 | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||||||
| 22 | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||||||
| 23 | charter schools, for the following positions: | ||||||
| 24 | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| 25 | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 26 | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| 2 | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 3 | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| 4 | (G) Social worker. | ||||||
| 5 | (H) Psychologist. | ||||||
| 6 | (I) Librarian. | ||||||
| 7 | (J) Nurse. | ||||||
| 8 | (K) Principal. | ||||||
| 9 | (L) Assistant principal. | ||||||
| 10 | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||||||
| 11 | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||||||
| 12 | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||||||
| 13 | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||||||
| 14 | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school | ||||||
| 15 | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the | ||||||
| 16 | Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding | ||||||
| 17 | positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the | ||||||
| 18 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply. | ||||||
| 19 | For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 20 | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||||||
| 21 | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||||||
| 22 | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||||||
| 23 | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||||||
| 24 | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||||||
| 25 | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||||||
| 26 | supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||||||
| 2 | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||||||
| 3 | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||||||
| 4 | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||||||
| 5 | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||||||
| 6 | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
| 7 | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||||||
| 8 | Regionalization Factor. | ||||||
| 9 | (c) Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| 10 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| 11 | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 12 | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||||||
| 13 | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||||||
| 14 | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 15 | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||||||
| 16 | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||||||
| 17 | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||||||
| 19 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| 20 | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||||||
| 21 | Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 22 | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||||||
| 24 | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||||||
| 25 | Ratio. | ||||||
| 26 | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||||||
| 2 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||||||
| 3 | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||||||
| 4 | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||||||
| 5 | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||||||
| 8 | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||||||
| 9 | (C) of this paragraph (2). | ||||||
| 10 | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||||||
| 11 | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||||||
| 12 | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||||||
| 13 | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||||||
| 14 | adjusted as follows: | ||||||
| 15 | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 16 | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||||||
| 17 | further adjustments shall be made; | ||||||
| 18 | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 19 | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be | ||||||
| 20 | multiplied by 9/13; | ||||||
| 21 | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 22 | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||||||
| 23 | multiplied by 4/13; and | ||||||
| 24 | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||||||
| 25 | different grade configuration than those specified | ||||||
| 26 | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||||||
| 2 | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||||||
| 3 | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||||||
| 4 | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||||||
| 5 | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 6 | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||||||
| 7 | in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity | ||||||
| 10 | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||||||
| 11 | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||||||
| 12 | be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||||||
| 13 | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||||||
| 14 | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||||||
| 15 | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||||||
| 16 | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||||||
| 17 | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||||||
| 18 | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||||||
| 19 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| 20 | the public university that are allocated to
the | ||||||
| 21 | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 22 | office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||||||
| 23 | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||||||
| 24 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| 25 | school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||||||
| 26 | office of education or intermediate service center. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||||||
| 2 | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||||||
| 3 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 4 | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||||||
| 5 | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||||||
| 6 | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||||||
| 7 | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||||||
| 8 | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||||||
| 9 | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated | ||||||
| 10 | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||||||
| 11 | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||||||
| 12 | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 13 | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||||||
| 14 | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||||||
| 15 | the total ASE of all units. | ||||||
| 16 | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 18 | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||||||
| 19 | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of | ||||||
| 20 | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||||||
| 21 | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of | ||||||
| 22 | education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||||||
| 23 | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||||||
| 24 | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||||||
| 25 | cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||||||
| 26 | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||||||
| 2 | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||||||
| 3 | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||||||
| 4 | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||||||
| 5 | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 6 | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||||||
| 7 | Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||||||
| 8 | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||||||
| 9 | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity | ||||||
| 10 | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||||||
| 11 | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||||||
| 12 | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||||||
| 14 | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||||||
| 15 | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||||||
| 16 | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||||||
| 17 | the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||||||
| 18 | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||||||
| 19 | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real | ||||||
| 20 | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||||||
| 21 | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 22 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||||||
| 24 | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| 25 | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||||||
| 26 | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||||||
| 2 | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||||||
| 3 | Unit. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 5 | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable | ||||||
| 6 | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of | ||||||
| 7 | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| 8 | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then | ||||||
| 9 | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in | ||||||
| 10 | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which | ||||||
| 11 | Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of | ||||||
| 12 | calculating Local Capacity. | ||||||
| 13 | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||||||
| 14 | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||||||
| 15 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||||||
| 16 | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 17 | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||||||
| 18 | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||||||
| 19 | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting | ||||||
| 20 | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||||||
| 21 | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||||||
| 22 | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||||||
| 23 | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||||||
| 24 | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||||||
| 25 | partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
| 26 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
| 2 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||||||
| 3 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||||||
| 4 | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||||||
| 5 | the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||||||
| 7 | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||||||
| 8 | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||||||
| 9 | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and | ||||||
| 10 | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||||||
| 11 | taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||||||
| 12 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||||||
| 13 | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||||||
| 14 | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||||||
| 15 | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 16 | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||||||
| 17 | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||||||
| 18 | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
| 19 | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional | ||||||
| 20 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
| 21 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||||||
| 22 | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||||||
| 23 | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||||||
| 24 | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||||||
| 25 | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||||||
| 26 | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||||||
| 2 | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||||||
| 3 | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| 4 | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
| 5 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||||||
| 6 | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
| 7 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
| 8 | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||||||
| 9 | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 10 | for owners with a household income of less than | ||||||
| 11 | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||||||
| 12 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||||||
| 13 | additional exemptions. | ||||||
| 14 | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||||||
| 15 | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
| 16 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||||||
| 17 | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 18 | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||||||
| 19 | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial | ||||||
| 20 | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
| 21 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||||||
| 22 | real property located in any such project area that is | ||||||
| 23 | attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV | ||||||
| 24 | of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of | ||||||
| 25 | the Organizational Unit, until such time as all | ||||||
| 26 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 2 | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||||||
| 3 | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||||||
| 4 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||||||
| 5 | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
| 6 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
| 7 | have been paid. | ||||||
| 8 | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||||||
| 9 | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by | ||||||
| 10 | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||||||
| 11 | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||||||
| 12 | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||||||
| 13 | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||||||
| 14 | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||||||
| 15 | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||||||
| 16 | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||||||
| 17 | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||||||
| 18 | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||||||
| 19 | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of | ||||||
| 20 | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
| 21 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
| 22 | subparagraph (B-5). | ||||||
| 23 | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||||||
| 24 | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||||||
| 25 | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
| 26 | for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||||||
| 2 | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||||||
| 3 | assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
| 4 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||||||
| 5 | defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||||||
| 7 | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||||||
| 8 | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||||||
| 9 | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more | ||||||
| 10 | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||||||
| 12 | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||||||
| 13 | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||||||
| 14 | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||||||
| 15 | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||||||
| 16 | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||||||
| 17 | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||||||
| 18 | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||||||
| 19 | the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the | ||||||
| 20 | 3-year average for the third year. For any school district | ||||||
| 21 | whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in | ||||||
| 22 | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall | ||||||
| 23 | be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 | ||||||
| 24 | years or the immediately preceding year if that year | ||||||
| 25 | represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year | ||||||
| 26 | average. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||||||
| 2 | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||||||
| 3 | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||||||
| 4 | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||||||
| 5 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||||||
| 6 | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||||||
| 7 | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
| 8 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||||||
| 9 | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 10 | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||||||
| 11 | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||||||
| 12 | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||||||
| 13 | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||||||
| 14 | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||||||
| 15 | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||||||
| 16 | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
| 17 | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 18 | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||||||
| 19 | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index | ||||||
| 20 | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
| 21 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||||||
| 22 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||||||
| 23 | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||||||
| 24 | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||||||
| 25 | assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||||||
| 26 | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||||||
| 2 | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
| 3 | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||||||
| 4 | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||||||
| 5 | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||||||
| 6 | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||||||
| 8 | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||||||
| 9 | specified appropriation amounts described in this | ||||||
| 10 | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||||||
| 11 | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| 12 | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||||||
| 13 | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||||||
| 14 | children requiring special education services); Section | ||||||
| 15 | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||||||
| 16 | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||||||
| 17 | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||||||
| 18 | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||||||
| 19 | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation | ||||||
| 20 | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||||||
| 21 | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||||||
| 22 | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| 23 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
| 24 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||||||
| 25 | listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference | ||||||
| 26 | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||||||
| 2 | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||||||
| 3 | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||||||
| 4 | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||||||
| 5 | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||||||
| 6 | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||||||
| 7 | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||||||
| 8 | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||||||
| 9 | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood | ||||||
| 10 | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||||||
| 11 | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||||||
| 12 | special education, special education transportation, | ||||||
| 13 | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||||||
| 14 | alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||||||
| 15 | performed by a regional office of education, special | ||||||
| 16 | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||||||
| 17 | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||||||
| 18 | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||||||
| 19 | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For | ||||||
| 20 | programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 21 | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||||||
| 22 | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||||||
| 23 | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||||||
| 24 | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||||||
| 25 | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||||||
| 26 | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | administered by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 2 | intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||||||
| 3 | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||||||
| 4 | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||||||
| 5 | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||||||
| 6 | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||||||
| 7 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 8 | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||||||
| 9 | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the | ||||||
| 10 | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||||||
| 12 | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||||||
| 13 | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||||||
| 14 | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||||||
| 15 | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||||||
| 16 | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||||||
| 17 | any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
| 18 | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||||||
| 20 | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||||||
| 21 | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
| 22 | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||||||
| 23 | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||||||
| 24 | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||||||
| 25 | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||||||
| 26 | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||||||
| 2 | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||||||
| 3 | order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||||||
| 4 | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||||||
| 5 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||||||
| 6 | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 7 | this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||||||
| 9 | sustainability through a 5-year financial and | ||||||
| 10 | strategic plan. | ||||||
| 11 | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||||||
| 12 | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||||||
| 13 | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||||||
| 14 | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 15 | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 16 | summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 18 | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. | ||||||
| 19 | If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||||||
| 20 | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 21 | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||||||
| 22 | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||||||
| 23 | makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||||||
| 24 | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||||||
| 25 | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||||||
| 26 | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||||||
| 2 | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||||||
| 3 | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||||||
| 4 | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||||||
| 5 | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||||||
| 6 | District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||||||
| 8 | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 9 | Minimum annually thereafter. | ||||||
| 10 | For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||||||
| 11 | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||||||
| 12 | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||||||
| 13 | received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||||||
| 14 | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||||||
| 15 | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||||||
| 16 | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||||||
| 17 | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||||||
| 18 | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that | ||||||
| 19 | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||||||
| 20 | year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||||||
| 21 | year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||||||
| 22 | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||||||
| 23 | State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||||||
| 24 | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||||||
| 25 | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||||||
| 26 | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||||||
| 2 | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||||||
| 3 | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||||||
| 4 | or other financial information as required by law, the | ||||||
| 5 | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
| 6 | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||||||
| 7 | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||||||
| 8 | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||||||
| 9 | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. | ||||||
| 10 | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||||||
| 11 | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||||||
| 12 | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||||||
| 13 | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 14 | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 15 | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 16 | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
| 17 | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||||||
| 18 | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||||||
| 20 | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||||||
| 21 | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||||||
| 22 | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||||||
| 23 | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||||||
| 24 | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||||||
| 25 | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||||||
| 26 | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum | ||||||
| 2 | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||||||
| 3 | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||||||
| 4 | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||||||
| 5 | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||||||
| 6 | shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||||||
| 7 | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||||||
| 8 | charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||||||
| 9 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 10 | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||||||
| 12 | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||||||
| 13 | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||||||
| 14 | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||||||
| 15 | Percent of Adequacy. | ||||||
| 16 | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||||||
| 17 | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 18 | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding | ||||||
| 19 | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||||||
| 20 | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||||||
| 21 | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||||||
| 22 | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||||||
| 23 | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||||||
| 24 | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||||||
| 25 | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||||||
| 26 | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||||||
| 2 | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||||||
| 3 | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||||||
| 4 | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||||||
| 5 | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||||||
| 6 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||||||
| 7 | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||||||
| 8 | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||||||
| 9 | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||||||
| 10 | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 11 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||||||
| 12 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 14 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 15 | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 16 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||||||
| 17 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 19 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 20 | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||||||
| 21 | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||||||
| 22 | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||||||
| 23 | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 24 | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||||||
| 25 | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||||||
| 26 | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 2 | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||||||
| 3 | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 4 | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||||||
| 6 | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||||||
| 7 | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||||||
| 8 | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||||||
| 9 | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 | ||||||
| 10 | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 12 | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 13 | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||||||
| 14 | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 15 | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||||||
| 16 | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||||||
| 18 | as follows: | ||||||
| 19 | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 20 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 21 | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||||||
| 22 | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||||||
| 23 | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||||||
| 24 | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||||||
| 25 | of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 26 | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||||||
| 2 | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||||||
| 3 | 0.90. | ||||||
| 4 | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 5 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 6 | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||||||
| 7 | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||||||
| 8 | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||||||
| 9 | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are | ||||||
| 10 | determined as follows: | ||||||
| 11 | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||||||
| 12 | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 13 | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 14 | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||||||
| 16 | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||||||
| 17 | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||||||
| 18 | Rate is 1.0. | ||||||
| 19 | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 20 | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 21 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| 23 | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 24 | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 25 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||||||
| 2 | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||||||
| 3 | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||||||
| 4 | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||||||
| 5 | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||||||
| 6 | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||||||
| 7 | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||||||
| 8 | greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||||||
| 9 | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 10 | funding may be identified. | ||||||
| 11 | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||||||
| 12 | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||||||
| 13 | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||||||
| 14 | Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 15 | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||||||
| 16 | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||||||
| 17 | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||||||
| 18 | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the | ||||||
| 19 | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||||||
| 20 | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||||||
| 21 | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||||||
| 22 | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||||||
| 23 | the Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 24 | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||||||
| 25 | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||||||
| 26 | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||||||
| 2 | school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||||||
| 3 | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in | ||||||
| 4 | their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of | ||||||
| 5 | the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal. | ||||||
| 6 | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||||||
| 7 | a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||||||
| 8 | inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||||||
| 9 | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State | ||||||
| 10 | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||||||
| 11 | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
| 12 | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||||||
| 13 | $350,000,000 through State fiscal year 2021. The Minimum | ||||||
| 14 | Funding Level is equal to $420,000,000 for State fiscal | ||||||
| 15 | year 2022 and subsequent State fiscal years. In addition to | ||||||
| 16 | any New State Funds, no more than $50,000,000 New Property | ||||||
| 17 | Tax Relief Pool Funds may be counted toward the Minimum | ||||||
| 18 | Funding Level. If the sum of New State Funds and applicable | ||||||
| 19 | New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds are less than the | ||||||
| 20 | Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be | ||||||
| 21 | reduced in the following manner: | ||||||
| 22 | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 23 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 24 | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||||||
| 25 | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||||||
| 26 | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 2 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 3 | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||||||
| 4 | exhausted. | ||||||
| 5 | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 6 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 7 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 8 | Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||||||
| 9 | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 10 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 11 | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 12 | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation | ||||||
| 13 | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||||||
| 14 | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 15 | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New | ||||||
| 16 | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. | ||||||
| 17 | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 through State fiscal | ||||||
| 18 | year 2021 and subsequent State fiscal years, if New State | ||||||
| 19 | Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of | ||||||
| 20 | $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section | ||||||
| 21 | 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000. For | ||||||
| 22 | State fiscal year 2022 and subsequent State fiscal years, | ||||||
| 23 | if New State Funds exceed $370,000,000, then any amount in | ||||||
| 24 | excess of $370,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of | ||||||
| 25 | Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||||||
| 26 | $50,000,000. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||||||
| 2 | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||||||
| 3 | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||||||
| 4 | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||||||
| 5 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||||||
| 6 | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||||||
| 7 | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||||||
| 8 | received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||||||
| 9 | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 10 | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||||||
| 11 | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||||||
| 12 | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||||||
| 13 | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||||||
| 14 | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||||||
| 15 | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||||||
| 16 | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||||||
| 17 | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
| ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||||||
| 19 | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||||||
| 20 | established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||||||
| 21 | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||||||
| 22 | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount | ||||||
| 23 | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||||||
| 24 | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 25 | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||||||
| 26 | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||||||
| 2 | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||||||
| 3 | the nearest whole dollar. | ||||||
| 4 | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||||||
| 5 | district submission requirements. | ||||||
| 6 | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||||||
| 7 | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||||||
| 8 | funding obligations created under this Section. | ||||||
| 9 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 10 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||||||
| 11 | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||||||
| 12 | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||||||
| 13 | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||||||
| 14 | approval of the unit's school board. | ||||||
| 15 | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| 16 | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||||||
| 17 | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the | ||||||
| 18 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||||||
| 19 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 20 | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||||||
| 21 | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||||||
| 22 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 23 | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||||||
| 24 | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||||||
| 25 | unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 26 | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||||||
| 2 | must expend on special education, and bilingual education, | ||||||
| 3 | anti-racism initiatives approved under Section 2-3.184 of | ||||||
| 4 | this Code, and computer technology and equipment for | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that | ||||||
| 6 | received an additional $285.50 per student computer | ||||||
| 7 | technology and equipment investment grant to their | ||||||
| 8 | Adequacy Target pursuant to the unit's Base Funding | ||||||
| 9 | Minimum, Special Education Allocation, Bilingual Education | ||||||
| 10 | Allocation, anti-racism investment allocation, and | ||||||
| 11 | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||||||
| 12 | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||||||
| 13 | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||||||
| 14 | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||||||
| 15 | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||||||
| 16 | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||||||
| 17 | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||||||
| 19 | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution | ||||||
| 20 | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 21 | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
| 22 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
| 23 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
| 24 | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one | ||||||
| 25 | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||||||
| 26 | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||||||
| 2 | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||||||
| 3 | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||||||
| 4 | school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||||||
| 5 | State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
| 6 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
| 7 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
| 8 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
| 9 | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
| 10 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
| 11 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 13 | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||||||
| 14 | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||||||
| 15 | be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||||||
| 16 | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||||||
| 17 | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||||||
| 18 | with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||||||
| 19 | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||||||
| 20 | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||||||
| 21 | the provision of special educational facilities and | ||||||
| 22 | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||||||
| 23 | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||||||
| 24 | adopted by the State Board. | ||||||
| 25 | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||||||
| 26 | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||||||
| 2 | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||||||
| 3 | utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 4 | Funding it receives from this State under this Section with | ||||||
| 5 | specific identification of the intended utilization of | ||||||
| 6 | Low-Income, English learner, and special education | ||||||
| 7 | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational | ||||||
| 9 | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as | ||||||
| 11 | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, | ||||||
| 12 | from time to time, identify additional requisites for | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual | ||||||
| 14 | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The | ||||||
| 15 | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be | ||||||
| 16 | developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board | ||||||
| 17 | of Education. School districts that serve students under | ||||||
| 18 | Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit | ||||||
| 19 | information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code. | ||||||
| 20 | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||||||
| 21 | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||||||
| 22 | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||||||
| 23 | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 24 | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||||||
| 25 | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 26 | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | for: | ||||||
| 2 | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||||||
| 3 | innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||||||
| 4 | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||||||
| 5 | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||||||
| 6 | educators for successful instructional careers; | ||||||
| 7 | (C) application and enhancement of the current | ||||||
| 8 | financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||||||
| 9 | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||||||
| 10 | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||||||
| 11 | in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||||||
| 12 | Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||||||
| 13 | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||||||
| 14 | funding system based on projected and recommended | ||||||
| 15 | funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||||||
| 16 | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||||||
| 17 | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||||||
| 18 | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||||||
| 19 | study of average expenses and as reported in the most | ||||||
| 20 | recent annual financial report: | ||||||
| 21 | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||||||
| 22 | of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 23 | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) | ||||||
| 24 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 25 | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||||||
| 26 | (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||||||
| 2 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 3 | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||||||
| 4 | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 5 | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||||||
| 6 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 7 | (i) Professional Review Panel. | ||||||
| 8 | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||||||
| 9 | review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||||||
| 10 | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||||||
| 11 | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||||||
| 12 | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||||||
| 13 | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||||||
| 14 | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||||||
| 15 | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||||||
| 16 | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||||||
| 17 | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||||||
| 18 | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||||||
| 19 | three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and | ||||||
| 20 | voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||||||
| 21 | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||||||
| 22 | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||||||
| 23 | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the | ||||||
| 24 | following members: | ||||||
| 25 | (A) Two appointees that represent district | ||||||
| 26 | superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | organization that represents district superintendents. | ||||||
| 2 | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||||||
| 3 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 4 | represents school boards. | ||||||
| 5 | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||||||
| 6 | school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 7 | organization that represents school business | ||||||
| 8 | officials. | ||||||
| 9 | (D) Two appointees that represent school | ||||||
| 10 | principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||||||
| 11 | that represents school principals. | ||||||
| 12 | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 13 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 14 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| 15 | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 16 | recommended by another statewide organization that | ||||||
| 17 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| 18 | (G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||||||
| 19 | superintendents of schools, recommended by | ||||||
| 20 | organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||||||
| 21 | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||||||
| 22 | State Superintendent. | ||||||
| 23 | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public | ||||||
| 24 | universities in this State. | ||||||
| 25 | (J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 26 | organization that represents parents. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||||||
| 2 | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||||||
| 3 | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||||||
| 4 | (L) One member from a statewide organization | ||||||
| 5 | focused on research-based education policy to support | ||||||
| 6 | a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||||||
| 7 | a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||||||
| 8 | (M) One representative from a school district | ||||||
| 9 | organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
| 10 | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||||||
| 11 | membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||||||
| 12 | school districts and communities reflecting the | ||||||
| 13 | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||||||
| 14 | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||||||
| 15 | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||||||
| 16 | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||||||
| 17 | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||||||
| 18 | the Panel. | ||||||
| 19 | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the | ||||||
| 20 | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 21 | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||||||
| 22 | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
| 23 | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the | ||||||
| 24 | President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||||||
| 25 | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
| 26 | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||||||
| 2 | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||||||
| 3 | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||||||
| 4 | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||||||
| 5 | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||||||
| 6 | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||||||
| 7 | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||||||
| 8 | topics at the direction of the chairperson: | ||||||
| 9 | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||||||
| 10 | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||||||
| 11 | Section. | ||||||
| 12 | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||||||
| 13 | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||||||
| 14 | maintenance and construction costs. | ||||||
| 15 | (D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||||||
| 16 | (E) Benefits. | ||||||
| 17 | (F) Technology. | ||||||
| 18 | (G) Local Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 19 | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory | ||||||
| 20 | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||||||
| 21 | opportunities programs. | ||||||
| 22 | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||||||
| 23 | strategies. | ||||||
| 24 | (J) Special education investments. | ||||||
| 25 | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||||||
| 26 | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (L) Anti-racism investments. | ||||||
| 2 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
| 3 | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||||||
| 4 | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||||||
| 5 | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 6 | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||||||
| 7 | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||||||
| 8 | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
| 9 | Governor on the findings of the study. | ||||||
| 10 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
| 11 | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||||||
| 12 | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||||||
| 13 | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
| 14 | references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||||||
| 15 | calculations under this Section.
| ||||||
| 16 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; | ||||||
| 17 | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||||||
| 18 | 6-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
| ||||||
| 19 | Article 60. | ||||||
| 20 | Section 5. The School Code is amended by adding Sections | ||||||
| 21 | 2-3.185 and 27-23.15 and by changing Sections 10-17a, 18-8.15, | ||||||
| 22 | and 27-22 as follows:
| ||||||
| 23 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.185 new) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Sec. 2-3.185. Computer science standards and courses. On or | ||||||
| 2 | before December 1, 2021, the State Board of Education shall: | ||||||
| 3 | (1) develop or adopt rigorous learning standards in the | ||||||
| 4 | area of computer science; and | ||||||
| 5 | (2) analyze and revise, if appropriate, existing | ||||||
| 6 | course titles dedicated to computer science or develop a | ||||||
| 7 | short list of existing course titles that are recommended | ||||||
| 8 | for computer science courses.
| ||||||
| 9 | (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
| ||||||
| 10 | Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report | ||||||
| 11 | cards.
| ||||||
| 12 | (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent | ||||||
| 13 | school year, the State Board of Education, through the State | ||||||
| 14 | Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report card, | ||||||
| 15 | school district report cards, and school report cards, and | ||||||
| 16 | shall by the most economic means provide to each school
| ||||||
| 17 | district in this State, including special charter districts and | ||||||
| 18 | districts
subject to the provisions of Article 34, the report | ||||||
| 19 | cards for the school district and each of its schools. | ||||||
| 20 | (2) In addition to any information required by federal law, | ||||||
| 21 | the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators and | ||||||
| 22 | presentation of the school report card, which must include, at | ||||||
| 23 | a minimum, the most current data collected and maintained by | ||||||
| 24 | the State Board of Education related to the following: | ||||||
| 25 | (A) school characteristics and student demographics, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | including average class size, average teaching experience, | ||||||
| 2 | student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of | ||||||
| 3 | students classified as low-income; the percentage of | ||||||
| 4 | students classified as English learners; the percentage of | ||||||
| 5 | students who have individualized education plans or 504 | ||||||
| 6 | plans that provide for special education services; the | ||||||
| 7 | number and percentage of all students who have been | ||||||
| 8 | assessed for placement in a gifted education or advanced | ||||||
| 9 | academic program and, of those students: (i) the racial and | ||||||
| 10 | ethnic breakdown, (ii) the percentage who are classified as | ||||||
| 11 | low-income, and (iii) the number and percentage of students | ||||||
| 12 | who received direct instruction from a teacher who holds a | ||||||
| 13 | gifted education endorsement and, of those students, the | ||||||
| 14 | percentage who are classified as low-income; the | ||||||
| 15 | percentage of students scoring at the "exceeds | ||||||
| 16 | expectations" level on the assessments required under | ||||||
| 17 | Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code; the percentage of students | ||||||
| 18 | who annually transferred in or out of the school district; | ||||||
| 19 | average daily attendance; the per-pupil operating | ||||||
| 20 | expenditure of the school district; and the per-pupil State | ||||||
| 21 | average operating expenditure for the district type | ||||||
| 22 | (elementary, high school, or unit); | ||||||
| 23 | (B) curriculum information, including, where | ||||||
| 24 | applicable, Advanced Placement, International | ||||||
| 25 | Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual enrollment | ||||||
| 26 | courses, foreign language classes, computer science | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | courses, school personnel resources (including Career | ||||||
| 2 | Technical Education teachers), before and after school | ||||||
| 3 | programs, extracurricular activities, subjects in which | ||||||
| 4 | elective classes are offered, health and wellness | ||||||
| 5 | initiatives (including the average number of days of | ||||||
| 6 | Physical Education per week per student), approved | ||||||
| 7 | programs of study, awards received, community | ||||||
| 8 | partnerships, and special programs such as programming for | ||||||
| 9 | the gifted and talented, students with disabilities, and | ||||||
| 10 | work-study students; | ||||||
| 11 | (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the | ||||||
| 12 | percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of | ||||||
| 13 | State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth | ||||||
| 14 | grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students who | ||||||
| 15 | participated in workplace learning experiences, the | ||||||
| 16 | percentage of students enrolled in post-secondary | ||||||
| 17 | institutions (including colleges, universities, community | ||||||
| 18 | colleges, trade/vocational schools, and training programs | ||||||
| 19 | leading to career certification within 2 semesters of high | ||||||
| 20 | school graduation), the percentage of students graduating | ||||||
| 21 | from high school who are college and career ready, and the | ||||||
| 22 | percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges, | ||||||
| 23 | colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses | ||||||
| 24 | that the community college, college, or university | ||||||
| 25 | identifies as a developmental course; | ||||||
| 26 | (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned 5 | ||||||
| 2 | credits or more without failing more than one core class, a | ||||||
| 3 | measure of students entering kindergarten ready to learn, a | ||||||
| 4 | measure of growth, and the percentage of students who enter | ||||||
| 5 | high school on track for college and career readiness; | ||||||
| 6 | (E) the school environment, including, where | ||||||
| 7 | applicable, the percentage of students with less than 10 | ||||||
| 8 | absences in a school year, the percentage of teachers with | ||||||
| 9 | less than 10 absences in a school year for reasons other | ||||||
| 10 | than professional development, leaves taken pursuant to | ||||||
| 11 | the federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term | ||||||
| 12 | disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the | ||||||
| 13 | percentage of teachers returning to the school from the | ||||||
| 14 | previous year, the number of different principals at the | ||||||
| 15 | school in the last 6 years, the number of teachers who hold | ||||||
| 16 | a gifted education endorsement, the process and criteria | ||||||
| 17 | used by the district to determine whether a student is | ||||||
| 18 | eligible for participation in a gifted education program or | ||||||
| 19 | advanced academic program and the manner in which parents | ||||||
| 20 | and guardians are made aware of the process and criteria, 2 | ||||||
| 21 | or more indicators from any school climate survey selected | ||||||
| 22 | or approved by the State and administered pursuant to | ||||||
| 23 | Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with the same or similar | ||||||
| 24 | indicators included on school report cards for all surveys | ||||||
| 25 | selected or approved by the State pursuant to Section | ||||||
| 26 | 2-3.153 of this Code, and the combined percentage of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | teachers rated as proficient or excellent in their most | ||||||
| 2 | recent evaluation; | ||||||
| 3 | (F) a school district's and its individual schools' | ||||||
| 4 | balanced accountability measure, in accordance with | ||||||
| 5 | Section 2-3.25a of this Code; | ||||||
| 6 | (G) the total and per pupil normal cost amount the | ||||||
| 7 | State contributed to the Teachers' Retirement System of the | ||||||
| 8 | State of Illinois in the prior fiscal year for the school's | ||||||
| 9 | employees, which shall be reported to the State Board of | ||||||
| 10 | Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State | ||||||
| 11 | of Illinois; | ||||||
| 12 | (H) for a school district organized under Article 34 of | ||||||
| 13 | this Code only, State contributions to the Public School | ||||||
| 14 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago and State | ||||||
| 15 | contributions for health care for employees of that school | ||||||
| 16 | district; | ||||||
| 17 | (I) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as | ||||||
| 18 | defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section | ||||||
| 19 | 18-8.15 of this Code; | ||||||
| 20 | (J) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as | ||||||
| 21 | defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section | ||||||
| 22 | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; | ||||||
| 23 | (K) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in | ||||||
| 24 | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this | ||||||
| 25 | Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as | ||||||
| 26 | defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; | ||||||
| 2 | (L) a school district's administrative costs; and | ||||||
| 3 | (M) whether or not the school has participated in the | ||||||
| 4 | Illinois Youth Survey. In this paragraph (M), "Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | Youth Survey" means a self-report survey, administered in | ||||||
| 6 | school settings every 2 years, designed to gather | ||||||
| 7 | information about health and social indicators, including | ||||||
| 8 | substance abuse patterns and the attitudes of students in | ||||||
| 9 | grades 8, 10, and 12; and | ||||||
| 10 | (N) whether the school offered its students career and | ||||||
| 11 | technical education opportunities. | ||||||
| 12 | The school report card shall also provide
information that | ||||||
| 13 | allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and | ||||||
| 14 | environment data to the State average, to the school data from | ||||||
| 15 | the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and | ||||||
| 16 | environment of similar schools based on the type of school and | ||||||
| 17 | enrollment of low-income students, special education students, | ||||||
| 18 | and English learners.
| ||||||
| 19 | As used in this subsection (2): | ||||||
| 20 | "Administrative costs" means costs associated with | ||||||
| 21 | executive, administrative, or managerial functions within the | ||||||
| 22 | school district that involve planning, organizing, managing, | ||||||
| 23 | or directing the school district. | ||||||
| 24 | "Advanced academic program" means a course of study to | ||||||
| 25 | which students are assigned based on advanced cognitive ability | ||||||
| 26 | or advanced academic achievement compared to local age peers | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and in which the curriculum is substantially differentiated | ||||||
| 2 | from the general curriculum to provide appropriate challenge | ||||||
| 3 | and pace. | ||||||
| 4 | "Computer science" means the study of computers and | ||||||
| 5 | algorithms, including their principles, their hardware and | ||||||
| 6 | software designs, their implementation, and their impact on | ||||||
| 7 | society. "Computer science" does not include the study of | ||||||
| 8 | everyday uses of computers and computer applications, such as | ||||||
| 9 | keyboarding or accessing the Internet. | ||||||
| 10 | "Gifted education" means educational services, including | ||||||
| 11 | differentiated curricula and instructional methods, designed | ||||||
| 12 | to meet the needs of gifted children as defined in Article 14A | ||||||
| 13 | of this Code. | ||||||
| 14 | For the purposes of paragraph (A) of this subsection (2), | ||||||
| 15 | "average daily attendance" means the average of the actual | ||||||
| 16 | number of attendance days during the previous school year for | ||||||
| 17 | any enrolled student who is subject to compulsory attendance by | ||||||
| 18 | Section 26-1 of this Code at each school and charter school. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the | ||||||
| 20 | school district report card shall include a subset of the | ||||||
| 21 | information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information relating | ||||||
| 23 | to the operating expense per pupil and other finances of the | ||||||
| 24 | school district, and the State report card shall include a | ||||||
| 25 | subset of the information identified in paragraphs (A) through | ||||||
| 26 | (E) and paragraph (N) of subsection (2) of this Section. The | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school district report card shall include the average daily | ||||||
| 2 | attendance, as that term is defined in subsection (2) of this | ||||||
| 3 | Section, of students who have individualized education | ||||||
| 4 | programs and students who have 504 plans that provide for | ||||||
| 5 | special education services within the school district. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this | ||||||
| 7 | Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the | ||||||
| 8 | State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to | ||||||
| 9 | amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or | ||||||
| 10 | State report card. | ||||||
| 11 | (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt | ||||||
| 12 | of the school district and school report cards from the State | ||||||
| 13 | Superintendent of Education, each school district, including | ||||||
| 14 | special charter districts and districts subject to the | ||||||
| 15 | provisions of Article 34, shall present such report
cards at a | ||||||
| 16 | regular school board meeting subject to
applicable notice | ||||||
| 17 | requirements, post the report cards
on the
school district's | ||||||
| 18 | Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
| ||||||
| 19 | site, make the report cards
available
to a newspaper of general | ||||||
| 20 | circulation serving the district, and, upon
request, send the | ||||||
| 21 | report cards
home to a parent (unless the district does not | ||||||
| 22 | maintain an Internet web site,
in which case
the report card | ||||||
| 23 | shall be sent home to parents without request). If the
district | ||||||
| 24 | posts the report card on its Internet web
site, the district
| ||||||
| 25 | shall send a
written notice home to parents stating (i) that | ||||||
| 26 | the report card is available on
the web site,
(ii) the address | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
| ||||||
| 2 | will be sent to
parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone | ||||||
| 3 | number that parents may
call to
request a printed copy of the | ||||||
| 4 | report card.
| ||||||
| 5 | (6) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, | ||||||
| 6 | supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in | ||||||
| 7 | lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
| 8 | Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of | ||||||
| 9 | Public Act 97-8. | ||||||
| 10 | (Source: P.A. 100-227, eff. 8-18-17; 100-364, eff. 1-1-18; | ||||||
| 11 | 100-448, eff. 7-1-19; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-807, eff. | ||||||
| 12 | 8-10-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1121, eff. 1-1-19; 101-68, | ||||||
| 13 | eff. 1-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; revised 9-9-19.)
| ||||||
| 14 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||||||
| 15 | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success | ||||||
| 16 | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. | ||||||
| 17 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
| 18 | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||||||
| 19 | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||||||
| 20 | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||||||
| 21 | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||||||
| 22 | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||||||
| 23 | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To | ||||||
| 24 | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||||||
| 25 | funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||||||
| 2 | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||||||
| 3 | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||||||
| 4 | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||||||
| 5 | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||||||
| 6 | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||||||
| 7 | (A) provide all students with a high quality | ||||||
| 8 | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||||||
| 9 | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||||||
| 10 | programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||||||
| 11 | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||||||
| 12 | this State, and active members of our national | ||||||
| 13 | democracy; | ||||||
| 14 | (B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||||||
| 15 | need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||||||
| 16 | required to pursue post-secondary education and | ||||||
| 17 | training for a rewarding career; | ||||||
| 18 | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||||||
| 19 | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||||||
| 20 | students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||||||
| 21 | students and not by reducing standards; and | ||||||
| 22 | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||||||
| 23 | assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||||||
| 24 | education and simultaneously relieve the | ||||||
| 25 | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||||||
| 26 | to fund schools. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this | ||||||
| 2 | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in | ||||||
| 3 | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in | ||||||
| 4 | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 | ||||||
| 5 | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both | ||||||
| 6 | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in | ||||||
| 7 | this Section, there are 4 major components of the | ||||||
| 8 | Evidence-Based Funding model: | ||||||
| 9 | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||||||
| 10 | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that | ||||||
| 11 | considers the costs to implement research-based | ||||||
| 12 | activities, the unit's student demographics, and | ||||||
| 13 | regional wage differences. | ||||||
| 14 | (B) Second, the model calculates each | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount | ||||||
| 16 | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 17 | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. | ||||||
| 18 | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||||||
| 19 | the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||||||
| 20 | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to | ||||||
| 21 | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of | ||||||
| 22 | funding. | ||||||
| 23 | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||||||
| 24 | allocates new State funding to those Organizational | ||||||
| 25 | Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||||||
| 26 | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 2 | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||||||
| 3 | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||||||
| 4 | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||||||
| 5 | expenditures by law. | ||||||
| 6 | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||||||
| 7 | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||||||
| 8 | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 9 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||||||
| 13 | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 14 | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 16 | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||||||
| 17 | transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||||||
| 18 | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||||||
| 19 | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||||||
| 20 | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||||||
| 21 | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||||||
| 22 | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||||||
| 23 | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||||||
| 24 | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or | ||||||
| 25 | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||||||
| 26 | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||||||
| 2 | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||||||
| 3 | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||||||
| 4 | years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||||||
| 5 | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||||||
| 7 | total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||||||
| 8 | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||||||
| 9 | the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 10 | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 13 | created and operated by a regional superintendent of | ||||||
| 14 | schools and approved by the State Board. | ||||||
| 15 | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 16 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 17 | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||||||
| 18 | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||||||
| 19 | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||||||
| 20 | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||||||
| 21 | meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||||||
| 22 | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||||||
| 23 | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||||||
| 24 | this State. | ||||||
| 25 | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||||||
| 26 | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||||||
| 2 | for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||||||
| 3 | provided by the regular school program. All students | ||||||
| 4 | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||||||
| 5 | well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||||||
| 6 | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||||||
| 7 | students under this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||||||
| 9 | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||||||
| 10 | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||||||
| 11 | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 12 | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||||||
| 13 | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special | ||||||
| 14 | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||||||
| 15 | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 16 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 17 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||||||
| 19 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 20 | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||||||
| 21 | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 22 | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||||||
| 23 | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||||||
| 24 | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average | ||||||
| 25 | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||||||
| 26 | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||||||
| 2 | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||||||
| 3 | special education services as reported to the State Board | ||||||
| 4 | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 5 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 6 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||||||
| 8 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 9 | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||||||
| 10 | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||||||
| 11 | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||||||
| 12 | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||||||
| 13 | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools | ||||||
| 14 | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||||||
| 15 | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||||||
| 16 | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||||||
| 17 | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||||||
| 18 | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||||||
| 19 | students attending an alternative education program | ||||||
| 20 | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
| 21 | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||||||
| 22 | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||||||
| 23 | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||||||
| 24 | years, the school district reports to the State Board of | ||||||
| 25 | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||||||
| 26 | district-wide for all students, then all students | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||||||
| 2 | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||||||
| 3 | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||||||
| 4 | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||||||
| 5 | grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||||||
| 6 | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the | ||||||
| 7 | effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish | ||||||
| 8 | such collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||||||
| 9 | a count by grade level was collected only once, that count | ||||||
| 10 | shall be used as the single count available for computing a | ||||||
| 11 | 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a | ||||||
| 12 | regional office of education or an intermediate service | ||||||
| 13 | center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding | ||||||
| 14 | formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year | ||||||
| 15 | and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy | ||||||
| 16 | formulas are developed and adopted for each type of | ||||||
| 17 | program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of | ||||||
| 18 | education or an intermediate service center must be | ||||||
| 19 | determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For | ||||||
| 20 | the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation | ||||||
| 21 | must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the | ||||||
| 22 | assignment of students served by a regional office of | ||||||
| 23 | education or intermediate service center shall not result | ||||||
| 24 | in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school | ||||||
| 25 | district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be | ||||||
| 26 | the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must | ||||||
| 2 | be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year | ||||||
| 3 | average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the | ||||||
| 4 | ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the | ||||||
| 5 | dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment | ||||||
| 6 | data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. | ||||||
| 7 | For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall | ||||||
| 8 | include only enrollment taken on October 1. | ||||||
| 9 | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||||||
| 10 | of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 11 | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of | ||||||
| 12 | this Section. | ||||||
| 13 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||||||
| 14 | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||||||
| 15 | aid. | ||||||
| 16 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
| 17 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
| 18 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||||||
| 19 | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||||||
| 20 | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||||||
| 21 | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||||||
| 22 | attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||||||
| 24 | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding | ||||||
| 25 | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||||||
| 26 | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education shall include all additional investments in | ||||||
| 2 | English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 3 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||||||
| 4 | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||||||
| 5 | "Central office" means individual administrators and | ||||||
| 6 | support service personnel charged with managing the | ||||||
| 7 | instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||||||
| 8 | security of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 9 | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||||||
| 10 | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||||||
| 11 | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not | ||||||
| 12 | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||||||
| 13 | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||||||
| 14 | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||||||
| 15 | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||||||
| 16 | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||||||
| 17 | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||||||
| 18 | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||||||
| 19 | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||||||
| 20 | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||||||
| 21 | than once every 5 years. | ||||||
| 22 | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||||||
| 23 | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||||||
| 24 | instructional software, security software, curriculum | ||||||
| 25 | management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||||||
| 26 | equipment. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 2 | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||||||
| 4 | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||||||
| 5 | per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 6 | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 7 | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 8 | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||||||
| 10 | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||||||
| 11 | technology and equipment investment grant shall include | ||||||
| 12 | all additional investments in computer technology and | ||||||
| 13 | equipment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 14 | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||||||
| 15 | English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||||||
| 16 | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||||||
| 17 | Placement in high schools. | ||||||
| 18 | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||||||
| 19 | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||||||
| 20 | and high schools. | ||||||
| 21 | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||||||
| 22 | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||||||
| 23 | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||||||
| 24 | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement | ||||||
| 25 | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||||||
| 26 | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||||||
| 2 | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
| 3 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
| 4 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
| 5 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||||||
| 6 | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
| 7 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||||||
| 8 | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||||||
| 9 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
| 10 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 11 | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national | ||||||
| 12 | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||||||
| 13 | services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||||||
| 14 | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||||||
| 15 | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||||||
| 16 | "EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||||||
| 17 | data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 19 | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||||||
| 20 | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 21 | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||||||
| 22 | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||||||
| 23 | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||||||
| 24 | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. | ||||||
| 25 | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||||||
| 26 | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
| 2 | bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||||||
| 3 | instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||||||
| 4 | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||||||
| 5 | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||||||
| 6 | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||||||
| 7 | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||||||
| 8 | exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||||||
| 9 | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||||||
| 10 | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||||||
| 11 | and educational programs that have been identified through | ||||||
| 12 | academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||||||
| 13 | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||||||
| 14 | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||||||
| 15 | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||||||
| 16 | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||||||
| 17 | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
| 18 | Section. | ||||||
| 19 | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||||||
| 20 | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
| 21 | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 22 | provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||||||
| 23 | and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||||||
| 24 | the school day. | ||||||
| 25 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||||||
| 26 | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||||||
| 2 | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||||||
| 3 | of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 5 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 6 | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||||||
| 7 | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||||||
| 8 | position at an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 9 | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
| 10 | (g). | ||||||
| 11 | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance | ||||||
| 12 | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||||||
| 13 | students within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 14 | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||||||
| 15 | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 16 | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||||||
| 17 | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||||||
| 18 | the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||||||
| 19 | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||||||
| 20 | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||||||
| 21 | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||||||
| 22 | instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||||||
| 23 | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||||||
| 24 | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment | ||||||
| 25 | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||||||
| 26 | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||||||
| 2 | with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||||||
| 3 | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||||||
| 4 | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||||||
| 5 | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||||||
| 6 | practice or develop model lessons. | ||||||
| 7 | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||||||
| 8 | materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||||||
| 9 | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||||||
| 10 | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||||||
| 11 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 12 | created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||||||
| 13 | the State Board. | ||||||
| 14 | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||||||
| 15 | library information specialist or another individual whose | ||||||
| 16 | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||||||
| 17 | within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 18 | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||||||
| 19 | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. | ||||||
| 20 | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 21 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 22 | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||||||
| 23 | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) | ||||||
| 25 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 26 | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 3 | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||||||
| 4 | students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||||||
| 5 | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||||||
| 6 | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||||||
| 7 | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||||||
| 8 | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the | ||||||
| 9 | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance | ||||||
| 10 | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition | ||||||
| 11 | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for | ||||||
| 12 | services provided by the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
| 13 | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income | ||||||
| 14 | populations become available, grade level low-income | ||||||
| 15 | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income | ||||||
| 16 | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The | ||||||
| 17 | low-income percentage is determined by dividing the | ||||||
| 18 | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The | ||||||
| 19 | low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 20 | office of education or an intermediate service center must | ||||||
| 21 | be set to the weighted average of the low-income | ||||||
| 22 | percentages of all of the school districts in the service | ||||||
| 23 | region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of | ||||||
| 24 | multiplying the low-income percentage of each school | ||||||
| 25 | district served by the regional office of education or | ||||||
| 26 | intermediate service center by each school district's | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and | ||||||
| 2 | dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment | ||||||
| 3 | for the service region. | ||||||
| 4 | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||||||
| 5 | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||||||
| 6 | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||||||
| 7 | similar services and functions. | ||||||
| 8 | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||||||
| 9 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any | ||||||
| 11 | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||||||
| 12 | Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code. | ||||||
| 13 | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||||||
| 14 | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||||||
| 15 | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||||||
| 16 | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||||||
| 17 | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||||||
| 18 | school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||||||
| 19 | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||||||
| 20 | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||||||
| 21 | to each unit. | ||||||
| 22 | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||||||
| 23 | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||||||
| 24 | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of | ||||||
| 25 | and is available to provide health care-related services | ||||||
| 26 | for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||||||
| 2 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 3 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 4 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 5 | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||||||
| 6 | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||||||
| 7 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 8 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 9 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 10 | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any | ||||||
| 11 | public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||||||
| 12 | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||||||
| 13 | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||||||
| 14 | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||||||
| 15 | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||||||
| 16 | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||||||
| 17 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 18 | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||||||
| 19 | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||||||
| 20 | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||||||
| 21 | slightly from what is typical. | ||||||
| 22 | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||||||
| 23 | the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is | ||||||
| 25 | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||||||
| 26 | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||||||
| 2 | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||||||
| 3 | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||||||
| 4 | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||||||
| 5 | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||||||
| 6 | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||||||
| 7 | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||||||
| 8 | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||||||
| 9 | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||||||
| 10 | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the | ||||||
| 11 | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||||||
| 12 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||||||
| 13 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| 14 | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||||||
| 15 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||||||
| 16 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| 17 | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||||||
| 18 | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit CWI. | ||||||
| 20 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
| 21 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||||||
| 22 | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||||||
| 23 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||||||
| 24 | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating | ||||||
| 25 | Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 26 | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 2 | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 3 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||||||
| 5 | to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||||||
| 6 | "Professional development" means training programs for | ||||||
| 7 | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 8 | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||||||
| 9 | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||||||
| 10 | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and | ||||||
| 11 | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||||||
| 12 | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||||||
| 13 | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||||||
| 14 | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||||||
| 15 | professional support for licensed staff. | ||||||
| 16 | "Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||||||
| 17 | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||||||
| 18 | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||||||
| 19 | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||||||
| 20 | for a high school. | ||||||
| 21 | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
| 22 | Law. | ||||||
| 23 | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||||||
| 24 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 25 | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||||||
| 26 | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||||||
| 2 | students. | ||||||
| 3 | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 4 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 5 | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||||||
| 8 | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||||||
| 9 | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||||||
| 10 | "Special education" means special educational | ||||||
| 11 | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||||||
| 12 | this Code. | ||||||
| 13 | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||||||
| 14 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||||||
| 15 | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 16 | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||||||
| 17 | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||||||
| 18 | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 19 | Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||||||
| 20 | special education investment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 21 | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||||||
| 22 | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||||||
| 23 | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||||||
| 24 | education, health, driver education, career-technical | ||||||
| 25 | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||||||
| 26 | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||||||
| 2 | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||||||
| 3 | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||||||
| 4 | State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||||||
| 5 | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||||||
| 6 | opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||||||
| 7 | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||||||
| 8 | any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||||||
| 9 | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||||||
| 10 | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental | ||||||
| 11 | general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||||||
| 12 | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to | ||||||
| 13 | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| 14 | repealed). | ||||||
| 15 | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||||||
| 16 | Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 17 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 18 | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 19 | of Education. | ||||||
| 20 | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||||||
| 21 | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||||||
| 22 | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||||||
| 23 | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and | ||||||
| 24 | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 25 | thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||||||
| 26 | "Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 2 | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||||||
| 3 | the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 4 | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||||||
| 5 | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||||||
| 6 | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| 7 | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||||||
| 8 | another staff member. | ||||||
| 9 | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 10 | provided to students during the summer months outside of | ||||||
| 11 | the regular school year. | ||||||
| 12 | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||||||
| 13 | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||||||
| 14 | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||||||
| 15 | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||||||
| 16 | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||||||
| 17 | students when being transported in buses serving the | ||||||
| 18 | Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 19 | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 20 | subsection (g). | ||||||
| 21 | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||||||
| 22 | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 23 | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||||||
| 24 | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate | ||||||
| 25 | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 26 | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||||||
| 2 | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||||||
| 3 | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||||||
| 4 | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||||||
| 5 | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||||||
| 6 | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||||||
| 7 | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||||||
| 8 | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||||||
| 10 | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on | ||||||
| 11 | ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set | ||||||
| 12 | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||||||
| 13 | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||||||
| 14 | thereto are as follows: | ||||||
| 15 | (A) Core class size investments. Each | ||||||
| 16 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||||||
| 17 | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||||||
| 18 | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||||||
| 20 | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 22 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 23 | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 24 | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 | ||||||
| 25 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 26 | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 2 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 3 | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 4 | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||||||
| 5 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 6 | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||||||
| 7 | grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||||||
| 8 | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||||||
| 10 | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 12 | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||||||
| 13 | positions that correspond to the following | ||||||
| 14 | percentages: | ||||||
| 15 | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||||||
| 16 | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||||||
| 17 | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||||||
| 18 | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||||||
| 19 | paragraph (2); and | ||||||
| 20 | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||||||
| 21 | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||||||
| 23 | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 25 | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||||||
| 26 | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 2 | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 3 | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||||||
| 4 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||||||
| 5 | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||||||
| 6 | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||||||
| 7 | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 9 | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||||||
| 10 | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required | ||||||
| 11 | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||||||
| 12 | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||||||
| 13 | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||||||
| 14 | and instructional assistants, instructional | ||||||
| 15 | facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||||||
| 16 | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph | ||||||
| 17 | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary | ||||||
| 18 | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the | ||||||
| 19 | average salary of each instructional assistant | ||||||
| 20 | position. | ||||||
| 21 | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 23 | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||||||
| 24 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 25 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||||||
| 26 | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||||||
| 2 | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||||||
| 3 | ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 4 | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 5 | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||||||
| 6 | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 7 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||||||
| 8 | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||||||
| 9 | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 11 | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 12 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 13 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| 14 | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| 15 | each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 16 | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 17 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| 18 | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||||||
| 19 | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||||||
| 20 | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 21 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 22 | kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 23 | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 24 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| 25 | principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||||||
| 26 | school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||||||
| 2 | position for each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 3 | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 5 | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||||||
| 6 | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||||||
| 7 | principal position for each prototypical middle | ||||||
| 8 | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||||||
| 9 | each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 10 | (L) School site staff investments. Each | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 12 | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||||||
| 13 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 14 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||||||
| 15 | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||||||
| 16 | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 17 | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 18 | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 19 | ASE. | ||||||
| 20 | (N) Professional development investments. Each | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||||||
| 22 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 23 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 24 | students for trainers and other professional | ||||||
| 25 | development-related expenses for supplies and | ||||||
| 26 | materials. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||||||
| 3 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 4 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 5 | students to cover instructional material costs. | ||||||
| 6 | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 7 | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||||||
| 8 | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 9 | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover | ||||||
| 10 | assessment costs. | ||||||
| 11 | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||||||
| 12 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||||||
| 13 | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| 14 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 15 | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||||||
| 16 | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
| 17 | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||||||
| 18 | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||||||
| 19 | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||||||
| 20 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 21 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 22 | students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||||||
| 23 | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 24 | The State Board may establish additional requirements | ||||||
| 25 | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received | ||||||
| 26 | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | requirement that funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
| 2 | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the | ||||||
| 3 | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of | ||||||
| 4 | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts | ||||||
| 5 | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the | ||||||
| 6 | following year, subject to compliance with the | ||||||
| 7 | requirements of the State Board, which shall include, | ||||||
| 8 | at a minimum, a requirement that each district submit | ||||||
| 9 | documentation on how developmentally appropriate | ||||||
| 10 | computer literacy instruction is embedded in the | ||||||
| 11 | district's curriculum at each grade level. | ||||||
| 12 | (R) Student activities investments. Each | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit shall receive the following | ||||||
| 14 | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||||||
| 15 | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||||||
| 16 | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||||||
| 17 | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||||||
| 18 | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||||||
| 20 | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 21 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 22 | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||||||
| 23 | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||||||
| 24 | materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||||||
| 25 | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||||||
| 26 | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||||||
| 2 | (T) Central office investments. Each | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||||||
| 4 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 5 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 6 | students to cover central office operations, including | ||||||
| 7 | administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||||||
| 8 | managing the instructional programs, business and | ||||||
| 9 | operations of the school district, and security | ||||||
| 10 | personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||||||
| 11 | application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| 12 | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||||||
| 13 | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each | ||||||
| 14 | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||||||
| 15 | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||||||
| 16 | excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||||||
| 17 | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||||||
| 18 | office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||||||
| 19 | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||||||
| 20 | proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||||||
| 21 | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||||||
| 22 | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||||||
| 23 | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||||||
| 24 | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||||||
| 25 | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||||||
| 26 | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||||||
| 2 | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the | ||||||
| 3 | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||||||
| 4 | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||||||
| 5 | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||||||
| 6 | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||||||
| 7 | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||||||
| 8 | preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||||||
| 9 | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||||||
| 10 | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||||||
| 11 | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||||||
| 12 | of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||||||
| 13 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall | ||||||
| 14 | submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 15 | may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
| 16 | subparagraph (U). | ||||||
| 17 | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||||||
| 18 | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||||||
| 19 | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 20 | shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 21 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 22 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 23 | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 24 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 25 | every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 26 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||||||
| 2 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| 3 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||||||
| 4 | (W) Additional investments in English learner | ||||||
| 5 | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||||||
| 6 | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||||||
| 7 | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 8 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 9 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 10 | position for every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 11 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 12 | every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 13 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| 14 | for every 120 English learner students; | ||||||
| 15 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| 16 | for every 120 English learner students; and | ||||||
| 17 | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||||||
| 18 | English learner students. | ||||||
| 19 | (X) Special education investments. Each | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||||||
| 21 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||||||
| 22 | special education as follows: | ||||||
| 23 | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||||||
| 24 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 25 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 26 | students; | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||||||
| 2 | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 3 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 4 | students; and | ||||||
| 5 | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||||||
| 6 | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 7 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||||||
| 8 | grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 10 | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 11 | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||||||
| 12 | using the employment information system data maintained by | ||||||
| 13 | the State Board, limited to public schools only and | ||||||
| 14 | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||||||
| 15 | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||||||
| 16 | charter schools, for the following positions: | ||||||
| 17 | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| 18 | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 19 | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| 20 | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| 21 | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 22 | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| 23 | (G) Social worker. | ||||||
| 24 | (H) Psychologist. | ||||||
| 25 | (I) Librarian. | ||||||
| 26 | (J) Nurse. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (K) Principal. | ||||||
| 2 | (L) Assistant principal. | ||||||
| 3 | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||||||
| 4 | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||||||
| 5 | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||||||
| 6 | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||||||
| 7 | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school | ||||||
| 8 | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the | ||||||
| 9 | Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding | ||||||
| 10 | positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the | ||||||
| 11 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply. | ||||||
| 12 | For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 13 | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||||||
| 14 | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||||||
| 15 | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||||||
| 16 | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||||||
| 17 | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||||||
| 18 | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||||||
| 19 | supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||||||
| 20 | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||||||
| 21 | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||||||
| 22 | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||||||
| 23 | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||||||
| 24 | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||||||
| 25 | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
| 26 | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Regionalization Factor. | ||||||
| 2 | (c) Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| 3 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| 4 | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 5 | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||||||
| 6 | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||||||
| 7 | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 8 | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||||||
| 9 | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||||||
| 10 | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||||||
| 12 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| 13 | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||||||
| 14 | Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 15 | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||||||
| 16 | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||||||
| 17 | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||||||
| 18 | Ratio. | ||||||
| 19 | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| 20 | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||||||
| 21 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||||||
| 22 | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||||||
| 23 | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||||||
| 24 | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| 25 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||||||
| 2 | (C) of this paragraph (2). | ||||||
| 3 | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||||||
| 4 | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||||||
| 5 | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||||||
| 6 | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||||||
| 7 | adjusted as follows: | ||||||
| 8 | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 9 | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||||||
| 10 | further adjustments shall be made; | ||||||
| 11 | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 12 | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be | ||||||
| 13 | multiplied by 9/13; | ||||||
| 14 | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 15 | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||||||
| 16 | multiplied by 4/13; and | ||||||
| 17 | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||||||
| 18 | different grade configuration than those specified | ||||||
| 19 | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||||||
| 20 | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||||||
| 21 | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||||||
| 22 | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||||||
| 23 | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||||||
| 24 | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 25 | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||||||
| 26 | in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity | ||||||
| 3 | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||||||
| 4 | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||||||
| 5 | be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||||||
| 6 | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||||||
| 7 | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||||||
| 8 | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||||||
| 9 | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||||||
| 10 | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||||||
| 11 | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||||||
| 12 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| 13 | the public university that are allocated to
the | ||||||
| 14 | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 15 | office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||||||
| 16 | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||||||
| 17 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| 18 | school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||||||
| 19 | office of education or intermediate service center. | ||||||
| 20 | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||||||
| 21 | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||||||
| 22 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 23 | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||||||
| 24 | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||||||
| 25 | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||||||
| 26 | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||||||
| 2 | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated | ||||||
| 3 | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||||||
| 4 | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||||||
| 5 | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 6 | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||||||
| 7 | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||||||
| 8 | the total ASE of all units. | ||||||
| 9 | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 11 | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||||||
| 12 | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of | ||||||
| 13 | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||||||
| 14 | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of | ||||||
| 15 | education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||||||
| 16 | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||||||
| 17 | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||||||
| 18 | cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||||||
| 19 | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||||||
| 20 | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||||||
| 21 | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||||||
| 22 | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||||||
| 23 | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||||||
| 24 | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 25 | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||||||
| 26 | Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||||||
| 2 | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity | ||||||
| 3 | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||||||
| 4 | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||||||
| 5 | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||||||
| 7 | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||||||
| 8 | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||||||
| 9 | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||||||
| 10 | the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||||||
| 11 | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||||||
| 12 | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real | ||||||
| 13 | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||||||
| 14 | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 15 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 16 | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||||||
| 17 | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| 18 | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||||||
| 19 | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||||||
| 21 | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||||||
| 22 | Unit. | ||||||
| 23 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 24 | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable | ||||||
| 25 | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of | ||||||
| 26 | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then | ||||||
| 2 | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in | ||||||
| 3 | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which | ||||||
| 4 | Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of | ||||||
| 5 | calculating Local Capacity. | ||||||
| 6 | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||||||
| 7 | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||||||
| 8 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||||||
| 9 | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 10 | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||||||
| 11 | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||||||
| 12 | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting | ||||||
| 13 | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||||||
| 14 | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||||||
| 15 | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||||||
| 16 | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||||||
| 17 | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||||||
| 18 | partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
| 19 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| 20 | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
| 21 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||||||
| 22 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||||||
| 23 | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||||||
| 24 | the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||||||
| 25 | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||||||
| 26 | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||||||
| 2 | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and | ||||||
| 3 | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||||||
| 4 | taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||||||
| 5 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||||||
| 6 | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||||||
| 7 | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||||||
| 8 | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 9 | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||||||
| 10 | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||||||
| 11 | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
| 12 | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional | ||||||
| 13 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
| 14 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||||||
| 15 | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||||||
| 16 | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||||||
| 17 | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||||||
| 18 | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||||||
| 19 | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||||||
| 20 | the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||||||
| 21 | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||||||
| 22 | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| 23 | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
| 24 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||||||
| 25 | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
| 26 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||||||
| 2 | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 3 | for owners with a household income of less than | ||||||
| 4 | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||||||
| 5 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||||||
| 6 | additional exemptions. | ||||||
| 7 | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||||||
| 8 | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
| 9 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||||||
| 10 | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 11 | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||||||
| 12 | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial | ||||||
| 13 | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
| 14 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||||||
| 15 | real property located in any such project area that is | ||||||
| 16 | attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV | ||||||
| 17 | of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of | ||||||
| 18 | the Organizational Unit, until such time as all | ||||||
| 19 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||||||
| 20 | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 21 | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||||||
| 22 | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||||||
| 23 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||||||
| 24 | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
| 25 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
| 26 | have been paid. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||||||
| 2 | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by | ||||||
| 3 | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||||||
| 4 | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||||||
| 5 | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||||||
| 6 | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||||||
| 7 | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||||||
| 8 | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||||||
| 9 | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||||||
| 10 | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||||||
| 11 | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||||||
| 12 | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of | ||||||
| 13 | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
| 14 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
| 15 | subparagraph (B-5). | ||||||
| 16 | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||||||
| 17 | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||||||
| 18 | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
| 19 | for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
| 20 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||||||
| 21 | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||||||
| 22 | assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
| 23 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||||||
| 24 | defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 25 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||||||
| 26 | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||||||
| 2 | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more | ||||||
| 3 | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||||||
| 5 | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||||||
| 6 | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||||||
| 7 | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||||||
| 8 | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||||||
| 9 | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||||||
| 10 | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||||||
| 11 | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||||||
| 12 | the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the | ||||||
| 13 | 3-year average for the third year. For any school district | ||||||
| 14 | whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in | ||||||
| 15 | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall | ||||||
| 16 | be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 | ||||||
| 17 | years or the immediately preceding year if that year | ||||||
| 18 | represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year | ||||||
| 19 | average. | ||||||
| 20 | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||||||
| 21 | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||||||
| 22 | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||||||
| 23 | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||||||
| 24 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||||||
| 25 | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||||||
| 26 | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||||||
| 2 | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 3 | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||||||
| 4 | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||||||
| 5 | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||||||
| 6 | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||||||
| 7 | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||||||
| 8 | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||||||
| 9 | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
| 10 | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 11 | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||||||
| 12 | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index | ||||||
| 13 | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
| 14 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||||||
| 15 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||||||
| 16 | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||||||
| 17 | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||||||
| 18 | assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||||||
| 19 | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||||||
| 20 | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||||||
| 21 | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
| 22 | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||||||
| 23 | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||||||
| 24 | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||||||
| 25 | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||||||
| 2 | specified appropriation amounts described in this | ||||||
| 3 | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||||||
| 4 | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| 5 | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||||||
| 6 | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||||||
| 7 | children requiring special education services); Section | ||||||
| 8 | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||||||
| 9 | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||||||
| 10 | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||||||
| 11 | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||||||
| 12 | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation | ||||||
| 13 | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||||||
| 14 | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||||||
| 15 | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| 16 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
| 17 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||||||
| 18 | listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference | ||||||
| 19 | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| 20 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||||||
| 21 | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||||||
| 22 | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||||||
| 23 | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||||||
| 24 | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||||||
| 25 | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||||||
| 26 | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||||||
| 2 | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood | ||||||
| 3 | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||||||
| 4 | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||||||
| 5 | special education, special education transportation, | ||||||
| 6 | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||||||
| 7 | alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||||||
| 8 | performed by a regional office of education, special | ||||||
| 9 | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||||||
| 10 | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||||||
| 12 | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For | ||||||
| 13 | programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 14 | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||||||
| 15 | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||||||
| 16 | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||||||
| 17 | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||||||
| 18 | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||||||
| 19 | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and | ||||||
| 20 | administered by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 21 | intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||||||
| 22 | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||||||
| 23 | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||||||
| 24 | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||||||
| 25 | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||||||
| 26 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||||||
| 2 | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the | ||||||
| 3 | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||||||
| 5 | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||||||
| 6 | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||||||
| 7 | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||||||
| 8 | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||||||
| 9 | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||||||
| 10 | any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
| 11 | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. | ||||||
| 12 | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||||||
| 13 | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||||||
| 14 | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
| 15 | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||||||
| 16 | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||||||
| 17 | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||||||
| 18 | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||||||
| 19 | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||||||
| 20 | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||||||
| 21 | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||||||
| 22 | order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||||||
| 23 | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||||||
| 24 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||||||
| 25 | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 26 | this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||||||
| 2 | sustainability through a 5-year financial and | ||||||
| 3 | strategic plan. | ||||||
| 4 | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||||||
| 5 | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||||||
| 6 | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||||||
| 7 | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 8 | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 9 | summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 11 | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. | ||||||
| 12 | If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||||||
| 13 | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 14 | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||||||
| 15 | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||||||
| 16 | makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||||||
| 17 | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||||||
| 18 | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||||||
| 19 | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||||||
| 20 | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||||||
| 21 | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||||||
| 22 | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||||||
| 23 | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||||||
| 24 | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||||||
| 25 | District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 2 | Minimum annually thereafter. | ||||||
| 3 | For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||||||
| 4 | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||||||
| 5 | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||||||
| 6 | received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||||||
| 7 | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||||||
| 8 | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||||||
| 9 | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||||||
| 10 | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||||||
| 11 | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that | ||||||
| 12 | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||||||
| 13 | year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||||||
| 14 | year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||||||
| 15 | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||||||
| 16 | State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||||||
| 17 | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||||||
| 18 | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||||||
| 19 | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||||||
| 20 | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||||||
| 21 | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||||||
| 22 | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||||||
| 23 | or other financial information as required by law, the | ||||||
| 24 | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
| 25 | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||||||
| 26 | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||||||
| 2 | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. | ||||||
| 3 | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||||||
| 4 | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||||||
| 5 | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||||||
| 6 | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 7 | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 8 | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 9 | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
| 10 | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||||||
| 11 | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the | ||||||
| 12 | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||||||
| 13 | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||||||
| 14 | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||||||
| 15 | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||||||
| 16 | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||||||
| 17 | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||||||
| 18 | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum | ||||||
| 21 | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||||||
| 22 | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||||||
| 23 | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||||||
| 24 | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||||||
| 25 | shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||||||
| 26 | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||||||
| 2 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 3 | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||||||
| 5 | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||||||
| 6 | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||||||
| 7 | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||||||
| 8 | Percent of Adequacy. | ||||||
| 9 | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||||||
| 10 | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 11 | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding | ||||||
| 12 | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||||||
| 13 | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||||||
| 14 | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||||||
| 15 | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||||||
| 16 | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||||||
| 17 | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||||||
| 18 | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||||||
| 19 | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||||||
| 20 | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||||||
| 21 | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||||||
| 22 | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||||||
| 23 | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||||||
| 24 | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||||||
| 25 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||||||
| 26 | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||||||
| 2 | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||||||
| 3 | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 4 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||||||
| 5 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 7 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 8 | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 9 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||||||
| 10 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 12 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 13 | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||||||
| 14 | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||||||
| 15 | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||||||
| 16 | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 17 | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||||||
| 18 | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||||||
| 19 | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||||||
| 20 | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 21 | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||||||
| 22 | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 23 | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||||||
| 25 | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||||||
| 26 | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||||||
| 2 | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 | ||||||
| 3 | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||||||
| 4 | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 5 | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 6 | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||||||
| 7 | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 8 | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||||||
| 9 | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||||||
| 11 | as follows: | ||||||
| 12 | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 13 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 14 | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||||||
| 15 | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||||||
| 16 | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||||||
| 17 | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||||||
| 18 | of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 19 | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||||||
| 20 | other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||||||
| 21 | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||||||
| 22 | 0.90. | ||||||
| 23 | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 24 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 25 | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||||||
| 26 | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||||||
| 2 | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are | ||||||
| 3 | determined as follows: | ||||||
| 4 | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||||||
| 5 | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 6 | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 7 | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||||||
| 9 | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||||||
| 10 | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||||||
| 11 | Rate is 1.0. | ||||||
| 12 | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 13 | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 14 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| 16 | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 17 | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 18 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| 20 | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||||||
| 21 | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||||||
| 22 | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||||||
| 23 | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||||||
| 24 | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||||||
| 25 | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||||||
| 26 | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||||||
| 2 | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 3 | funding may be identified. | ||||||
| 4 | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||||||
| 5 | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||||||
| 6 | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||||||
| 7 | Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 8 | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||||||
| 9 | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||||||
| 10 | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||||||
| 11 | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the | ||||||
| 12 | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||||||
| 13 | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||||||
| 14 | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||||||
| 15 | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||||||
| 16 | the Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 17 | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||||||
| 18 | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||||||
| 19 | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||||||
| 20 | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||||||
| 21 | school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||||||
| 22 | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in | ||||||
| 23 | their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of | ||||||
| 24 | the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal. | ||||||
| 25 | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||||||
| 26 | a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||||||
| 2 | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State | ||||||
| 3 | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||||||
| 4 | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
| 5 | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||||||
| 6 | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more | ||||||
| 7 | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be | ||||||
| 8 | counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New | ||||||
| 9 | State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool | ||||||
| 10 | Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding | ||||||
| 11 | for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner: | ||||||
| 12 | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 13 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 14 | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||||||
| 15 | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||||||
| 16 | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 17 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 18 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 19 | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||||||
| 20 | exhausted. | ||||||
| 21 | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 22 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 23 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 24 | Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||||||
| 25 | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 26 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 2 | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation | ||||||
| 3 | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||||||
| 4 | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 5 | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New | ||||||
| 6 | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. | ||||||
| 7 | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
| 8 | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then | ||||||
| 9 | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for | ||||||
| 10 | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||||||
| 11 | $50,000,000. | ||||||
| 12 | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||||||
| 13 | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||||||
| 14 | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||||||
| 15 | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||||||
| 16 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||||||
| 17 | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||||||
| 18 | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||||||
| 19 | received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||||||
| 20 | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 21 | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||||||
| 22 | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||||||
| 23 | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||||||
| 24 | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||||||
| 25 | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||||||
| 26 | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||||||
| 2 | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
| ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||||||
| 4 | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||||||
| 5 | established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||||||
| 6 | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||||||
| 7 | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount | ||||||
| 8 | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||||||
| 9 | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 10 | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||||||
| 11 | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||||||
| 12 | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||||||
| 13 | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||||||
| 14 | the nearest whole dollar. | ||||||
| 15 | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||||||
| 16 | district submission requirements. | ||||||
| 17 | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||||||
| 18 | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||||||
| 19 | funding obligations created under this Section. | ||||||
| 20 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 21 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||||||
| 22 | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||||||
| 23 | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||||||
| 24 | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||||||
| 25 | approval of the unit's school board. | ||||||
| 26 | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||||||
| 2 | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the | ||||||
| 3 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||||||
| 4 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 5 | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||||||
| 6 | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||||||
| 7 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 8 | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||||||
| 9 | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||||||
| 10 | unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 11 | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| 12 | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||||||
| 13 | must expend on special education and bilingual education | ||||||
| 14 | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational | ||||||
| 15 | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an | ||||||
| 16 | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and | ||||||
| 17 | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target | ||||||
| 18 | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special | ||||||
| 19 | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and | ||||||
| 20 | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||||||
| 21 | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||||||
| 22 | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||||||
| 23 | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||||||
| 24 | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||||||
| 25 | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||||||
| 26 | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||||||
| 2 | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution | ||||||
| 3 | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 4 | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
| 5 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
| 6 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
| 7 | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one | ||||||
| 8 | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||||||
| 9 | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||||||
| 10 | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||||||
| 11 | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||||||
| 12 | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||||||
| 13 | school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||||||
| 14 | State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
| 15 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
| 16 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
| 17 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
| 18 | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
| 19 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
| 20 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 21 | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 22 | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||||||
| 23 | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||||||
| 24 | be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||||||
| 25 | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||||||
| 26 | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||||||
| 2 | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||||||
| 3 | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||||||
| 4 | the provision of special educational facilities and | ||||||
| 5 | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||||||
| 6 | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||||||
| 7 | adopted by the State Board. | ||||||
| 8 | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||||||
| 9 | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||||||
| 10 | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||||||
| 11 | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||||||
| 12 | utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 13 | Funding it receives from this State under this Section with | ||||||
| 14 | specific identification of the intended utilization of | ||||||
| 15 | Low-Income, English learner, and special education | ||||||
| 16 | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational | ||||||
| 18 | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as | ||||||
| 20 | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, | ||||||
| 21 | from time to time, identify additional requisites for | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual | ||||||
| 23 | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The | ||||||
| 24 | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be | ||||||
| 25 | developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board | ||||||
| 26 | of Education. School districts that serve students under | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit | ||||||
| 2 | information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code. | ||||||
| 3 | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||||||
| 4 | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||||||
| 5 | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||||||
| 6 | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 7 | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||||||
| 8 | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 9 | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||||||
| 10 | for: | ||||||
| 11 | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||||||
| 12 | innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||||||
| 13 | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||||||
| 14 | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||||||
| 15 | educators for successful instructional careers; | ||||||
| 16 | (C) application and enhancement of the current | ||||||
| 17 | financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||||||
| 18 | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||||||
| 19 | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||||||
| 20 | in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||||||
| 21 | Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||||||
| 22 | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||||||
| 23 | funding system based on projected and recommended | ||||||
| 24 | funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||||||
| 25 | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||||||
| 26 | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||||||
| 2 | study of average expenses and as reported in the most | ||||||
| 3 | recent annual financial report: | ||||||
| 4 | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||||||
| 5 | of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 6 | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) | ||||||
| 7 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 8 | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||||||
| 9 | (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 10 | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||||||
| 11 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 12 | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||||||
| 13 | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 14 | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||||||
| 15 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 16 | (i) Professional Review Panel. | ||||||
| 17 | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||||||
| 18 | review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||||||
| 19 | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||||||
| 20 | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||||||
| 21 | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||||||
| 22 | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||||||
| 23 | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||||||
| 24 | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||||||
| 25 | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||||||
| 26 | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||||||
| 2 | three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and | ||||||
| 3 | voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||||||
| 4 | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||||||
| 5 | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||||||
| 6 | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the | ||||||
| 7 | following members: | ||||||
| 8 | (A) Two appointees that represent district | ||||||
| 9 | superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 10 | organization that represents district superintendents. | ||||||
| 11 | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||||||
| 12 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 13 | represents school boards. | ||||||
| 14 | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||||||
| 15 | school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 16 | organization that represents school business | ||||||
| 17 | officials. | ||||||
| 18 | (D) Two appointees that represent school | ||||||
| 19 | principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||||||
| 20 | that represents school principals. | ||||||
| 21 | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 22 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 23 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| 24 | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 25 | recommended by another statewide organization that | ||||||
| 26 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||||||
| 2 | superintendents of schools, recommended by | ||||||
| 3 | organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||||||
| 4 | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||||||
| 5 | State Superintendent. | ||||||
| 6 | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public | ||||||
| 7 | universities in this State. | ||||||
| 8 | (J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 9 | organization that represents parents. | ||||||
| 10 | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||||||
| 11 | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||||||
| 12 | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||||||
| 13 | (L) One member from a statewide organization | ||||||
| 14 | focused on research-based education policy to support | ||||||
| 15 | a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||||||
| 16 | a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||||||
| 17 | (M) One representative from a school district | ||||||
| 18 | organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
| 19 | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||||||
| 20 | membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||||||
| 21 | school districts and communities reflecting the | ||||||
| 22 | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||||||
| 23 | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||||||
| 24 | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||||||
| 25 | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||||||
| 26 | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Panel. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the | ||||||
| 3 | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 4 | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||||||
| 5 | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
| 6 | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the | ||||||
| 7 | President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||||||
| 8 | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
| 9 | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||||||
| 10 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||||||
| 11 | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||||||
| 12 | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||||||
| 13 | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||||||
| 14 | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||||||
| 15 | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||||||
| 16 | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||||||
| 17 | topics at the direction of the chairperson: | ||||||
| 18 | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||||||
| 19 | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||||||
| 20 | Section. | ||||||
| 21 | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||||||
| 22 | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||||||
| 23 | maintenance and construction costs. | ||||||
| 24 | (D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||||||
| 25 | (E) Benefits. | ||||||
| 26 | (F) Technology. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (G) Local Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 2 | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory | ||||||
| 3 | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||||||
| 4 | opportunities programs. | ||||||
| 5 | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||||||
| 6 | strategies. | ||||||
| 7 | (J) Special education investments. | ||||||
| 8 | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||||||
| 9 | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||||||
| 10 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
| 11 | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||||||
| 12 | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||||||
| 13 | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 14 | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||||||
| 15 | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||||||
| 16 | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
| 17 | Governor on the findings of the study. | ||||||
| 18 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
| 19 | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||||||
| 20 | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||||||
| 21 | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
| 22 | references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||||||
| 23 | calculations under this Section.
| ||||||
| 24 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; | ||||||
| 25 | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||||||
| 26 | 6-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||||||
| 2 | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||||||
| 3 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
| 4 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
| 5 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
| 6 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
| 7 | (e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, | ||||||
| 8 | each pupil
entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other | ||||||
| 9 | course requirements, successfully
complete all of the | ||||||
| 10 | following courses: | ||||||
| 11 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
| 12 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of | ||||||
| 13 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
| 14 | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
| 15 | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||||||
| 16 | graduation requirements.
| ||||||
| 17 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
| 18 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
| 19 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
| 20 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
| 21 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
| 22 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
| 23 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
| 24 | (3.5) For pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
| 25 | 2021-2022 school year and each school year thereafter, one | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | year of a course that includes intensive instruction in | ||||||
| 2 | computer literacy, which may be English, social studies, or | ||||||
| 3 | any other subject and which may be counted toward the | ||||||
| 4 | fulfillment of other graduation requirements. | ||||||
| 5 | (4) Two years of science. | ||||||
| 6 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
| 7 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
| 8 | of history of the United States and American government | ||||||
| 9 | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
| 10 | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||||||
| 11 | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||||||
| 12 | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||||||
| 13 | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||||||
| 14 | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course | ||||||
| 15 | content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||||||
| 16 | discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||||||
| 17 | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||||||
| 18 | School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||||||
| 19 | the purposes of offering civics education. | ||||||
| 20 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
| 21 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
| 22 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
| 23 | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||||||
| 24 | school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||||||
| 25 | coursework.
| ||||||
| 26 | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | computer science course to high school students, then the | ||||||
| 2 | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||||||
| 3 | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||||||
| 4 | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||||||
| 5 | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||||||
| 6 | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||||||
| 7 | of this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||||||
| 9 | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||||||
| 10 | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||||||
| 11 | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
| ||||||
| 12 | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||||||
| 13 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
| 14 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
| 15 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
| 16 | education program.
| ||||||
| 17 | This amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly does not | ||||||
| 18 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2020-2021 school | ||||||
| 19 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
| 20 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
| 21 | education program. | ||||||
| 22 | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||||||
| 23 | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||||||
| 24 | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
| ||||||
| 25 | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||||||
| 26 | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
| 2 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
| 3 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
| 4 | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
| 5 | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 6 | (105 ILCS 5/27-23.15 new) | ||||||
| 7 | Sec. 27-23.15. Computer science. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) In this Section, "computer science" means the study of | ||||||
| 9 | computers and algorithms, including their principles, their | ||||||
| 10 | hardware and software designs, their implementation, and their | ||||||
| 11 | impact on society. "Computer science" does not include the | ||||||
| 12 | study of everyday uses of computers and computer applications, | ||||||
| 13 | such as keyboarding or accessing the Internet. | ||||||
| 14 | (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school | ||||||
| 15 | board of a school district that maintains any of grades 9 | ||||||
| 16 | through 12 shall provide an opportunity for every high school | ||||||
| 17 | student to take at least one computer science course aligned to | ||||||
| 18 | rigorous learning standards of the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 19 | Article 65. | ||||||
| 20 | Section 65-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
| 21 | Sections 14A-10 and 14A-32 as follows:
| ||||||
| 22 | (105 ILCS 5/14A-10)
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Sec. 14A-10. Legislative findings. The General Assembly | ||||||
| 2 | finds the following: | ||||||
| 3 | (1) that gifted and talented children (i) exhibit high | ||||||
| 4 | performance capabilities in intellectual, creative, and | ||||||
| 5 | artistic areas, (ii) possess an exceptional leadership | ||||||
| 6 | potential, (iii) excel in specific academic fields, and | ||||||
| 7 | (iv) have the potential to be influential in business, | ||||||
| 8 | government, health care, the arts, and other critical | ||||||
| 9 | sectors of our economic and cultural environment; | ||||||
| 10 | (2) that gifted and talented children require services | ||||||
| 11 | and activities that are not ordinarily provided by schools; | ||||||
| 12 | and | ||||||
| 13 | (3) that outstanding talents are present in children | ||||||
| 14 | and youth from all cultural groups, across all economic | ||||||
| 15 | strata, and in all areas of human endeavor; and . | ||||||
| 16 | (4) that inequitable access to advanced coursework and | ||||||
| 17 | enrollment in accelerated placement programs exists | ||||||
| 18 | between children enrolled in different school districts | ||||||
| 19 | and even within the same school district and more must be | ||||||
| 20 | done to eliminate the barriers to access to advanced | ||||||
| 21 | coursework and enrollment in accelerated placement | ||||||
| 22 | programs for all children.
| ||||||
| 23 | (Source: P.A. 94-151, eff. 7-8-05; 94-410, eff. 8-2-05.)
| ||||||
| 24 | (105 ILCS 5/14A-32) | ||||||
| 25 | Sec. 14A-32. Accelerated placement; school district | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | responsibilities. | ||||||
| 2 | (a) Each school district shall have a policy that allows | ||||||
| 3 | for accelerated placement that includes or incorporates by | ||||||
| 4 | reference the following components: | ||||||
| 5 | (1) a provision that provides that participation in | ||||||
| 6 | accelerated placement is not limited to those children who | ||||||
| 7 | have been identified as gifted and talented, but rather is | ||||||
| 8 | open to all children who demonstrate high ability and who | ||||||
| 9 | may benefit from accelerated placement; | ||||||
| 10 | (2) a fair and equitable decision-making process that | ||||||
| 11 | involves multiple persons and includes a student's parents | ||||||
| 12 | or guardians; | ||||||
| 13 | (3) procedures for notifying parents or guardians of a | ||||||
| 14 | child of a decision affecting that child's participation in | ||||||
| 15 | an accelerated placement program; and | ||||||
| 16 | (4) an assessment process that includes multiple | ||||||
| 17 | valid, reliable indicators. | ||||||
| 18 | (a-5) By no later than the beginning of the 2022-2023 | ||||||
| 19 | school year, a school district's accelerated placement policy | ||||||
| 20 | shall allow for the automatic enrollment, in the following | ||||||
| 21 | school term, of a high school student into the next level of | ||||||
| 22 | advanced coursework offered by the high school if the student | ||||||
| 23 | meets or exceeds State standards in English language arts, | ||||||
| 24 | mathematics, or science on a State assessment administered | ||||||
| 25 | under Section 2-3.64a-5 as follows: | ||||||
| 26 | (1) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | English language arts shall be automatically enrolled into | ||||||
| 2 | the next level of advanced coursework in English, social | ||||||
| 3 | studies, humanities, or related subjects. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
| 5 | mathematics shall be automatically enrolled into the next | ||||||
| 6 | level of advanced coursework in mathematics. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in | ||||||
| 8 | science shall be automatically enrolled into the next level | ||||||
| 9 | of advanced coursework in science. | ||||||
| 10 | For a student entering grade 12, the next level of advanced | ||||||
| 11 | coursework under this subsection (a-5) shall be a dual credit | ||||||
| 12 | course, as defined in the Dual Credit Quality Act. For other | ||||||
| 13 | high school grades, the next level of advanced coursework may | ||||||
| 14 | include a dual credit course. | ||||||
| 15 | A school district may use the student's most recent State | ||||||
| 16 | assessment results to determine whether a student meets or | ||||||
| 17 | exceeds State standards. For a student entering grade 9, | ||||||
| 18 | results from the State assessment taken in grades 6 through 8 | ||||||
| 19 | may be used. For other high school grades, the results from a | ||||||
| 20 | locally selected, nationally normed assessment may be used | ||||||
| 21 | instead of the State assessment if those results are the most | ||||||
| 22 | recent. | ||||||
| 23 | A school district must provide the parent or guardian of a | ||||||
| 24 | student eligible for automatic enrollment under this | ||||||
| 25 | subsection (a-5) with the option to instead have the student | ||||||
| 26 | enroll in alternative coursework that better aligns with the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | student's postsecondary education or career goals. | ||||||
| 2 | Nothing in this subsection (a-5) may be interpreted to | ||||||
| 3 | preclude other students from enrolling in advanced coursework | ||||||
| 4 | per the policy of a school district. | ||||||
| 5 | (b) Further, a school district's accelerated placement | ||||||
| 6 | policy may include or incorporate by reference, but need not be | ||||||
| 7 | limited to, the following components: | ||||||
| 8 | (1) procedures for annually informing the community | ||||||
| 9 | at-large, including parents or guardians, community-based | ||||||
| 10 | organizations, and providers of out-of-school programs, | ||||||
| 11 | about the accelerated placement program and the methods | ||||||
| 12 | used for the identification of children eligible for | ||||||
| 13 | accelerated placement, including strategies to reach | ||||||
| 14 | groups of students and families who have been historically | ||||||
| 15 | underrepresented in accelerated placement programs and | ||||||
| 16 | advanced coursework; | ||||||
| 17 | (2) a process for referral that allows for multiple | ||||||
| 18 | referrers, including a child's parents or guardians; other | ||||||
| 19 | referrers may include licensed education professionals, | ||||||
| 20 | the child, with the written consent of a parent or | ||||||
| 21 | guardian, a peer, through a licensed education | ||||||
| 22 | professional who has knowledge of the referred child's | ||||||
| 23 | abilities, or, in case of possible early entrance, a | ||||||
| 24 | preschool educator, pediatrician, or psychologist who | ||||||
| 25 | knows the child; and | ||||||
| 26 | (3) a provision that provides that children | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | participating in an accelerated placement program and | ||||||
| 2 | their parents or guardians will be provided a written plan | ||||||
| 3 | detailing the type of acceleration the child will receive | ||||||
| 4 | and strategies to support the child; . | ||||||
| 5 | (4) procedures to provide support and promote success | ||||||
| 6 | for students who are newly enrolled in an accelerated | ||||||
| 7 | placement program; and | ||||||
| 8 | (5) a process for the school district to review and | ||||||
| 9 | utilize disaggregated data on participation in an | ||||||
| 10 | accelerated placement program to address gaps among | ||||||
| 11 | demographic groups in accelerated placement opportunities. | ||||||
| 12 | (c) The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to | ||||||
| 13 | determine data to be collected and disaggregated by demographic | ||||||
| 14 | group regarding accelerated placement, including the rates of | ||||||
| 15 | students who participate in and successfully complete advanced | ||||||
| 16 | coursework, and a method of making the information available to | ||||||
| 17 | the public.
| ||||||
| 18 | (d) On or before November 1, 2021, following a review of | ||||||
| 19 | disaggregated data on the participation and successful | ||||||
| 20 | completion rates of students enrolled in an accelerated | ||||||
| 21 | placement program, each school district shall develop a plan to | ||||||
| 22 | expand access to its accelerated placement program and to | ||||||
| 23 | ensure the teaching capacity necessary to meet the increased | ||||||
| 24 | demand. | ||||||
| 25 | (Source: P.A. 100-421, eff. 7-1-18.)
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 70. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 70-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
| 3 | Section 22-45 as follows:
| ||||||
| 4 | (105 ILCS 5/22-45) | ||||||
| 5 | Sec. 22-45. Illinois P-20 Council. | ||||||
| 6 | (a) The General Assembly finds that preparing Illinoisans | ||||||
| 7 | for success in school and the workplace requires a continuum of | ||||||
| 8 | quality education from preschool through graduate school. This | ||||||
| 9 | State needs a framework to guide education policy and integrate | ||||||
| 10 | education at every level. A statewide coordinating council to | ||||||
| 11 | study and make recommendations concerning education at all | ||||||
| 12 | levels can avoid fragmentation of policies, promote improved | ||||||
| 13 | teaching and learning, and continue to cultivate and | ||||||
| 14 | demonstrate strong accountability and efficiency. Establishing | ||||||
| 15 | an Illinois P-20 Council will develop a statewide agenda that | ||||||
| 16 | will move the State towards the common goals of improving | ||||||
| 17 | academic achievement, increasing college access and success, | ||||||
| 18 | improving use of existing data and measurements, developing | ||||||
| 19 | improved accountability, fostering innovative approaches to | ||||||
| 20 | education, promoting lifelong learning, easing the transition | ||||||
| 21 | to college, and reducing remediation. A pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| 22 | through grade 20 agenda will strengthen this State's economic | ||||||
| 23 | competitiveness by producing a highly-skilled workforce. In | ||||||
| 24 | addition, lifelong learning plans will enhance this State's | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | ability to leverage funding. | ||||||
| 2 | (b) There is created the Illinois P-20 Council. The | ||||||
| 3 | Illinois P-20 Council shall include all of the following | ||||||
| 4 | members: | ||||||
| 5 | (1) The Governor or his or her designee, to serve as | ||||||
| 6 | chairperson. | ||||||
| 7 | (2) Four members of the General Assembly, one appointed | ||||||
| 8 | by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one | ||||||
| 9 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of | ||||||
| 10 | Representatives, one appointed by the President of the | ||||||
| 11 | Senate, and one appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
| 12 | Senate. | ||||||
| 13 | (3) Six at-large members appointed by the Governor as | ||||||
| 14 | follows, with 2 members being from the City of Chicago, 2
| ||||||
| 15 | members being from Lake County, McHenry County, Kane
| ||||||
| 16 | County, DuPage County, Will County, or that part of Cook
| ||||||
| 17 | County outside of the City of Chicago, and 2 members being
| ||||||
| 18 | from the remainder of the State: | ||||||
| 19 | (A) one representative of civic leaders; | ||||||
| 20 | (B) one representative of local government; | ||||||
| 21 | (C) one representative of trade unions; | ||||||
| 22 | (D) one representative of nonprofit organizations | ||||||
| 23 | or foundations; | ||||||
| 24 | (E) one representative of parents' organizations; | ||||||
| 25 | and | ||||||
| 26 | (F) one education research expert. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) Five members appointed by statewide business | ||||||
| 2 | organizations and business trade associations. | ||||||
| 3 | (5) Six members appointed by statewide professional | ||||||
| 4 | organizations and associations representing | ||||||
| 5 | pre-kindergarten through grade 20 teachers, community | ||||||
| 6 | college faculty, and public university faculty. | ||||||
| 7 | (6) Two members appointed by associations representing | ||||||
| 8 | local school administrators and school board members. One | ||||||
| 9 | of these members must be a special education administrator. | ||||||
| 10 | (7) One member representing community colleges, | ||||||
| 11 | appointed by the Illinois Council of Community College | ||||||
| 12 | Presidents. | ||||||
| 13 | (8) One member representing 4-year independent | ||||||
| 14 | colleges and universities, appointed by a statewide | ||||||
| 15 | organization representing private institutions of higher | ||||||
| 16 | learning. | ||||||
| 17 | (9) One member representing public 4-year | ||||||
| 18 | universities, appointed jointly by the university | ||||||
| 19 | presidents and chancellors. | ||||||
| 20 | (10) Ex-officio members as follows: | ||||||
| 21 | (A) The State Superintendent of Education or his or | ||||||
| 22 | her designee. | ||||||
| 23 | (B) The Executive Director of the Board of Higher
| ||||||
| 24 | Education or his or her designee. | ||||||
| 25 | (C) The Executive Director of the Illinois | ||||||
| 26 | Community College Board or his or her designee. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (D) The Executive Director of the Illinois Student | ||||||
| 2 | Assistance Commission or his or her designee. | ||||||
| 3 | (E) The Co-chairpersons of the Illinois Workforce | ||||||
| 4 | Investment Board or their designee. | ||||||
| 5 | (F) The Director of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
| 6 | Opportunity or his or her designee. | ||||||
| 7 | (G) The Chairperson of the Illinois Early Learning | ||||||
| 8 | Council or his or her designee. | ||||||
| 9 | (H) The President of the Illinois Mathematics and | ||||||
| 10 | Science Academy or his or her designee. | ||||||
| 11 | (I) The president of an association representing | ||||||
| 12 | educators of adult learners or his or her
designee. | ||||||
| 13 | Ex-officio members shall have no vote on the Illinois P-20 | ||||||
| 14 | Council. | ||||||
| 15 | Appointed members shall serve for staggered terms expiring | ||||||
| 16 | on July 1 of the first, second, or third calendar year | ||||||
| 17 | following their appointments or until their successors are | ||||||
| 18 | appointed and have qualified. Staggered terms shall be | ||||||
| 19 | determined by lot at the organizing meeting of the Illinois | ||||||
| 20 | P-20 Council. | ||||||
| 21 | Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original | ||||||
| 22 | appointments, and any member so appointed shall serve during | ||||||
| 23 | the remainder of the term for which the vacancy occurred. | ||||||
| 24 | (c) The Illinois P-20 Council shall be funded through State | ||||||
| 25 | appropriations to support staff activities, research, | ||||||
| 26 | data-collection, and dissemination. The Illinois P-20 Council | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | shall be staffed by the Office of the Governor, in coordination | ||||||
| 2 | with relevant State agencies, boards, and commissions. The | ||||||
| 3 | Illinois Education Research Council shall provide research and | ||||||
| 4 | coordinate research collection activities for the Illinois | ||||||
| 5 | P-20 Council. | ||||||
| 6 | (d) The Illinois P-20 Council shall have all of the | ||||||
| 7 | following duties: | ||||||
| 8 | (1) To make recommendations to do all of the following: | ||||||
| 9 | (A) Coordinate pre-kindergarten through grade 20 | ||||||
| 10 | (graduate school) education in this State through | ||||||
| 11 | working at the intersections of educational systems to | ||||||
| 12 | promote collaborative infrastructure. | ||||||
| 13 | (B) Coordinate and leverage strategies, actions, | ||||||
| 14 | legislation, policies, and resources of all | ||||||
| 15 | stakeholders to support fundamental and lasting | ||||||
| 16 | improvement in this State's public schools, community | ||||||
| 17 | colleges, and universities. | ||||||
| 18 | (C) Better align the high school curriculum with | ||||||
| 19 | postsecondary expectations. | ||||||
| 20 | (D) Better align assessments across all levels of | ||||||
| 21 | education. | ||||||
| 22 | (E) Reduce the need for students entering | ||||||
| 23 | institutions of higher education to take remedial | ||||||
| 24 | courses. | ||||||
| 25 | (F) Smooth the transition from high school to | ||||||
| 26 | college. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (G) Improve high school and college graduation | ||||||
| 2 | rates. | ||||||
| 3 | (H) Improve the rigor and relevance of academic | ||||||
| 4 | standards for college and workforce readiness. | ||||||
| 5 | (I) Better align college and university teaching | ||||||
| 6 | programs with the needs of Illinois schools. | ||||||
| 7 | (2) To advise the Governor, the General Assembly, the | ||||||
| 8 | State's education and higher education agencies, and the
| ||||||
| 9 | State's workforce and economic development boards and
| ||||||
| 10 | agencies on policies related to lifelong learning for | ||||||
| 11 | Illinois students and families. | ||||||
| 12 | (3) To articulate a framework for systemic educational | ||||||
| 13 | improvement and innovation that will enable every student | ||||||
| 14 | to meet or exceed Illinois learning standards and be | ||||||
| 15 | well-prepared to succeed in the workforce and community. | ||||||
| 16 | (4) To provide an estimated fiscal impact for | ||||||
| 17 | implementation of all Council recommendations. | ||||||
| 18 | (5) To make recommendations for short-term and | ||||||
| 19 | long-term learning recovery actions for public school | ||||||
| 20 | students in this State in the wake of the COVID-19 | ||||||
| 21 | pandemic. The Illinois P-20 Council shall submit a report | ||||||
| 22 | with its recommendations for a multi-year recovery plan by | ||||||
| 23 | December 31, 2021 to the Governor, the State Board of | ||||||
| 24 | Education, the Board of Higher Education, the Illinois | ||||||
| 25 | Community College Board, and the General Assembly that | ||||||
| 26 | addresses all of the following: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (A) Closing the digital divide for all students, | ||||||
| 2 | including access to devices, Internet connectivity, | ||||||
| 3 | and ensuring that educators have the necessary support | ||||||
| 4 | and training to provide high quality remote and blended | ||||||
| 5 | learning to students. | ||||||
| 6 | (B) Evaluating the academic growth and proficiency | ||||||
| 7 | of students in order to understand the impact of school | ||||||
| 8 | closures and remote and blended remote learning | ||||||
| 9 | conditions on student academic outcomes, including | ||||||
| 10 | disaggregating data by race, income, diverse learners, | ||||||
| 11 | and English learners, in ways that balance the need to | ||||||
| 12 | understand that impact with the need to support student | ||||||
| 13 | well-being and also take into consideration the | ||||||
| 14 | logistical constraints facing schools and districts. | ||||||
| 15 | (C) Establishing a system for the collection and | ||||||
| 16 | review of student data at the State level, including | ||||||
| 17 | data about prekindergarten through higher education | ||||||
| 18 | student attendance, engagement and participation, | ||||||
| 19 | discipline, and social-emotional and mental health | ||||||
| 20 | inputs and outcomes, in order to better understand the | ||||||
| 21 | full impact of disrupted learning. | ||||||
| 22 | (D) Providing students with resources and programs | ||||||
| 23 | for academic support, such as enrichment | ||||||
| 24 | opportunities, tutoring corps, summer bridge programs, | ||||||
| 25 | youth leadership and development programs, youth and | ||||||
| 26 | community-led restorative and transformative justice | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | programs, and youth internship and apprenticeship | ||||||
| 2 | programs. | ||||||
| 3 | (E) Providing students with resources and support | ||||||
| 4 | to ensure access to social-emotional learning, mental | ||||||
| 5 | health services, and trauma responsive, restorative | ||||||
| 6 | justice and anti-racist practices in order to support | ||||||
| 7 | the growth of the whole child, such as investing in | ||||||
| 8 | community schools and providing comprehensive | ||||||
| 9 | year-round services and support for both students and | ||||||
| 10 | their families. | ||||||
| 11 | (F) Ensuring more time for students' academic, | ||||||
| 12 | social-emotional, and mental health needs by | ||||||
| 13 | considering such strategies as: (i) extending planning | ||||||
| 14 | time for teachers, (ii) extending the school day and | ||||||
| 15 | school year, and (iii) transitioning to year-round | ||||||
| 16 | schooling. | ||||||
| 17 | (G) Strengthening the transition from secondary | ||||||
| 18 | education to postsecondary education in the wake of | ||||||
| 19 | threats to alignment and affordability created by the | ||||||
| 20 | pandemic and related conditions. | ||||||
| 21 | (e) The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may | ||||||
| 22 | authorize the creation of working groups focusing on areas of | ||||||
| 23 | interest to Illinois educational and workforce development, | ||||||
| 24 | including without limitation the following areas: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) Preparation, recruitment, and certification of | ||||||
| 26 | highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) Mentoring and induction of highly qualified | ||||||
| 2 | teachers. | ||||||
| 3 | (3) The diversity of highly qualified teachers. | ||||||
| 4 | (4) Funding for highly qualified teachers, including | ||||||
| 5 | developing a strategic and collaborative plan to seek | ||||||
| 6 | federal and private grants to support initiatives | ||||||
| 7 | targeting teacher preparation and its impact on student | ||||||
| 8 | achievement. | ||||||
| 9 | (5) Highly effective administrators. | ||||||
| 10 | (6) Illinois birth through age 3 education, | ||||||
| 11 | pre-kindergarten, and early childhood education. | ||||||
| 12 | (7) The assessment, alignment, outreach, and network | ||||||
| 13 | of college and workforce readiness efforts. | ||||||
| 14 | (8) Alternative routes to college access. | ||||||
| 15 | (9) Research data and accountability. | ||||||
| 16 | (10) Community schools, community participation, and | ||||||
| 17 | other innovative approaches to education that foster | ||||||
| 18 | community partnerships. | ||||||
| 19 | (11) Tuition, financial aid, and other issues related | ||||||
| 20 | to keeping postsecondary education affordable for Illinois | ||||||
| 21 | residents. | ||||||
| 22 | (12) Learning recovery in the wake of the COVID-19 | ||||||
| 23 | pandemic. | ||||||
| 24 | The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may designate | ||||||
| 25 | Council members to serve as working group chairpersons. Working | ||||||
| 26 | groups may invite organizations and individuals representing | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | pre-kindergarten through grade 20 interests to participate in | ||||||
| 2 | discussions, data collection, and dissemination.
| ||||||
| 3 | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 98-719, eff. 1-1-15; | ||||||
| 4 | 99-643, eff. 1-1-17.)
| ||||||
| 5 | Article 75. | ||||||
| 6 | Section 75-5. The State Finance Act is amended by adding | ||||||
| 7 | Section 5.935 as follows:
| ||||||
| 8 | (30 ILCS 105/5.935 new) | ||||||
| 9 | Sec. 5.935. The Freedom Schools Fund.
| ||||||
| 10 | Section 75-10. The School Code is amended by adding Section | ||||||
| 11 | 2-3.186 as follows:
| ||||||
| 12 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.186 new) | ||||||
| 13 | Sec. 2-3.186. Freedom Schools; grant program. | ||||||
| 14 | (a) The General Assembly recognizes and values the | ||||||
| 15 | contributions that Freedom Schools make to enhance the lives of | ||||||
| 16 | Black students. The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
| 17 | findings: | ||||||
| 18 | (1) The fundamental goal of the Freedom Schools of the | ||||||
| 19 | 1960s was to create Black political power to defend the | ||||||
| 20 | interests of the disempowered. The curriculum of Freedom | ||||||
| 21 | Schools allowed students of all ages to experience a new | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and liberating form of education that directly related to | ||||||
| 2 | the imperatives of their lives, their communities, and the | ||||||
| 3 | Freedom Movement. | ||||||
| 4 | (2) Freedom Schools continue to demonstrate the proven | ||||||
| 5 | benefits of race modeling and intergenerational effects by | ||||||
| 6 | providing Black students with quality instruction that | ||||||
| 7 | fosters student confidence, resiliency, and social and | ||||||
| 8 | emotional development. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Freedom Schools offer culturally relevant learning | ||||||
| 10 | opportunities with the academic and social supports that | ||||||
| 11 | Black children need by utilizing quality teaching, | ||||||
| 12 | challenging and engaging curricula, wrap-around supports, | ||||||
| 13 | a positive school climate, and strong ties to family and | ||||||
| 14 | community. Freedom Schools have a clear focus on results. | ||||||
| 15 | (4) Public schools serve a foundational role in the | ||||||
| 16 | education of over 2,000,000 students in this State. | ||||||
| 17 | (b) The State Board of Education shall establish Freedom | ||||||
| 18 | Schools to supplement the learning taking place in public | ||||||
| 19 | schools by expanding the teaching of Black history, developing | ||||||
| 20 | leadership skills, and providing an understanding of the tenets | ||||||
| 21 | of the civil rights movement. The teachers in Freedom Schools | ||||||
| 22 | must be college students or recent high school graduates from | ||||||
| 23 | the local community, with an emphasis on Black youth, so that | ||||||
| 24 | (i) these individuals have access to summer jobs and teaching | ||||||
| 25 | experiences that serve as a long-term pipeline to educational | ||||||
| 26 | careers and the hiring of Black educators in public schools, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (ii) these individuals are elevated as content experts and | ||||||
| 2 | community leaders, and (iii) Freedom School students have | ||||||
| 3 | access to both role models and education. | ||||||
| 4 | (c) A Freedom School shall intentionally and imaginatively | ||||||
| 5 | implement strategies that focus on all of the following: | ||||||
| 6 | (1) Racial justice and equity. | ||||||
| 7 | (2) Transparency and building trusting relationships. | ||||||
| 8 | (3) Self-determination and governance. | ||||||
| 9 | (4) Building on community strengths and community | ||||||
| 10 | wisdom. | ||||||
| 11 | (5) Utilizing current data, best practices, and | ||||||
| 12 | evidence. | ||||||
| 13 | (6) Shared leadership and collaboration. | ||||||
| 14 | (7) A reflective learning culture. | ||||||
| 15 | (8) A whole-child approach to education. | ||||||
| 16 | (9) Literacy. | ||||||
| 17 | (d) The State Board of Education, in the establishment of | ||||||
| 18 | Freedom Schools, shall strive for authentic parent and | ||||||
| 19 | community engagement during the development of Freedom Schools | ||||||
| 20 | and their curriculum. Authentic parent and community | ||||||
| 21 | engagement includes all of the following: | ||||||
| 22 | (1) A shared responsibility that values equal | ||||||
| 23 | partnerships between families and professionals. | ||||||
| 24 | (2) Ensuring that students and families who are | ||||||
| 25 | directly impacted by Freedom School policies and practices | ||||||
| 26 | are the decision-makers in the creation, design, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | implementation, and assessment of those policies and | ||||||
| 2 | practices. | ||||||
| 3 | (3) Genuine respect for the culture and diversity of | ||||||
| 4 | families. | ||||||
| 5 | (4) Relationships that center around the goal of | ||||||
| 6 | supporting family well-being and children's development | ||||||
| 7 | and learning. | ||||||
| 8 | (e) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 9 | shall establish and implement a grant program to provide grants | ||||||
| 10 | to public schools, public community colleges, and | ||||||
| 11 | not-for-profit, community-based organizations to facilitate | ||||||
| 12 | improved educational outcomes for Black students in grades | ||||||
| 13 | pre-kindergarten through 12. Grant recipients under the | ||||||
| 14 | program may include, but are not limited to, entities that | ||||||
| 15 | offer established programs with proven results and outcomes. | ||||||
| 16 | The State Board of Education shall award grants to eligible | ||||||
| 17 | entities that demonstrate a likelihood of reasonable success in | ||||||
| 18 | achieving the goals identified in the grant application, | ||||||
| 19 | including, but not limited to, all of the following: | ||||||
| 20 | (1) Engaging, culturally relevant, and challenging | ||||||
| 21 | curricula. | ||||||
| 22 | (2) High-quality teaching. | ||||||
| 23 | (3) Wrap-around supports and opportunities. | ||||||
| 24 | (4) Positive discipline practices, such as restorative | ||||||
| 25 | justice. | ||||||
| 26 | (5) Inclusive leadership. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (f) The Freedom Schools Fund is created as a special fund | ||||||
| 2 | in the State treasury. the Fund shall consist of appropriations | ||||||
| 3 | from the General Revenue Fund, grant funds from the
federal | ||||||
| 4 | government, and donations from educational and private | ||||||
| 5 | foundations. All money in the Fund shall be used, subject to | ||||||
| 6 | appropriation, by the State Board of Education for the purposes | ||||||
| 7 | of this Section and to support related activities. | ||||||
| 8 | (g) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules | ||||||
| 9 | necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
| 10 | Article 80. | ||||||
| 11 | Section 80-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
| 12 | Section 10-19 as follows:
| ||||||
| 13 | (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
| ||||||
| 14 | Sec. 10-19. Length of school term; - experimental programs. | ||||||
| 15 | Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the | ||||||
| 16 | school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and | ||||||
| 17 | providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to ensure insure | ||||||
| 18 | 176 days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section | ||||||
| 19 | 10-19.05, except that for each of the 2021-2022, 2022-2023, and | ||||||
| 20 | 2023-2024 school years, each school board, including a school | ||||||
| 21 | board operating one or more schools on a full year school plan | ||||||
| 22 | pursuant to Section 10-19.1, shall include in its calendar a | ||||||
| 23 | minimum of an additional 15 days of actual pupil attendance and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 5 days of in-service training for teachers. A school board may | ||||||
| 2 | choose how to reach the minimum of 15 additional days of actual | ||||||
| 3 | pupil attendance for each of the 2021-2022, 2022-2023, and | ||||||
| 4 | 2023-2024 school years by either extending the length of the | ||||||
| 5 | school day or extending the length of the school term. During | ||||||
| 6 | the 2021-2022 school year, if a school is closed for more than | ||||||
| 7 | 5 days of actual pupil attendance because the Governor has | ||||||
| 8 | declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant | ||||||
| 9 | to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, | ||||||
| 10 | the school board shall extend the length of the school day or | ||||||
| 11 | extend the length of the school term during any of the | ||||||
| 12 | 2021-2022, 2022-2023, and 2023-2024 school years by one | ||||||
| 13 | additional day of actual pupil attendance for every 5 days of | ||||||
| 14 | actual pupil attendance that are missed during the 2021-2022 | ||||||
| 15 | school year because of the public health emergency, unless the | ||||||
| 16 | school board has decided at the beginning of the 2021-2022 | ||||||
| 17 | school year to implement a plan to use remote learning or | ||||||
| 18 | blended remote learning under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 for the | ||||||
| 19 | 1980-1981 school year only 175 days
of actual
pupil attendance | ||||||
| 20 | shall be required because of the closing of schools pursuant
to | ||||||
| 21 | Section 24-2 on January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the | ||||||
| 22 | President
of that day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom | ||||||
| 23 | of the Americans who
had been held hostage in Iran. Any days | ||||||
| 24 | allowed by law for teachers' institutes
but not used as such or | ||||||
| 25 | used as parental institutes as provided
in Section 10-22.18d | ||||||
| 26 | shall increase the minimum term by the school days not
so used. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Except as provided in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
| ||||||
| 2 | the school term beyond the such closing date unless that | ||||||
| 3 | extension of term is
necessary to provide the minimum number of | ||||||
| 4 | computable days. In case of
such necessary extension, other | ||||||
| 5 | than for the additional days of actual pupil attendance and | ||||||
| 6 | in-service training for teachers required by this amendatory | ||||||
| 7 | Act of the 101st General Assembly, school employees
shall be | ||||||
| 8 | paid for such additional time on the basis of their regular
| ||||||
| 9 | contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier | ||||||
| 10 | than that
set on the annual calendar when the schools of the | ||||||
| 11 | district have
provided the minimum number of computable days | ||||||
| 12 | under this Section.
Nothing in this Section prevents the board | ||||||
| 13 | from employing
superintendents of schools, principals and | ||||||
| 14 | other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 months, or in | ||||||
| 15 | the case of superintendents for a
period in accordance with | ||||||
| 16 | Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
employing other | ||||||
| 17 | personnel before or after the regular school term with
payment | ||||||
| 18 | of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
| ||||||
| 19 | during the school term. Remote learning days, blended remote | ||||||
| 20 | learning days, and up to 5 remote and blended remote learning | ||||||
| 21 | planning days established under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 shall | ||||||
| 22 | be deemed pupil attendance days for calculation of the length | ||||||
| 23 | of a school term under this Section.
| ||||||
| 24 | A school board may make such changes in its calendar for | ||||||
| 25 | the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal | ||||||
| 26 | school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be | ||||||
| 2 | necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute | ||||||
| 3 | days as parental institute days as provided in Section | ||||||
| 4 | 10-22.18d.
| ||||||
| 5 | The calendar for the school term and any changes must be | ||||||
| 6 | submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of | ||||||
| 7 | schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
| ||||||
| 8 | With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and | ||||||
| 9 | subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 | ||||||
| 10 | years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in | ||||||
| 11 | agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining | ||||||
| 12 | agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including | ||||||
| 13 | but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized | ||||||
| 14 | under Section 10-20.56 of this Code,
self-directed learning, or | ||||||
| 15 | outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so | ||||||
| 16 | approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
| ||||||
| 17 | this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil | ||||||
| 18 | attendance and
with the other requirements of this Code Act as | ||||||
| 19 | respects courses of instruction.
| ||||||
| 20 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19; | ||||||
| 21 | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 22 | Article 85. | ||||||
| 23 | Section 85-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
| 24 | Section 18-8.15 as follows:
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||||||
| 2 | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success | ||||||
| 3 | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. | ||||||
| 4 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
| 5 | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||||||
| 6 | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||||||
| 7 | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||||||
| 8 | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||||||
| 9 | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||||||
| 10 | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To | ||||||
| 11 | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||||||
| 12 | funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||||||
| 13 | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||||||
| 14 | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||||||
| 15 | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||||||
| 16 | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||||||
| 17 | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||||||
| 18 | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||||||
| 19 | (A) provide all students with a high quality | ||||||
| 20 | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||||||
| 21 | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||||||
| 22 | programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||||||
| 23 | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||||||
| 24 | this State, and active members of our national | ||||||
| 25 | democracy; | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||||||
| 2 | need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||||||
| 3 | required to pursue post-secondary education and | ||||||
| 4 | training for a rewarding career; | ||||||
| 5 | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||||||
| 6 | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||||||
| 7 | students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||||||
| 8 | students and not by reducing standards; and | ||||||
| 9 | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||||||
| 10 | assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||||||
| 11 | education and simultaneously relieve the | ||||||
| 12 | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||||||
| 13 | to fund schools. | ||||||
| 14 | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this | ||||||
| 15 | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in | ||||||
| 16 | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in | ||||||
| 17 | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 | ||||||
| 18 | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both | ||||||
| 19 | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in | ||||||
| 20 | this Section, there are 4 major components of the | ||||||
| 21 | Evidence-Based Funding model: | ||||||
| 22 | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||||||
| 23 | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that | ||||||
| 24 | considers the costs to implement research-based | ||||||
| 25 | activities, the unit's student demographics, and | ||||||
| 26 | regional wage differences. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B) Second, the model calculates each | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount | ||||||
| 3 | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 4 | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. | ||||||
| 5 | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||||||
| 6 | the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||||||
| 7 | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to | ||||||
| 8 | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of | ||||||
| 9 | funding. | ||||||
| 10 | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||||||
| 11 | allocates new State funding to those Organizational | ||||||
| 12 | Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||||||
| 13 | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their | ||||||
| 14 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 15 | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||||||
| 16 | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||||||
| 17 | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||||||
| 18 | expenditures by law. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||||||
| 20 | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||||||
| 21 | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 24 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 25 | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||||||
| 26 | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 3 | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||||||
| 4 | transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||||||
| 5 | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||||||
| 6 | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||||||
| 7 | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||||||
| 8 | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||||||
| 9 | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||||||
| 10 | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||||||
| 11 | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or | ||||||
| 12 | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||||||
| 13 | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||||||
| 14 | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||||||
| 15 | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||||||
| 16 | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||||||
| 17 | years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||||||
| 18 | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||||||
| 19 | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||||||
| 20 | total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||||||
| 21 | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||||||
| 22 | the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 23 | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 24 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 25 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 26 | created and operated by a regional superintendent of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | schools and approved by the State Board. | ||||||
| 2 | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 3 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||||||
| 5 | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||||||
| 6 | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||||||
| 7 | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||||||
| 8 | meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||||||
| 9 | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||||||
| 10 | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||||||
| 11 | this State. | ||||||
| 12 | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||||||
| 13 | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||||||
| 14 | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||||||
| 15 | for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||||||
| 16 | provided by the regular school program. All students | ||||||
| 17 | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||||||
| 18 | well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||||||
| 19 | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||||||
| 20 | students under this Section. | ||||||
| 21 | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||||||
| 22 | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||||||
| 23 | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||||||
| 24 | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 25 | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||||||
| 26 | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||||||
| 2 | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 3 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 4 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||||||
| 6 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 7 | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||||||
| 8 | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 9 | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||||||
| 10 | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||||||
| 11 | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average | ||||||
| 12 | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||||||
| 13 | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| 14 | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||||||
| 15 | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||||||
| 16 | special education services as reported to the State Board | ||||||
| 17 | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
| 18 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
| 19 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||||||
| 21 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
| 22 | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||||||
| 23 | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||||||
| 24 | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||||||
| 25 | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||||||
| 26 | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||||||
| 2 | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||||||
| 3 | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||||||
| 4 | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||||||
| 5 | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||||||
| 6 | students attending an alternative education program | ||||||
| 7 | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
| 8 | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||||||
| 9 | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||||||
| 10 | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||||||
| 11 | years, the school district reports to the State Board of | ||||||
| 12 | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||||||
| 13 | district-wide for all students, then all students | ||||||
| 14 | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||||||
| 15 | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||||||
| 16 | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||||||
| 17 | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||||||
| 18 | grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||||||
| 19 | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the | ||||||
| 20 | effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish | ||||||
| 21 | such collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||||||
| 22 | a count by grade level was collected only once, that count | ||||||
| 23 | shall be used as the single count available for computing a | ||||||
| 24 | 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a | ||||||
| 25 | regional office of education or an intermediate service | ||||||
| 26 | center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year | ||||||
| 2 | and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy | ||||||
| 3 | formulas are developed and adopted for each type of | ||||||
| 4 | program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of | ||||||
| 5 | education or an intermediate service center must be | ||||||
| 6 | determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For | ||||||
| 7 | the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation | ||||||
| 8 | must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the | ||||||
| 9 | assignment of students served by a regional office of | ||||||
| 10 | education or intermediate service center shall not result | ||||||
| 11 | in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school | ||||||
| 12 | district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be | ||||||
| 13 | the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average | ||||||
| 14 | ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must | ||||||
| 15 | be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year | ||||||
| 16 | average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the | ||||||
| 17 | ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the | ||||||
| 18 | dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment | ||||||
| 19 | data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. | ||||||
| 20 | For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall | ||||||
| 21 | include only enrollment taken on October 1. | ||||||
| 22 | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||||||
| 23 | of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of | ||||||
| 25 | this Section. | ||||||
| 26 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||||||
| 2 | aid. | ||||||
| 3 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
| 4 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
| 5 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||||||
| 6 | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||||||
| 7 | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||||||
| 8 | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||||||
| 9 | attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||||||
| 11 | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding | ||||||
| 12 | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||||||
| 13 | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||||||
| 14 | education shall include all additional investments in | ||||||
| 15 | English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 16 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||||||
| 17 | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||||||
| 18 | "Central office" means individual administrators and | ||||||
| 19 | support service personnel charged with managing the | ||||||
| 20 | instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||||||
| 21 | security of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 22 | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||||||
| 23 | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||||||
| 24 | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not | ||||||
| 25 | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||||||
| 26 | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||||||
| 2 | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||||||
| 3 | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||||||
| 4 | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||||||
| 5 | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||||||
| 6 | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||||||
| 7 | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||||||
| 8 | than once every 5 years. | ||||||
| 9 | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||||||
| 10 | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||||||
| 11 | instructional software, security software, curriculum | ||||||
| 12 | management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||||||
| 13 | equipment. | ||||||
| 14 | "Computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 15 | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||||||
| 16 | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||||||
| 17 | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||||||
| 18 | per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
| 19 | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 20 | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 21 | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||||||
| 23 | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||||||
| 24 | technology and equipment investment grant shall include | ||||||
| 25 | all additional investments in computer technology and | ||||||
| 26 | equipment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||||||
| 2 | English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||||||
| 3 | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||||||
| 4 | Placement in high schools. | ||||||
| 5 | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||||||
| 6 | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||||||
| 7 | and high schools. | ||||||
| 8 | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||||||
| 9 | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||||||
| 10 | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||||||
| 11 | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement | ||||||
| 12 | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||||||
| 13 | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||||||
| 14 | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||||||
| 15 | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
| 16 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
| 17 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
| 18 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||||||
| 19 | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
| 20 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||||||
| 21 | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||||||
| 22 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
| 23 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national | ||||||
| 25 | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||||||
| 26 | services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||||||
| 2 | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||||||
| 3 | "EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||||||
| 4 | data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 6 | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||||||
| 7 | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 8 | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||||||
| 9 | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||||||
| 10 | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||||||
| 11 | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. | ||||||
| 12 | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||||||
| 13 | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||||||
| 14 | this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
| 15 | bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||||||
| 16 | instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||||||
| 17 | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||||||
| 18 | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||||||
| 19 | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||||||
| 20 | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||||||
| 21 | exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||||||
| 22 | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||||||
| 23 | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||||||
| 24 | and educational programs that have been identified through | ||||||
| 25 | academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||||||
| 26 | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||||||
| 2 | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||||||
| 3 | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||||||
| 4 | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
| 5 | Section. | ||||||
| 6 | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||||||
| 7 | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 9 | provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||||||
| 10 | and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||||||
| 11 | the school day. | ||||||
| 12 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||||||
| 13 | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||||||
| 14 | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||||||
| 15 | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||||||
| 16 | of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 17 | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
| 18 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 19 | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||||||
| 20 | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||||||
| 21 | position at an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 22 | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
| 23 | (g). | ||||||
| 24 | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance | ||||||
| 25 | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||||||
| 26 | students within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||||||
| 2 | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 3 | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||||||
| 4 | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||||||
| 5 | the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||||||
| 6 | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||||||
| 7 | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||||||
| 8 | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||||||
| 9 | instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||||||
| 10 | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||||||
| 11 | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment | ||||||
| 12 | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||||||
| 13 | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||||||
| 14 | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||||||
| 15 | with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||||||
| 16 | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||||||
| 17 | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||||||
| 18 | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||||||
| 19 | practice or develop model lessons. | ||||||
| 20 | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||||||
| 21 | materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||||||
| 22 | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||||||
| 23 | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||||||
| 24 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is | ||||||
| 25 | created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||||||
| 26 | the State Board. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||||||
| 2 | library information specialist or another individual whose | ||||||
| 3 | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||||||
| 4 | within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 5 | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||||||
| 6 | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. | ||||||
| 7 | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 8 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 9 | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||||||
| 10 | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 11 | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) | ||||||
| 12 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 13 | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 14 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
| 15 | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 16 | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||||||
| 17 | students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||||||
| 18 | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||||||
| 19 | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||||||
| 20 | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||||||
| 21 | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the | ||||||
| 22 | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance | ||||||
| 23 | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition | ||||||
| 24 | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for | ||||||
| 25 | services provided by the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
| 26 | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | populations become available, grade level low-income | ||||||
| 2 | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income | ||||||
| 3 | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The | ||||||
| 4 | low-income percentage is determined by dividing the | ||||||
| 5 | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The | ||||||
| 6 | low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 7 | office of education or an intermediate service center must | ||||||
| 8 | be set to the weighted average of the low-income | ||||||
| 9 | percentages of all of the school districts in the service | ||||||
| 10 | region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of | ||||||
| 11 | multiplying the low-income percentage of each school | ||||||
| 12 | district served by the regional office of education or | ||||||
| 13 | intermediate service center by each school district's | ||||||
| 14 | Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and | ||||||
| 15 | dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment | ||||||
| 16 | for the service region. | ||||||
| 17 | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||||||
| 18 | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||||||
| 19 | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||||||
| 20 | similar services and functions. | ||||||
| 21 | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
| 23 | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any | ||||||
| 24 | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||||||
| 25 | Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code. | ||||||
| 26 | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||||||
| 2 | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||||||
| 3 | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||||||
| 4 | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||||||
| 5 | school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||||||
| 6 | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||||||
| 7 | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||||||
| 8 | to each unit. | ||||||
| 9 | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||||||
| 10 | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||||||
| 11 | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of | ||||||
| 12 | and is available to provide health care-related services | ||||||
| 13 | for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 14 | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||||||
| 15 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 16 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 17 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 18 | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||||||
| 19 | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||||||
| 20 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
| 21 | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
| 22 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
| 23 | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any | ||||||
| 24 | public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||||||
| 25 | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||||||
| 26 | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||||||
| 2 | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||||||
| 3 | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||||||
| 4 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 5 | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||||||
| 6 | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||||||
| 7 | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||||||
| 8 | slightly from what is typical. | ||||||
| 9 | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||||||
| 10 | the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is | ||||||
| 12 | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||||||
| 13 | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||||||
| 14 | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||||||
| 15 | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||||||
| 16 | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||||||
| 17 | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||||||
| 18 | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||||||
| 19 | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||||||
| 20 | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||||||
| 21 | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||||||
| 22 | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||||||
| 23 | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the | ||||||
| 24 | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||||||
| 25 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||||||
| 26 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||||||
| 2 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||||||
| 3 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
| 4 | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||||||
| 5 | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit CWI. | ||||||
| 7 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
| 8 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||||||
| 9 | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||||||
| 10 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||||||
| 11 | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating | ||||||
| 12 | Tax Rate. | ||||||
| 13 | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||||||
| 14 | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 15 | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 16 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
| 17 | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||||||
| 18 | to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||||||
| 19 | "Professional development" means training programs for | ||||||
| 20 | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 21 | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||||||
| 22 | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||||||
| 23 | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and | ||||||
| 24 | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||||||
| 25 | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||||||
| 26 | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||||||
| 2 | professional support for licensed staff. | ||||||
| 3 | "Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||||||
| 4 | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||||||
| 5 | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||||||
| 6 | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||||||
| 7 | for a high school. | ||||||
| 8 | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
| 9 | Law. | ||||||
| 10 | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||||||
| 11 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 12 | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||||||
| 13 | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||||||
| 14 | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||||||
| 15 | students. | ||||||
| 16 | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
| 17 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 18 | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||||||
| 21 | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||||||
| 22 | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||||||
| 23 | "Special education" means special educational | ||||||
| 24 | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||||||
| 25 | this Code. | ||||||
| 26 | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||||||
| 2 | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 3 | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||||||
| 4 | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||||||
| 5 | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
| 6 | Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||||||
| 7 | special education investment adequacy elements. | ||||||
| 8 | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||||||
| 9 | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||||||
| 10 | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||||||
| 11 | education, health, driver education, career-technical | ||||||
| 12 | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||||||
| 13 | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 14 | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||||||
| 15 | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||||||
| 16 | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||||||
| 17 | State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||||||
| 18 | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||||||
| 19 | opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||||||
| 20 | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||||||
| 21 | any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||||||
| 22 | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||||||
| 23 | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental | ||||||
| 24 | general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||||||
| 25 | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to | ||||||
| 26 | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | repealed). | ||||||
| 2 | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||||||
| 3 | Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 4 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
| 5 | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 6 | of Education. | ||||||
| 7 | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||||||
| 8 | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||||||
| 9 | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||||||
| 10 | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and | ||||||
| 11 | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 12 | thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||||||
| 13 | "Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||||||
| 14 | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
| 15 | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||||||
| 16 | the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 17 | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||||||
| 18 | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||||||
| 19 | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
| 20 | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||||||
| 21 | another staff member. | ||||||
| 22 | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
| 23 | provided to students during the summer months outside of | ||||||
| 24 | the regular school year. | ||||||
| 25 | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||||||
| 26 | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||||||
| 2 | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||||||
| 3 | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||||||
| 4 | students when being transported in buses serving the | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 6 | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 7 | subsection (g). | ||||||
| 8 | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||||||
| 9 | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 10 | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||||||
| 11 | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate | ||||||
| 12 | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||||||
| 13 | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||||||
| 14 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||||||
| 15 | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||||||
| 16 | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||||||
| 17 | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||||||
| 18 | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||||||
| 19 | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||||||
| 20 | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||||||
| 21 | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||||||
| 23 | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on | ||||||
| 24 | ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set | ||||||
| 25 | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||||||
| 26 | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | thereto are as follows: | ||||||
| 2 | (A) Core class size investments. Each | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||||||
| 4 | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||||||
| 5 | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||||||
| 6 | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||||||
| 7 | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 9 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 10 | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 11 | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 | ||||||
| 12 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 13 | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||||||
| 14 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
| 15 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
| 16 | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
| 17 | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||||||
| 18 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
| 19 | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||||||
| 20 | grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||||||
| 21 | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||||||
| 23 | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 25 | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||||||
| 26 | positions that correspond to the following | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | percentages: | ||||||
| 2 | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||||||
| 3 | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||||||
| 4 | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||||||
| 5 | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||||||
| 6 | paragraph (2); and | ||||||
| 7 | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||||||
| 8 | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||||||
| 10 | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 12 | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||||||
| 13 | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| 14 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 15 | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 16 | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||||||
| 17 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||||||
| 18 | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||||||
| 19 | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||||||
| 20 | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 22 | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||||||
| 23 | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required | ||||||
| 24 | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||||||
| 25 | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||||||
| 26 | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and instructional assistants, instructional | ||||||
| 2 | facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||||||
| 3 | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph | ||||||
| 4 | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary | ||||||
| 5 | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the | ||||||
| 6 | average salary of each instructional assistant | ||||||
| 7 | position. | ||||||
| 8 | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 10 | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||||||
| 11 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 12 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||||||
| 13 | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||||||
| 14 | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||||||
| 15 | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||||||
| 16 | ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 17 | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 18 | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||||||
| 19 | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 20 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||||||
| 21 | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||||||
| 22 | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 24 | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 25 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 26 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
| 2 | each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 3 | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 4 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| 5 | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||||||
| 6 | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||||||
| 7 | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||||||
| 8 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 9 | kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 10 | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 11 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
| 12 | principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||||||
| 13 | school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||||||
| 14 | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||||||
| 15 | position for each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 16 | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 18 | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||||||
| 19 | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||||||
| 20 | principal position for each prototypical middle | ||||||
| 21 | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||||||
| 22 | each prototypical high school. | ||||||
| 23 | (L) School site staff investments. Each | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
| 25 | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||||||
| 26 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||||||
| 2 | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||||||
| 3 | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
| 4 | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 5 | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 6 | ASE. | ||||||
| 7 | (N) Professional development investments. Each | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||||||
| 9 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 10 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 11 | students for trainers and other professional | ||||||
| 12 | development-related expenses for supplies and | ||||||
| 13 | materials. | ||||||
| 14 | (O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||||||
| 16 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 17 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 18 | students to cover instructional material costs. | ||||||
| 19 | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
| 20 | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||||||
| 21 | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
| 22 | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover | ||||||
| 23 | assessment costs. | ||||||
| 24 | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||||||
| 25 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||||||
| 26 | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
| 2 | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||||||
| 3 | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
| 4 | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||||||
| 5 | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||||||
| 6 | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||||||
| 7 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 8 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 9 | students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||||||
| 10 | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 11 | The State Board may establish additional requirements | ||||||
| 12 | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received | ||||||
| 13 | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a | ||||||
| 14 | requirement that funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
| 15 | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the | ||||||
| 16 | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of | ||||||
| 17 | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts | ||||||
| 18 | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the | ||||||
| 19 | following year, subject to compliance with the | ||||||
| 20 | requirements of the State Board. | ||||||
| 21 | (R) Student activities investments. Each | ||||||
| 22 | Organizational Unit shall receive the following | ||||||
| 23 | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||||||
| 24 | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||||||
| 25 | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||||||
| 26 | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||||||
| 3 | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 4 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 5 | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||||||
| 6 | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||||||
| 7 | materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||||||
| 8 | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||||||
| 9 | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| 10 | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||||||
| 11 | (T) Central office investments. Each | ||||||
| 12 | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||||||
| 13 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 14 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 15 | students to cover central office operations, including | ||||||
| 16 | administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||||||
| 17 | managing the instructional programs, business and | ||||||
| 18 | operations of the school district, and security | ||||||
| 19 | personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||||||
| 20 | application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
| 21 | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||||||
| 22 | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each | ||||||
| 23 | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||||||
| 24 | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||||||
| 25 | excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||||||
| 26 | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||||||
| 2 | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||||||
| 3 | proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||||||
| 4 | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||||||
| 5 | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||||||
| 6 | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||||||
| 7 | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||||||
| 9 | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||||||
| 10 | fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||||||
| 11 | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the | ||||||
| 12 | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||||||
| 13 | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||||||
| 14 | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||||||
| 15 | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||||||
| 16 | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||||||
| 17 | preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||||||
| 18 | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||||||
| 19 | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||||||
| 20 | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||||||
| 21 | of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||||||
| 22 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall | ||||||
| 23 | submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||||||
| 24 | may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
| 25 | subparagraph (U). | ||||||
| 26 | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||||||
| 2 | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 3 | shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 4 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 5 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 6 | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 7 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 8 | every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
| 9 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| 10 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||||||
| 11 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| 12 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||||||
| 13 | (W) Additional investments in English learner | ||||||
| 14 | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||||||
| 15 | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||||||
| 16 | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
| 17 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
| 18 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
| 19 | position for every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 20 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
| 21 | every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
| 22 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
| 23 | for every 120 English learner students; | ||||||
| 24 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
| 25 | for every 120 English learner students; and | ||||||
| 26 | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | English learner students. | ||||||
| 2 | (X) Special education investments. Each | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||||||
| 4 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||||||
| 5 | special education as follows: | ||||||
| 6 | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||||||
| 7 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 8 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 9 | students; | ||||||
| 10 | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||||||
| 11 | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
| 12 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
| 13 | students; and | ||||||
| 14 | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||||||
| 15 | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
| 16 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||||||
| 17 | grade 12 students. | ||||||
| 18 | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 19 | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 20 | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||||||
| 21 | using the employment information system data maintained by | ||||||
| 22 | the State Board, limited to public schools only and | ||||||
| 23 | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||||||
| 24 | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||||||
| 25 | charter schools, for the following positions: | ||||||
| 26 | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 2 | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| 3 | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||||||
| 4 | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
| 5 | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||||||
| 6 | (G) Social worker. | ||||||
| 7 | (H) Psychologist. | ||||||
| 8 | (I) Librarian. | ||||||
| 9 | (J) Nurse. | ||||||
| 10 | (K) Principal. | ||||||
| 11 | (L) Assistant principal. | ||||||
| 12 | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||||||
| 13 | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||||||
| 14 | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||||||
| 15 | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||||||
| 16 | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school | ||||||
| 17 | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the | ||||||
| 18 | Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding | ||||||
| 19 | positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the | ||||||
| 20 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply. | ||||||
| 21 | For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
| 22 | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||||||
| 23 | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||||||
| 24 | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||||||
| 25 | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||||||
| 26 | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||||||
| 2 | supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||||||
| 3 | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||||||
| 4 | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||||||
| 5 | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||||||
| 6 | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||||||
| 7 | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||||||
| 8 | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
| 9 | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||||||
| 10 | Regionalization Factor. | ||||||
| 11 | (c) Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| 12 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| 13 | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||||||
| 14 | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||||||
| 15 | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||||||
| 16 | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 17 | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||||||
| 18 | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||||||
| 19 | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||||||
| 21 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||||||
| 23 | Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 24 | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||||||
| 25 | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||||||
| 26 | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Ratio. | ||||||
| 2 | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
| 3 | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||||||
| 4 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||||||
| 5 | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||||||
| 6 | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||||||
| 7 | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||||||
| 10 | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||||||
| 11 | (C) of this paragraph (2). | ||||||
| 12 | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||||||
| 13 | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||||||
| 14 | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||||||
| 15 | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||||||
| 16 | adjusted as follows: | ||||||
| 17 | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 18 | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||||||
| 19 | further adjustments shall be made; | ||||||
| 20 | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 21 | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be | ||||||
| 22 | multiplied by 9/13; | ||||||
| 23 | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
| 24 | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||||||
| 25 | multiplied by 4/13; and | ||||||
| 26 | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | different grade configuration than those specified | ||||||
| 2 | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||||||
| 3 | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||||||
| 4 | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||||||
| 5 | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||||||
| 6 | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||||||
| 7 | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
| 8 | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||||||
| 9 | in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
| 11 | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity | ||||||
| 12 | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||||||
| 13 | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||||||
| 14 | be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||||||
| 15 | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||||||
| 16 | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||||||
| 17 | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||||||
| 18 | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||||||
| 19 | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||||||
| 20 | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||||||
| 21 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| 22 | the public university that are allocated to
the | ||||||
| 23 | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||||||
| 24 | office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||||||
| 25 | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||||||
| 26 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||||||
| 2 | office of education or intermediate service center. | ||||||
| 3 | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||||||
| 4 | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||||||
| 5 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 6 | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||||||
| 7 | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||||||
| 8 | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||||||
| 9 | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||||||
| 10 | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||||||
| 11 | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated | ||||||
| 12 | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||||||
| 13 | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||||||
| 14 | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
| 15 | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||||||
| 16 | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||||||
| 17 | the total ASE of all units. | ||||||
| 18 | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 20 | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||||||
| 21 | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of | ||||||
| 22 | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||||||
| 23 | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of | ||||||
| 24 | education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||||||
| 25 | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||||||
| 26 | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||||||
| 2 | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||||||
| 3 | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||||||
| 4 | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||||||
| 5 | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||||||
| 6 | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||||||
| 7 | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 8 | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||||||
| 9 | Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||||||
| 11 | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity | ||||||
| 12 | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||||||
| 13 | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||||||
| 14 | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||||||
| 16 | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||||||
| 17 | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||||||
| 18 | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||||||
| 19 | the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||||||
| 20 | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||||||
| 21 | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real | ||||||
| 22 | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||||||
| 23 | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 24 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 25 | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||||||
| 26 | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||||||
| 2 | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||||||
| 4 | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||||||
| 5 | Unit. | ||||||
| 6 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 7 | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable | ||||||
| 8 | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of | ||||||
| 9 | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this | ||||||
| 10 | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then | ||||||
| 11 | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in | ||||||
| 12 | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which | ||||||
| 13 | Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of | ||||||
| 14 | calculating Local Capacity. | ||||||
| 15 | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||||||
| 16 | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||||||
| 17 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||||||
| 18 | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||||||
| 19 | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||||||
| 20 | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||||||
| 21 | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting | ||||||
| 22 | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||||||
| 23 | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||||||
| 24 | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||||||
| 25 | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||||||
| 26 | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
| 2 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| 3 | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
| 4 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||||||
| 5 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||||||
| 6 | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||||||
| 7 | the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||||||
| 8 | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||||||
| 9 | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||||||
| 10 | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||||||
| 11 | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and | ||||||
| 12 | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||||||
| 13 | taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||||||
| 14 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||||||
| 15 | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||||||
| 16 | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||||||
| 17 | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 18 | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||||||
| 19 | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||||||
| 20 | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
| 21 | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional | ||||||
| 22 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
| 23 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||||||
| 24 | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||||||
| 25 | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||||||
| 26 | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||||||
| 2 | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||||||
| 3 | the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||||||
| 4 | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||||||
| 5 | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
| 6 | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
| 7 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||||||
| 8 | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
| 9 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
| 10 | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||||||
| 11 | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
| 12 | for owners with a household income of less than | ||||||
| 13 | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||||||
| 14 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||||||
| 15 | additional exemptions. | ||||||
| 16 | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||||||
| 17 | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
| 18 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||||||
| 19 | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 20 | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||||||
| 21 | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial | ||||||
| 22 | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
| 23 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||||||
| 24 | real property located in any such project area that is | ||||||
| 25 | attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV | ||||||
| 26 | of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Organizational Unit, until such time as all | ||||||
| 2 | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||||||
| 3 | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||||||
| 4 | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||||||
| 5 | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||||||
| 6 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||||||
| 7 | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
| 8 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
| 9 | have been paid. | ||||||
| 10 | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||||||
| 11 | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by | ||||||
| 12 | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||||||
| 13 | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||||||
| 14 | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||||||
| 15 | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||||||
| 16 | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||||||
| 17 | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||||||
| 18 | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||||||
| 19 | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||||||
| 20 | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||||||
| 21 | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of | ||||||
| 22 | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
| 23 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
| 24 | subparagraph (B-5). | ||||||
| 25 | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||||||
| 26 | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
| 2 | for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
| 3 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||||||
| 4 | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||||||
| 5 | assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
| 6 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||||||
| 7 | defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
| 8 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||||||
| 9 | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||||||
| 10 | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||||||
| 11 | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more | ||||||
| 12 | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||||||
| 14 | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||||||
| 15 | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||||||
| 16 | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||||||
| 17 | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||||||
| 18 | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||||||
| 19 | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||||||
| 20 | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||||||
| 21 | the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the | ||||||
| 22 | 3-year average for the third year. For any school district | ||||||
| 23 | whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in | ||||||
| 24 | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall | ||||||
| 25 | be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 | ||||||
| 26 | years or the immediately preceding year if that year | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year | ||||||
| 2 | average. | ||||||
| 3 | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||||||
| 4 | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||||||
| 5 | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||||||
| 6 | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||||||
| 7 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||||||
| 8 | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||||||
| 9 | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
| 10 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||||||
| 11 | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 12 | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||||||
| 13 | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||||||
| 14 | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||||||
| 15 | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||||||
| 16 | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||||||
| 17 | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||||||
| 18 | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
| 19 | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
| 20 | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||||||
| 21 | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index | ||||||
| 22 | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
| 23 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||||||
| 24 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||||||
| 25 | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||||||
| 26 | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||||||
| 2 | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||||||
| 3 | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||||||
| 4 | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
| 5 | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||||||
| 6 | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||||||
| 7 | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||||||
| 8 | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||||||
| 10 | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||||||
| 11 | specified appropriation amounts described in this | ||||||
| 12 | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||||||
| 13 | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
| 14 | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||||||
| 15 | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||||||
| 16 | children requiring special education services); Section | ||||||
| 17 | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||||||
| 18 | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||||||
| 19 | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||||||
| 20 | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||||||
| 21 | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation | ||||||
| 22 | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||||||
| 23 | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||||||
| 24 | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| 25 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
| 26 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference | ||||||
| 2 | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
| 3 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||||||
| 4 | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||||||
| 5 | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||||||
| 6 | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||||||
| 7 | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||||||
| 8 | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||||||
| 9 | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||||||
| 10 | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||||||
| 11 | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood | ||||||
| 12 | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||||||
| 13 | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||||||
| 14 | special education, special education transportation, | ||||||
| 15 | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||||||
| 16 | alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||||||
| 17 | performed by a regional office of education, special | ||||||
| 18 | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||||||
| 19 | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||||||
| 20 | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||||||
| 21 | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For | ||||||
| 22 | programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 23 | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||||||
| 24 | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||||||
| 25 | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||||||
| 26 | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||||||
| 2 | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and | ||||||
| 3 | administered by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 4 | intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||||||
| 5 | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||||||
| 6 | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||||||
| 7 | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||||||
| 8 | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||||||
| 9 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
| 10 | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||||||
| 11 | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the | ||||||
| 12 | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||||||
| 14 | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||||||
| 15 | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||||||
| 16 | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||||||
| 17 | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||||||
| 18 | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||||||
| 19 | any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
| 20 | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. | ||||||
| 21 | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||||||
| 22 | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||||||
| 23 | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
| 24 | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||||||
| 25 | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||||||
| 26 | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||||||
| 2 | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||||||
| 3 | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||||||
| 4 | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||||||
| 5 | order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||||||
| 6 | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||||||
| 7 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||||||
| 8 | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 9 | this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||||||
| 11 | sustainability through a 5-year financial and | ||||||
| 12 | strategic plan. | ||||||
| 13 | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||||||
| 14 | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||||||
| 15 | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||||||
| 16 | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 17 | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 18 | summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||||||
| 19 | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 20 | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. | ||||||
| 21 | If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||||||
| 22 | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||||||
| 23 | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||||||
| 24 | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||||||
| 25 | makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||||||
| 26 | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||||||
| 2 | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||||||
| 3 | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||||||
| 4 | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||||||
| 5 | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||||||
| 6 | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||||||
| 7 | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||||||
| 8 | District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||||||
| 9 | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||||||
| 10 | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 11 | Minimum annually thereafter. | ||||||
| 12 | For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||||||
| 13 | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||||||
| 14 | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||||||
| 15 | received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||||||
| 16 | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||||||
| 17 | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||||||
| 18 | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||||||
| 19 | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||||||
| 20 | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that | ||||||
| 21 | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||||||
| 22 | year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||||||
| 23 | year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||||||
| 24 | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||||||
| 25 | State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||||||
| 26 | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||||||
| 2 | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||||||
| 3 | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||||||
| 4 | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||||||
| 5 | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||||||
| 6 | or other financial information as required by law, the | ||||||
| 7 | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
| 8 | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||||||
| 9 | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||||||
| 10 | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||||||
| 11 | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. | ||||||
| 12 | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||||||
| 13 | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||||||
| 14 | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||||||
| 15 | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||||||
| 16 | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 17 | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 18 | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
| 19 | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||||||
| 20 | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the | ||||||
| 21 | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||||||
| 22 | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||||||
| 23 | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||||||
| 24 | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||||||
| 25 | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||||||
| 26 | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||||||
| 2 | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||||||
| 3 | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum | ||||||
| 4 | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||||||
| 5 | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||||||
| 6 | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||||||
| 7 | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||||||
| 8 | shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||||||
| 9 | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||||||
| 10 | charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||||||
| 11 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
| 12 | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||||||
| 14 | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||||||
| 15 | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||||||
| 16 | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||||||
| 17 | Percent of Adequacy. | ||||||
| 18 | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||||||
| 19 | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 20 | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding | ||||||
| 21 | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||||||
| 22 | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||||||
| 23 | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||||||
| 24 | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||||||
| 25 | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||||||
| 26 | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||||||
| 2 | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||||||
| 3 | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||||||
| 4 | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||||||
| 5 | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||||||
| 6 | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||||||
| 7 | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||||||
| 8 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||||||
| 9 | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||||||
| 10 | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||||||
| 11 | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||||||
| 12 | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 13 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||||||
| 14 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 15 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 16 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 17 | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
| 18 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||||||
| 19 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
| 20 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
| 21 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
| 22 | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||||||
| 23 | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||||||
| 24 | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||||||
| 25 | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||||||
| 26 | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||||||
| 2 | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||||||
| 3 | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 4 | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||||||
| 5 | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||||||
| 6 | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||||||
| 7 | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||||||
| 8 | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||||||
| 9 | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||||||
| 10 | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||||||
| 11 | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 | ||||||
| 12 | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||||||
| 13 | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 14 | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 15 | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||||||
| 16 | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
| 17 | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||||||
| 18 | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||||||
| 20 | as follows: | ||||||
| 21 | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 22 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 23 | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||||||
| 24 | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||||||
| 25 | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||||||
| 26 | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | of this subsection (g). | ||||||
| 2 | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||||||
| 3 | other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||||||
| 4 | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||||||
| 5 | 0.90. | ||||||
| 6 | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
| 7 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
| 8 | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||||||
| 9 | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||||||
| 10 | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||||||
| 11 | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are | ||||||
| 12 | determined as follows: | ||||||
| 13 | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||||||
| 14 | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 15 | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 16 | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||||||
| 17 | Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||||||
| 18 | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||||||
| 19 | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||||||
| 20 | Rate is 1.0. | ||||||
| 21 | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 22 | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| 23 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||||||
| 24 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| 25 | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
| 26 | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
| 3 | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||||||
| 4 | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||||||
| 5 | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||||||
| 6 | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||||||
| 7 | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||||||
| 8 | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||||||
| 9 | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||||||
| 10 | greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||||||
| 11 | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's | ||||||
| 12 | funding may be identified. | ||||||
| 13 | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||||||
| 14 | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||||||
| 15 | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||||||
| 16 | Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 17 | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||||||
| 18 | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||||||
| 19 | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||||||
| 20 | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the | ||||||
| 21 | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||||||
| 22 | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||||||
| 23 | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||||||
| 24 | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||||||
| 25 | the Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 26 | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||||||
| 2 | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||||||
| 3 | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||||||
| 4 | school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||||||
| 5 | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in | ||||||
| 6 | their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of | ||||||
| 7 | the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal. | ||||||
| 8 | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||||||
| 9 | a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||||||
| 10 | inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||||||
| 11 | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State | ||||||
| 12 | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||||||
| 13 | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
| 14 | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||||||
| 15 | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more | ||||||
| 16 | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be | ||||||
| 17 | counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New | ||||||
| 18 | State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool | ||||||
| 19 | Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding | ||||||
| 20 | for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner: | ||||||
| 21 | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 22 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 23 | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||||||
| 24 | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||||||
| 25 | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 26 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 2 | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||||||
| 3 | exhausted. | ||||||
| 4 | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 5 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 6 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 7 | Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||||||
| 8 | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
| 9 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
| 10 | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
| 11 | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation | ||||||
| 12 | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||||||
| 13 | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of | ||||||
| 14 | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New | ||||||
| 15 | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. | ||||||
| 16 | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
| 17 | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then | ||||||
| 18 | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for | ||||||
| 19 | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||||||
| 20 | $50,000,000. | ||||||
| 21 | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||||||
| 22 | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||||||
| 23 | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||||||
| 24 | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||||||
| 25 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||||||
| 26 | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||||||
| 2 | received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||||||
| 3 | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||||||
| 4 | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||||||
| 5 | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||||||
| 6 | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||||||
| 7 | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||||||
| 8 | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||||||
| 9 | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||||||
| 10 | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||||||
| 11 | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
| ||||||
| 12 | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||||||
| 13 | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||||||
| 14 | established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||||||
| 15 | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||||||
| 16 | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount | ||||||
| 17 | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||||||
| 18 | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
| 19 | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||||||
| 20 | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||||||
| 21 | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||||||
| 22 | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||||||
| 23 | the nearest whole dollar. | ||||||
| 24 | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||||||
| 25 | district submission requirements. | ||||||
| 26 | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||||||
| 2 | funding obligations created under this Section. | ||||||
| 3 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
| 4 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||||||
| 5 | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||||||
| 6 | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||||||
| 7 | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||||||
| 8 | approval of the unit's school board. | ||||||
| 9 | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| 10 | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||||||
| 11 | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the | ||||||
| 12 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||||||
| 13 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 14 | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||||||
| 15 | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||||||
| 16 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
| 17 | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||||||
| 18 | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||||||
| 19 | unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
| 20 | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
| 21 | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||||||
| 22 | must expend on special education and bilingual education | ||||||
| 23 | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational | ||||||
| 24 | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an | ||||||
| 25 | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and | ||||||
| 26 | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special | ||||||
| 2 | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and | ||||||
| 3 | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||||||
| 4 | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||||||
| 5 | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||||||
| 6 | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||||||
| 7 | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||||||
| 8 | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||||||
| 9 | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||||||
| 10 | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||||||
| 11 | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution | ||||||
| 12 | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||||||
| 13 | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
| 14 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
| 15 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
| 16 | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one | ||||||
| 17 | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||||||
| 18 | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||||||
| 19 | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||||||
| 20 | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||||||
| 21 | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||||||
| 22 | school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||||||
| 23 | State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
| 24 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
| 25 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
| 26 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
| 2 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
| 3 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 5 | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||||||
| 6 | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||||||
| 7 | be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||||||
| 8 | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||||||
| 9 | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||||||
| 10 | with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||||||
| 11 | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||||||
| 12 | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||||||
| 13 | the provision of special educational facilities and | ||||||
| 14 | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||||||
| 15 | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||||||
| 16 | adopted by the State Board. | ||||||
| 17 | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||||||
| 18 | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||||||
| 19 | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||||||
| 20 | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||||||
| 21 | utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 22 | Funding it receives from this State under this Section with | ||||||
| 23 | specific identification of the intended utilization of | ||||||
| 24 | Low-Income, English learner, and special education | ||||||
| 25 | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each | ||||||
| 26 | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the | ||||||
| 2 | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as | ||||||
| 3 | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, | ||||||
| 4 | from time to time, identify additional requisites for | ||||||
| 5 | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual | ||||||
| 6 | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The | ||||||
| 7 | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be | ||||||
| 8 | developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board | ||||||
| 9 | of Education. School districts that serve students under | ||||||
| 10 | Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit | ||||||
| 11 | information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code. | ||||||
| 12 | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||||||
| 13 | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||||||
| 14 | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||||||
| 15 | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall | ||||||
| 16 | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||||||
| 17 | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 18 | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||||||
| 19 | for: | ||||||
| 20 | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||||||
| 21 | innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||||||
| 22 | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||||||
| 23 | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||||||
| 24 | educators for successful instructional careers; | ||||||
| 25 | (C) application and enhancement of the current | ||||||
| 26 | financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||||||
| 2 | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||||||
| 3 | in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||||||
| 4 | Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||||||
| 5 | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||||||
| 6 | funding system based on projected and recommended | ||||||
| 7 | funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||||||
| 8 | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||||||
| 9 | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||||||
| 10 | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||||||
| 11 | study of average expenses and as reported in the most | ||||||
| 12 | recent annual financial report: | ||||||
| 13 | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||||||
| 14 | of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 15 | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) | ||||||
| 16 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 17 | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||||||
| 18 | (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 19 | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||||||
| 20 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 21 | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||||||
| 22 | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 23 | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||||||
| 24 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
| 25 | (i) Professional Review Panel. | ||||||
| 26 | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||||||
| 2 | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||||||
| 3 | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||||||
| 4 | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||||||
| 5 | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||||||
| 6 | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||||||
| 7 | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||||||
| 8 | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||||||
| 9 | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||||||
| 10 | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||||||
| 11 | three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and | ||||||
| 12 | voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||||||
| 13 | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||||||
| 14 | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||||||
| 15 | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the | ||||||
| 16 | following members: | ||||||
| 17 | (A) Two appointees that represent district | ||||||
| 18 | superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 19 | organization that represents district superintendents. | ||||||
| 20 | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||||||
| 21 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 22 | represents school boards. | ||||||
| 23 | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||||||
| 24 | school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 25 | organization that represents school business | ||||||
| 26 | officials. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (D) Two appointees that represent school | ||||||
| 2 | principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||||||
| 3 | that represents school principals. | ||||||
| 4 | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 5 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
| 6 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| 7 | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
| 8 | recommended by another statewide organization that | ||||||
| 9 | represents teachers. | ||||||
| 10 | (G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||||||
| 11 | superintendents of schools, recommended by | ||||||
| 12 | organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||||||
| 13 | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||||||
| 14 | State Superintendent. | ||||||
| 15 | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public | ||||||
| 16 | universities in this State. | ||||||
| 17 | (J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||||||
| 18 | organization that represents parents. | ||||||
| 19 | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||||||
| 20 | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||||||
| 21 | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||||||
| 22 | (L) One member from a statewide organization | ||||||
| 23 | focused on research-based education policy to support | ||||||
| 24 | a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||||||
| 25 | a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||||||
| 26 | (M) One representative from a school district | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
| 2 | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||||||
| 3 | membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||||||
| 4 | school districts and communities reflecting the | ||||||
| 5 | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||||||
| 6 | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||||||
| 7 | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||||||
| 8 | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||||||
| 9 | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||||||
| 10 | the Panel. | ||||||
| 11 | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the | ||||||
| 12 | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||||||
| 13 | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||||||
| 14 | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
| 15 | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the | ||||||
| 16 | President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||||||
| 17 | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
| 18 | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||||||
| 19 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||||||
| 20 | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||||||
| 21 | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||||||
| 22 | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||||||
| 23 | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||||||
| 24 | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||||||
| 25 | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||||||
| 26 | topics at the direction of the chairperson: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||||||
| 2 | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||||||
| 3 | Section. | ||||||
| 4 | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||||||
| 5 | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||||||
| 6 | maintenance and construction costs. | ||||||
| 7 | (D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||||||
| 8 | (E) Benefits. | ||||||
| 9 | (F) Technology. | ||||||
| 10 | (G) Local Capacity Target. | ||||||
| 11 | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory | ||||||
| 12 | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||||||
| 13 | opportunities programs. | ||||||
| 14 | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||||||
| 15 | strategies. | ||||||
| 16 | (J) Special education investments. | ||||||
| 17 | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||||||
| 18 | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
| 20 | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||||||
| 21 | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||||||
| 22 | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||||||
| 23 | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||||||
| 24 | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||||||
| 25 | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
| 26 | Governor on the findings of the study. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
| 2 | (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation | ||||||
| 3 | under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of | ||||||
| 4 | students living in poverty or attending schools located in | ||||||
| 5 | areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the | ||||||
| 6 | Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and | ||||||
| 7 | advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula | ||||||
| 8 | distribution system established under this Section are | ||||||
| 9 | sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student | ||||||
| 10 | and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel | ||||||
| 11 | shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of | ||||||
| 12 | subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the | ||||||
| 13 | following in its review: | ||||||
| 14 | (A) The financial ability of school districts to | ||||||
| 15 | provide instruction in a foreign language to every | ||||||
| 16 | student and whether an additional Essential Element | ||||||
| 17 | should be added to the formula to ensure that every | ||||||
| 18 | student has access to instruction in a foreign | ||||||
| 19 | language. | ||||||
| 20 | (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential | ||||||
| 21 | Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall | ||||||
| 22 | consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the | ||||||
| 23 | staffing needed to support students living in poverty | ||||||
| 24 | or who have traumatic backgrounds. | ||||||
| 25 | (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be | ||||||
| 26 | required to better promote racial equity and eliminate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | structural racism within schools. | ||||||
| 2 | (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in | ||||||
| 3 | additional funds each year under this Section and an | ||||||
| 4 | estimate of when the school system will become fully | ||||||
| 5 | funded under this level of appropriation. | ||||||
| 6 | (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding | ||||||
| 7 | structures that would enable the State to become fully | ||||||
| 8 | funded at an earlier date. | ||||||
| 9 | (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to | ||||||
| 10 | find cost savings within the school system to expedite | ||||||
| 11 | the journey to a fully funded system. | ||||||
| 12 | On or before April 1, 2021, the Panel shall report to | ||||||
| 13 | the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on | ||||||
| 14 | the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is | ||||||
| 15 | inoperative on and after April 1, 2022. | ||||||
| 16 | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||||||
| 17 | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||||||
| 18 | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
| 19 | references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||||||
| 20 | calculations under this Section.
| ||||||
| 21 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; | ||||||
| 22 | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||||||
| 23 | 6-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
| ||||||
| 24 | Article 90. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section 90-5. The Department of Human Services Act is | ||||||
| 2 | amended by adding Section 10-75 as follows:
| ||||||
| 3 | (20 ILCS 1305/10-75 new) | ||||||
| 4 | Sec. 10-75. Findings; compensation; barriers. | ||||||
| 5 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
| 6 | findings: | ||||||
| 7 | (1) Research demonstrates that the effectiveness of an | ||||||
| 8 | early childhood teacher is a predictor for the positive | ||||||
| 9 | developmental and academic outcomes for children. | ||||||
| 10 | (2) The work of early childhood educators is | ||||||
| 11 | sophisticated and central to the healthy learning and | ||||||
| 12 | development of young children and takes place in diverse | ||||||
| 13 | settings, including schools, community-based centers, and | ||||||
| 14 | homes. | ||||||
| 15 | (3) It is critically important for children's outcome | ||||||
| 16 | to have educators that reflect the diversity of the | ||||||
| 17 | families and communities they serve. | ||||||
| 18 | (4) The early childhood workforce is more racially | ||||||
| 19 | diverse than the K-12 workforce and its members hold | ||||||
| 20 | degrees, have earned credentials, and have years of | ||||||
| 21 | experience in the field of early childhood education. | ||||||
| 22 | (5) The early childhood workforce, particularly those | ||||||
| 23 | members who work in community-based settings and those who | ||||||
| 24 | work with infants and toddlers, are often not paid wages | ||||||
| 25 | that are aligned with the sophistication of their work and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | their level of education. | ||||||
| 2 | (6) All regions and settings have difficulty in finding | ||||||
| 3 | qualified teachers. | ||||||
| 4 | (7) A disproportionate number of Black and Latinx women | ||||||
| 5 | serve in essential, frontline positions, but are | ||||||
| 6 | underrepresented as lead teachers and in program | ||||||
| 7 | leadership where credentials and degrees are required. | ||||||
| 8 | (8) Members of the early childhood workforce face | ||||||
| 9 | multiple barriers that prevent them from attaining the | ||||||
| 10 | additional credentials and degrees required for career | ||||||
| 11 | advancement and higher levels of compensation. | ||||||
| 12 | (b) The Department of Human Services shall conduct an | ||||||
| 13 | analysis of the data relating to teachers that is available in | ||||||
| 14 | the Gateways to Opportunity Registry under the Gateways to | ||||||
| 15 | Opportunity program established in Section 10-70 of this Act to | ||||||
| 16 | ascertain those individuals who are participating in the | ||||||
| 17 | Gateways to Opportunity program and who are close to attaining | ||||||
| 18 | a higher credential lever or degree. If the following | ||||||
| 19 | information is available in the Gateways to Opportunity | ||||||
| 20 | Registry, the analysis of data about an identified individual | ||||||
| 21 | shall include the individual's geographic location, | ||||||
| 22 | demographic information, work setting, and the age groups of | ||||||
| 23 | the children for which the individual is responsible. | ||||||
| 24 | (c) The Department of Human Services shall conduct outreach | ||||||
| 25 | and provide targeted coaching and access to financial support | ||||||
| 26 | that shall include, but is not limited to, scholarships and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | debt relief, to members of the early childhood workforce in a | ||||||
| 2 | manner that must prioritize (i) increasing the diversity of the | ||||||
| 3 | teacher pipeline, (ii) the regions in the State that have the | ||||||
| 4 | greatest need, and (iii) those children in age groups who are | ||||||
| 5 | experiencing the greatest shortage of teachers. | ||||||
| 6 | (d) The State Board of Education, in cooperation with the | ||||||
| 7 | Department of Human Services, shall provide additional | ||||||
| 8 | financial support to members of the early childhood workforce | ||||||
| 9 | regardless of the setting in which they work and the | ||||||
| 10 | credentials they seek. The State Board of Education shall | ||||||
| 11 | prioritize potential candidates for assistance under this | ||||||
| 12 | Section by those individuals who have the greatest need in the | ||||||
| 13 | field of early childhood education. | ||||||
| 14 | (e) The Department of Human Services shall prepare and | ||||||
| 15 | submit reports annually to the General Assembly disclosing the | ||||||
| 16 | individuals who received financial assistance, scholarships, | ||||||
| 17 | or other types of financial support provided through or | ||||||
| 18 | administered by the Department of Human Services or by the | ||||||
| 19 | State Board of Education. If the following information is | ||||||
| 20 | available in the Gateways to Opportunity Registry, the analysis | ||||||
| 21 | of data about the recipients of financial assistance shall | ||||||
| 22 | include the geographic location, demographic information, work | ||||||
| 23 | setting, the age groups of the children for which a recipient | ||||||
| 24 | is responsible, and the degrees or credentials a recipient has | ||||||
| 25 | attained. | ||||||
| 26 | (f) In cooperation with the Department of Human Services, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Board of Higher Education in the course of their strategic | ||||||
| 2 | planning process shall review the barriers to higher education | ||||||
| 3 | and career advancement experienced by the early childhood | ||||||
| 4 | workforce and by teachers of color. The Board of Higher | ||||||
| 5 | Education shall place particular focus on the barriers | ||||||
| 6 | experienced by the early childhood workforce and by teachers of | ||||||
| 7 | color in accessing and completing the required coursework | ||||||
| 8 | needed to attain additional credentials and degrees. The Board | ||||||
| 9 | of Higher Education shall make policy recommendations and | ||||||
| 10 | recommendations for the changes in practices to better meet the | ||||||
| 11 | needs of the early childhood workforce that is largely | ||||||
| 12 | comprised of non-traditional students and women of color. | ||||||
| 13 | (g) Subject to appropriation, the Department of Human | ||||||
| 14 | Services and the State Board of Education shall prioritize | ||||||
| 15 | reducing the compensation disparities that exist between | ||||||
| 16 | members of the early childhood workforce and their K-12 | ||||||
| 17 | workforce counterparts and the disparities that exist within | ||||||
| 18 | the early childhood workforce between the settings and the age | ||||||
| 19 | groups of children in which they work.
| ||||||
| 20 | Article 95. | ||||||
| 21 | Section 95-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the | ||||||
| 22 | Equity in Higher Education Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
| 23 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section 95-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
| 2 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
| 3 | (1) Historic and continuous systemic racism has | ||||||
| 4 | created significant disparities in college access, | ||||||
| 5 | affordability, and completion for Black, Latinx, | ||||||
| 6 | low-income, and other underrepresented and historically | ||||||
| 7 | underserved students. | ||||||
| 8 | (2) Higher education is examining its role as a | ||||||
| 9 | contributor to systemic racism, while recognizing its | ||||||
| 10 | place in providing opportunity and upward mobility, and its | ||||||
| 11 | role as a powerful actor in dismantling systemic racism. | ||||||
| 12 | (3) Chicago State University has created the Equity | ||||||
| 13 | Working Group, which includes statewide representation of | ||||||
| 14 | private, community, and public sector stakeholders, to | ||||||
| 15 | create an action plan for employers, the secondary and | ||||||
| 16 | postsecondary education systems, philanthropic | ||||||
| 17 | organizations, community-based organizations, and our | ||||||
| 18 | executive and legislative bodies to improve college | ||||||
| 19 | access, completion, and post-graduation outcomes for Black | ||||||
| 20 | college students in Illinois. | ||||||
| 21 | (4) Despite similar numbers of Black high school | ||||||
| 22 | graduates, Illinois saw about 25,000 fewer Black enrollees | ||||||
| 23 | in Illinois higher education in 2018 compared to 2008. | ||||||
| 24 | (5) Illinois must address wide disparities in degree | ||||||
| 25 | completion at Illinois community colleges, which currently | ||||||
| 26 | graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of 14% and 26% | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | respectively compared to the rate of 38% for White | ||||||
| 2 | students, as well as at public universities, which | ||||||
| 3 | currently graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of | ||||||
| 4 | 34% and 49% respectively compared to 66% of White students, | ||||||
| 5 | within 6 years. | ||||||
| 6 | (6) The State of Illinois benefits from a diverse | ||||||
| 7 | public higher education system that includes universities | ||||||
| 8 | and community colleges with different missions and scopes | ||||||
| 9 | that maximize college enrollment, persistence, and | ||||||
| 10 | completion of underrepresented and historically | ||||||
| 11 | underserved students, including Black and Latinx students | ||||||
| 12 | and students from low-income families. | ||||||
| 13 | (7) Illinois has a moral obligation and an economic | ||||||
| 14 | interest in dismantling and reforming structures that | ||||||
| 15 | create or exacerbate racial and socioeconomic inequities | ||||||
| 16 | in K-12 and higher education. | ||||||
| 17 | (8) The Board of Higher Education has a statutory | ||||||
| 18 | obligation to create a strategic plan for higher education | ||||||
| 19 | and has adopted core principles to guide this plan. | ||||||
| 20 | (9) The Board of Higher Education has included among | ||||||
| 21 | its core principles designed to guide the strategic plan | ||||||
| 22 | the assumption that excellence coupled with equity should | ||||||
| 23 | drive the higher education system and that the higher | ||||||
| 24 | education system will make equity-driven decisions, | ||||||
| 25 | elevating the voices of those who have been underserved, | ||||||
| 26 | and actively identify and remove systemic barriers that | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | have prevented students of color, first generation college | ||||||
| 2 | students, low-income students, adult learners, and rural | ||||||
| 3 | students from accessing and succeeding in higher | ||||||
| 4 | education; access and affordability as well as high quality | ||||||
| 5 | are embedded in the definition of equity. | ||||||
| 6 | (b) The General Assembly supports all of the following work | ||||||
| 7 | and goals of the Board of Higher Education: | ||||||
| 8 | (1) Its work on the strategic plan for higher education | ||||||
| 9 | and the vision it has set forth that over the next 10 years | ||||||
| 10 | Illinois will have an equitable, accessible, innovative, | ||||||
| 11 | nimble, and aligned higher education ecosystem that | ||||||
| 12 | ensures individuals, families, and communities across the | ||||||
| 13 | state thrive. | ||||||
| 14 | (2) Its goal to close equity gaps in higher education | ||||||
| 15 | in Illinois and that the strategic plan will identify | ||||||
| 16 | multiple strategies to achieve this goal. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) Its goal to increase postsecondary | ||||||
| 18 | credential/degree attainment and develop talent to drive | ||||||
| 19 | the economy of Illinois and that the strategic plan will | ||||||
| 20 | identify strategies to achieve this goal, including | ||||||
| 21 | embedding equity in the State's attainment goal. | ||||||
| 22 | (4) Its goal to improve higher education | ||||||
| 23 | affordability, increase access, and manage costs and the | ||||||
| 24 | expectation that the strategic plan will identify | ||||||
| 25 | strategies for stakeholders to achieve these goals, | ||||||
| 26 | including opportunities to improve efficiency and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | principles for equitable and adequate ways to fund higher | ||||||
| 2 | education.
| ||||||
| 3 | (c) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher | ||||||
| 4 | Education to prepare an array of policy, practice, and proposed | ||||||
| 5 | legislative changes required to implement the strategic plan, | ||||||
| 6 | along with an implementation process and timeline by May 1, | ||||||
| 7 | 2021 and to regularly evaluate the impact of the implementation | ||||||
| 8 | of the strategic plan and publicly report the evaluation to | ||||||
| 9 | ensure that the goals are achieved as intended and lead to a | ||||||
| 10 | high-quality, equitable, and diverse higher education system | ||||||
| 11 | in Illinois.
| ||||||
| 12 | Article 100. | ||||||
| 13 | Section 100-1. Short title. This Act may be cited as the | ||||||
| 14 | Developmental Education Reform Act. References in this Article | ||||||
| 15 | to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| 16 | Section 100-5. Findings. The General Assembly makes all of | ||||||
| 17 | the following findings: | ||||||
| 18 | (1) Nearly 50% of this State's high school graduates | ||||||
| 19 | who enroll full-time in a community college are placed in | ||||||
| 20 | developmental education coursework in at least one | ||||||
| 21 | subject. Community colleges place nearly 71% of Black | ||||||
| 22 | students in developmental education courses compared to | ||||||
| 23 | 42% of white students. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) Traditional developmental education courses cost | ||||||
| 2 | students' time and money and expend their financial aid | ||||||
| 3 | because a student does not receive college credit for the | ||||||
| 4 | successful completion of a traditional developmental | ||||||
| 5 | education course. This can be a barrier to enrollment, | ||||||
| 6 | persistence, and certificate or degree completion. | ||||||
| 7 | (3) Developmental education courses can exacerbate | ||||||
| 8 | inequities in higher education. Community colleges | ||||||
| 9 | graduate Black students who are placed in developmental | ||||||
| 10 | education courses at a rate of approximately 8% compared to | ||||||
| 11 | a graduation rate of 26% for white students who are placed | ||||||
| 12 | in developmental education courses. | ||||||
| 13 | (4) A history of inconsistent and inadequate | ||||||
| 14 | approaches to student placement in community college | ||||||
| 15 | coursework, such as the reliance on standardized test | ||||||
| 16 | scores, has resulted in too many students being placed in | ||||||
| 17 | developmental education coursework who could otherwise | ||||||
| 18 | succeed in introductory college-level coursework or | ||||||
| 19 | introductory college-level coursework with concurrent | ||||||
| 20 | support. | ||||||
| 21 | (5) Public institutions of higher education and State | ||||||
| 22 | agencies have undertaken voluntary efforts and committed | ||||||
| 23 | resources to improve placement and to address disparities | ||||||
| 24 | in the successful completion of introductory college-level | ||||||
| 25 | coursework. | ||||||
| 26 | (6) The Illinois Council of Community College | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Presidents, the Illinois Community College Chief Academic | ||||||
| 2 | Officers Commission, the Illinois Community College Chief | ||||||
| 3 | Student Services Officers Commission, and the Illinois | ||||||
| 4 | Mathematics Association of Community Colleges have already | ||||||
| 5 | developed and approved a more equitable, multiple measures | ||||||
| 6 | framework for placement in coursework that is currently | ||||||
| 7 | implemented at many but not all community colleges. | ||||||
| 8 | (7) In 2019, members of the General Assembly, faculty | ||||||
| 9 | and administrators from public institutions of higher | ||||||
| 10 | education, board trustees from community college | ||||||
| 11 | districts, representatives from the Board of Higher | ||||||
| 12 | Education, the Illinois Community College Board, and other | ||||||
| 13 | appointed stakeholders convened a task force to inventory | ||||||
| 14 | and study developmental education models employed by | ||||||
| 15 | public community colleges and universities in this State | ||||||
| 16 | and to submit a detailed plan for scaling developmental | ||||||
| 17 | education reforms in which all students who are placed in | ||||||
| 18 | developmental education coursework are enrolled in an | ||||||
| 19 | evidence-based developmental education model that | ||||||
| 20 | maximizes a student's likelihood of completing an | ||||||
| 21 | introductory college-level course within his or her first 2 | ||||||
| 22 | semesters at an institution of higher education. The data | ||||||
| 23 | released by the task force indicates all of the following: | ||||||
| 24 | (A) Despite more effective developmental education | ||||||
| 25 | models, community colleges and universities use the | ||||||
| 26 | traditional developmental education model for 77% of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | students who place in a developmental education | ||||||
| 2 | mathematics course and for 67% of students who place in | ||||||
| 3 | a developmental English language course. | ||||||
| 4 | (B) In a 2017 cohort study, only 25% of the | ||||||
| 5 | students who were placed in traditional developmental | ||||||
| 6 | education mathematics courses and only 42% of students | ||||||
| 7 | who were placed in traditional developmental English | ||||||
| 8 | language courses completed the developmental education | ||||||
| 9 | courses and introductory college-level courses with a | ||||||
| 10 | grade of "C" or better within 2 years compared to the | ||||||
| 11 | completion rate of 65% of students who were placed | ||||||
| 12 | directly in introductory college-level mathematics | ||||||
| 13 | courses with concurrent support and 75% of students who | ||||||
| 14 | were placed directly in introductory college-level | ||||||
| 15 | English language courses with concurrent support. | ||||||
| 16 | (C) Improved policies, programs, and practices are | ||||||
| 17 | essential to address the systemic inequities that | ||||||
| 18 | exist in postsecondary education in this State, such as | ||||||
| 19 | the disproportionate enrollment of Black students in | ||||||
| 20 | developmental education courses.
| ||||||
| 21 | Section 100-10. Definitions. In this Act: | ||||||
| 22 | "College-level English language or mathematics course" or | ||||||
| 23 | "college-level English language or mathematics coursework" | ||||||
| 24 | means a course that bears credit and fulfills English language | ||||||
| 25 | or mathematics credit requirements for a baccalaureate degree, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | a certificate, or an associate degree from a postsecondary | ||||||
| 2 | educational institution. | ||||||
| 3 | "Community college" means a public community college in | ||||||
| 4 | this State.
| ||||||
| 5 | "Developmental education" means instruction through which | ||||||
| 6 | a high school graduate who applies to a college credit program | ||||||
| 7 | may attain the communication and computation skills necessary | ||||||
| 8 | to successfully complete college-level coursework.
| ||||||
| 9 | "Developmental education course" or "developmental | ||||||
| 10 | education coursework" means a course or a category of courses | ||||||
| 11 | in which students are placed based on an institution's finding | ||||||
| 12 | that a student does not have the proficiency necessary to | ||||||
| 13 | succeed in an introductory college-level English language or | ||||||
| 14 | mathematics course. | ||||||
| 15 | "Institution of higher education" or "institution" means a | ||||||
| 16 | public community college or university in this State. | ||||||
| 17 | "University" means a public university in this State.
| ||||||
| 18 | Section 100-15. Placement measures. | ||||||
| 19 | (a) On or before May 1, 2022, a community college shall use | ||||||
| 20 | each of the following measures, as appropriate, to determine | ||||||
| 21 | the placement of a student in introductory college-level | ||||||
| 22 | English language or mathematics coursework and shall use the | ||||||
| 23 | scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois | ||||||
| 24 | Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018: | ||||||
| 25 | (1) A student's cumulative high school grade point | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | average. | ||||||
| 2 | (2) A student's successful completion of an | ||||||
| 3 | appropriate high school transition course in mathematics | ||||||
| 4 | or English. | ||||||
| 5 | (3) A student's successful completion of an | ||||||
| 6 | appropriate developmental education or introductory | ||||||
| 7 | college-level English language or mathematics course at | ||||||
| 8 | another regionally accredited postsecondary educational | ||||||
| 9 | institution. | ||||||
| 10 | (b) In determining the placement of a student in | ||||||
| 11 | introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 12 | coursework, a community college shall consider the | ||||||
| 13 | standardized test scores provided by the student for placement | ||||||
| 14 | in an introductory college-level English language or | ||||||
| 15 | mathematics course. | ||||||
| 16 | In addition, a community college is encouraged to use the | ||||||
| 17 | scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois | ||||||
| 18 | Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018 and | ||||||
| 19 | should also consider other individual measures for placement in | ||||||
| 20 | an introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 21 | course, as set forth in recommendations approved by the | ||||||
| 22 | Illinois Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, | ||||||
| 23 | 2018, and the scores set forth in those recommendations. | ||||||
| 24 | In its discretion, a community college may accept a lower | ||||||
| 25 | score on individual placement measures or accept lower scores | ||||||
| 26 | in combination with other placement measures than those set | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | forth in the recommendations. | ||||||
| 2 | (c) If a student qualifies for placement in an introductory | ||||||
| 3 | college-level English language or mathematics course using a | ||||||
| 4 | single measure under subsection (a) or (b), no additional | ||||||
| 5 | measures need to be considered for placement of the student in | ||||||
| 6 | the introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 7 | course.
| ||||||
| 8 | Section 100-20. Recommendations of Illinois Council of | ||||||
| 9 | Community College Presidents; revisions. If the Illinois | ||||||
| 10 | Council of Community College Presidents approves any revised | ||||||
| 11 | recommendations for determining the placement of students in | ||||||
| 12 | introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 13 | courses in response to changes in scoring systems, the | ||||||
| 14 | introduction and use of additional measures, or evidence that | ||||||
| 15 | demonstrates the inaccuracy in the use of scores in previous | ||||||
| 16 | recommendations, then, within one year after the date of the | ||||||
| 17 | adoption of those revised recommendations, references in this | ||||||
| 18 | Act to recommendations approved by the Illinois Council of | ||||||
| 19 | Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018 shall mean the | ||||||
| 20 | revised recommendations. The General Assembly may request that | ||||||
| 21 | the Illinois Council of Community College Presidents provide to | ||||||
| 22 | the General Assembly the rationale and supporting evidence for | ||||||
| 23 | any revision to the Council's recommendations.
| ||||||
| 24 | Section 100-25. Placement policy; report. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (a) Each institution of higher education shall publicly | ||||||
| 2 | post its placement policy in a manner that is easily accessible | ||||||
| 3 | to both students and prospective students. | ||||||
| 4 | (b) On or before July 1, 2023, the Illinois Community | ||||||
| 5 | College Board shall issue a report, which shall be made | ||||||
| 6 | available to the public on its Internet website, concerning | ||||||
| 7 | each community college's developmental education and | ||||||
| 8 | college-level coursework placement policy and the policy's | ||||||
| 9 | outcomes. The data disclosed in the report must be consistent | ||||||
| 10 | with the Illinois Community College Board's requirements for | ||||||
| 11 | data collection and must be disaggregated by developmental | ||||||
| 12 | education course model, as defined by the Illinois Community | ||||||
| 13 | College Board, and by gender, race and ethnicity, and federal | ||||||
| 14 | Pell Grant status.
| ||||||
| 15 | Section 100-30. Institutional plans; report. | ||||||
| 16 | (a) On or before January 1, 2022, each university shall | ||||||
| 17 | submit to the Board of Higher Education and each community | ||||||
| 18 | college shall submit to the Illinois Community College Board | ||||||
| 19 | its institutional plan for scaling evidence-based | ||||||
| 20 | developmental education reforms to maximize the probability | ||||||
| 21 | that a student will be placed in and successfully complete | ||||||
| 22 | introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 23 | coursework within 2 semesters at the institution. At a minimum, | ||||||
| 24 | a plan submitted by an institution shall include all of the | ||||||
| 25 | following: | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) A description of the current developmental | ||||||
| 2 | education models offered by the institution. If the | ||||||
| 3 | institution does not currently offer developmental | ||||||
| 4 | education coursework, it must provide details regarding | ||||||
| 5 | its decision not to offer developmental education | ||||||
| 6 | coursework and the pathways that are available to students | ||||||
| 7 | deemed to be insufficiently prepared for introductory | ||||||
| 8 | college-level English language or mathematics coursework. | ||||||
| 9 | (2) A description of the developmental education | ||||||
| 10 | models that will be implemented and scaled and the basis of | ||||||
| 11 | the evidence and associated data that the institution | ||||||
| 12 | considered in making the decision to scale each model. | ||||||
| 13 | (3) Baseline data and benchmarks for progress, | ||||||
| 14 | including, but not limited to, (i) enrollment in | ||||||
| 15 | credit-bearing English language or mathematics courses, | ||||||
| 16 | (ii) rates of successful completion of introductory | ||||||
| 17 | college-level English language or mathematics courses, and | ||||||
| 18 | (iii) college-credit accumulation. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Detailed plans for scaling reforms and improving | ||||||
| 20 | outcomes for all students placed in traditional | ||||||
| 21 | developmental education models or models with comparable | ||||||
| 22 | introductory college-level course completion rates. The | ||||||
| 23 | plan shall provide details about the expected improvements | ||||||
| 24 | in educational outcomes for Black students as result of the | ||||||
| 25 | proposed reforms. | ||||||
| 26 | (b) On or before January 1, 2023 and each year thereafter, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Board of Higher Education and Illinois Community College | ||||||
| 2 | Board shall collect data and report to the General Assembly and | ||||||
| 3 | the public the status of developmental education reforms at | ||||||
| 4 | institutions. The report must include data on the progress of | ||||||
| 5 | the developmental education reforms, including, but not | ||||||
| 6 | limited to, (i) enrollment in credit-bearing English language | ||||||
| 7 | or mathematics courses, (ii) rates of successful completion of | ||||||
| 8 | introductory college-level English language or mathematics | ||||||
| 9 | courses, and (iii) college-credit accumulation. The data must | ||||||
| 10 | be disaggregated by gender, race and ethnicity, federal Pell | ||||||
| 11 | Grant status, and other variables of interest to the Board of | ||||||
| 12 | Higher Education and the Illinois Community College Board. | ||||||
| 13 | (c) On or before January 1, 2024 and each year thereafter, | ||||||
| 14 | the Board of Higher Education and Illinois Community College | ||||||
| 15 | Board, in consultation with institutions of higher education | ||||||
| 16 | and other stakeholders, shall consider additional data | ||||||
| 17 | reporting requirements to facilitate the rigorous and | ||||||
| 18 | continuous evaluation of each institution's implementation | ||||||
| 19 | plan and its impact on improving outcomes for students in | ||||||
| 20 | developmental education, particularly for Black students.
| ||||||
| 21 | Section 100-90. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act | ||||||
| 22 | of 1974. Nothing in this Act supersedes the federal Family | ||||||
| 23 | Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 or rules adopted | ||||||
| 24 | pursuant to the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy | ||||||
| 25 | Act of 1974.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 105. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 105-5. The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act | ||||||
| 3 | is amended by adding Section 5-45.8 as follows:
| ||||||
| 4 | (5 ILCS 100/5-45.8 new) | ||||||
| 5 | Sec. 5-45.8. Emergency rulemaking. To provide for the | ||||||
| 6 | expeditious and timely implementation of this amendatory Act of | ||||||
| 7 | the 101st General Assembly, emergency rules implementing this | ||||||
| 8 | amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly may be adopted in | ||||||
| 9 | accordance with Section 5-45 to implement this amendatory Act | ||||||
| 10 | of the 101st General Assembly. The adoption of emergency rules | ||||||
| 11 | authorized by Section 5-45 and this Section is deemed to be | ||||||
| 12 | necessary for the public interest, safety, and welfare. | ||||||
| 13 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2026.
| ||||||
| 14 | Section 105-10. The Invest in Kids Act is amended by | ||||||
| 15 | changing Sections 5, 10, 40, and 45 and by adding Section 7.5 | ||||||
| 16 | as follows:
| ||||||
| 17 | (35 ILCS 40/5) | ||||||
| 18 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
| ||||||
| 19 | Sec. 5. Definitions. As used in this Act: | ||||||
| 20 | "Authorized contribution" means the contribution amount | ||||||
| 21 | that is listed on the contribution authorization certificate | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | issued to the taxpayer.
| ||||||
| 2 | "Board" means the State Board of Education.
| ||||||
| 3 | "Contribution" means a donation made by the taxpayer during | ||||||
| 4 | the taxable year for providing scholarships as provided in this | ||||||
| 5 | Act. | ||||||
| 6 | "Custodian" means, with respect to eligible students, an | ||||||
| 7 | Illinois resident who is a parent or legal guardian of the | ||||||
| 8 | eligible student or students.
| ||||||
| 9 | "Department" means the Department of Revenue. | ||||||
| 10 | "Eligible student" means a child who:
| ||||||
| 11 | (1) is a member of a household whose federal adjusted | ||||||
| 12 | gross income the year before he or she
initially receives a | ||||||
| 13 | scholarship under this program, as determined by the | ||||||
| 14 | Department, does not exceed 300% of the federal poverty
| ||||||
| 15 | level and, once the child receives a scholarship, does not | ||||||
| 16 | exceed 400% of the federal poverty
level;
| ||||||
| 17 | (2) is eligible to attend a public elementary school or | ||||||
| 18 | high school in Illinois in the semester immediately | ||||||
| 19 | preceding the semester for which he or she first receives a | ||||||
| 20 | scholarship or is
starting school in Illinois for the first | ||||||
| 21 | time when he or she first receives a scholarship; and
| ||||||
| 22 | (3) resides in Illinois while receiving a scholarship. | ||||||
| 23 | "Family member" means a parent, child, or sibling, whether | ||||||
| 24 | by whole blood, half blood, or adoption; spouse; or stepchild. | ||||||
| 25 | "Focus district" means a school district which has a school | ||||||
| 26 | that is either (i) a school that has one or more subgroups in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | which the average student performance is at or below the State | ||||||
| 2 | average for the lowest 10% of student performance in that | ||||||
| 3 | subgroup or (ii) a school with an average graduation rate of | ||||||
| 4 | less than 60% and not identified for priority.
| ||||||
| 5 | "Jointly-administered CTE program" means a program or set | ||||||
| 6 | of programs within a non-public school located in Illinois, as | ||||||
| 7 | determined by the Department of Labor pursuant to Section 7.5 | ||||||
| 8 | of this Act. | ||||||
| 9 | "Necessary costs and fees" includes the customary charge | ||||||
| 10 | for instruction and use of facilities in general
and the | ||||||
| 11 | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||||||
| 12 | required generally of non-scholarship recipients for each | ||||||
| 13 | academic period for which the scholarship applicant actually | ||||||
| 14 | enrolls, including costs associated with student assessments, | ||||||
| 15 | but does not
include fees payable only once and other | ||||||
| 16 | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||||||
| 17 | The Board may prescribe, by rules consistent with this Act, | ||||||
| 18 | detailed provisions concerning the computation of necessary | ||||||
| 19 | costs and fees.
| ||||||
| 20 | "Scholarship granting organization" means an entity that:
| ||||||
| 21 | (1) is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of | ||||||
| 22 | the Internal Revenue Code;
| ||||||
| 23 | (2) uses at least 95% of the qualified contributions | ||||||
| 24 | received during a taxable year for scholarships;
| ||||||
| 25 | (3) provides scholarships to students according to the | ||||||
| 26 | guidelines of this Act;
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) deposits and holds qualified contributions and any | ||||||
| 2 | income derived from qualified contributions
in an account | ||||||
| 3 | that is separate from the organization's operating fund or | ||||||
| 4 | other funds until such qualified contributions or income | ||||||
| 5 | are withdrawn for use; and
| ||||||
| 6 | (5) is approved to issue certificates of receipt.
| ||||||
| 7 | "Qualified contribution" means the authorized contribution | ||||||
| 8 | made by a taxpayer to a scholarship granting organization for | ||||||
| 9 | which the taxpayer has received a certificate of receipt from | ||||||
| 10 | such organization.
| ||||||
| 11 | "Qualified school" means a non-public school located in | ||||||
| 12 | Illinois and recognized by the Board pursuant to Section | ||||||
| 13 | 2-3.25o of the School Code.
| ||||||
| 14 | "Scholarship" means an educational scholarship awarded to | ||||||
| 15 | an eligible student to attend a qualified school
of their | ||||||
| 16 | custodians' choice in an amount not exceeding the necessary | ||||||
| 17 | costs and fees to attend that school.
| ||||||
| 18 | "Taxpayer" means any individual, corporation, partnership, | ||||||
| 19 | trust, or other entity subject to the Illinois income tax. For | ||||||
| 20 | the purposes of this Act, 2 individuals filing a joint return | ||||||
| 21 | shall be considered one taxpayer.
| ||||||
| 22 | "Technical academy" means a non-public school located in | ||||||
| 23 | Illinois that (i) registers with the Board pursuant to Section | ||||||
| 24 | 2-3.25o of the School Code and (ii) operates or will operate a | ||||||
| 25 | jointly-administered CTE program as the primary focus of the | ||||||
| 26 | school. To maintain its status as a technical academy, the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | non-public school must obtain recognition from the Board | ||||||
| 2 | pursuant to Section 2-3.25o of the School Code within 2 | ||||||
| 3 | calendar years of its registration with the Board. | ||||||
| 4 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
| ||||||
| 5 | (35 ILCS 40/7.5 new) | ||||||
| 6 | Sec. 7.5. Determination of jointly-administered CTE | ||||||
| 7 | programs. | ||||||
| 8 | (a) Upon its own motion, or petition from a qualified | ||||||
| 9 | school or technical academy, the Department of Labor shall | ||||||
| 10 | determine whether a program or set of programs offered or | ||||||
| 11 | proposed by a qualified school or technical academy provides | ||||||
| 12 | coursework and training in career and technical education | ||||||
| 13 | pathways aligned to industry-recognized certifications and | ||||||
| 14 | credentials. The Department of Labor shall make that | ||||||
| 15 | determination based upon whether the industry-recognized | ||||||
| 16 | certifications or credentials that are the focus of a qualified | ||||||
| 17 | school or technical academy's coursework and training program | ||||||
| 18 | or set of programs (i) are associated with an occupation | ||||||
| 19 | determined to fall under the LEADING or EMERGING priority | ||||||
| 20 | sectors as determined through Illinois' Workforce Innovation | ||||||
| 21 | and Opportunity Act Unified State Plan, and (ii) provide wages | ||||||
| 22 | that are at least 70% of the average annual wage in the State | ||||||
| 23 | as determined by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics. | ||||||
| 24 | The Department of Labor shall publish a list of approved | ||||||
| 25 | jointly-administered programs on its website and otherwise | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | make such list available to the public. | ||||||
| 2 | (b) A qualified school or technical academy may petition | ||||||
| 3 | the Department of Labor to obtain a determination that a | ||||||
| 4 | proposed program or set of programs that it seeks to offer | ||||||
| 5 | qualifies as a jointly-administered CTE program under | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (a) of this Section. A petitioner shall file one | ||||||
| 7 | original petition in the format provided by the Department of | ||||||
| 8 | Labor and in the manner specified by the Department of Labor. | ||||||
| 9 | The petitioner may withdraw his or her petition by submitting a | ||||||
| 10 | written statement to the Department indicating withdrawal. The | ||||||
| 11 | Department shall approve or deny a petition within 180 days of | ||||||
| 12 | its submission, and, upon approval, shall proceed to add the | ||||||
| 13 | program or set of programs to the list of approved | ||||||
| 14 | jointly-administered CTE programs. The approval or denial of | ||||||
| 15 | any petition is a final decision of the Department, subject to | ||||||
| 16 | judicial review under the Administrative Review Law. | ||||||
| 17 | Jurisdiction and venue are vested in the circuit court. | ||||||
| 18 | (c) The Department of Labor shall evaluate the approved | ||||||
| 19 | jointly-administered CTE programs under this Section once | ||||||
| 20 | every 5 years. At this time, the Department shall determine | ||||||
| 21 | whether these programs continue to meet the requirements set | ||||||
| 22 | forth in subsection (a) of this Section.
| ||||||
| 23 | (35 ILCS 40/10) | ||||||
| 24 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
| ||||||
| 25 | Sec. 10. Credit awards. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (a) The Department shall award credits against the tax | ||||||
| 2 | imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the | ||||||
| 3 | Illinois Income Tax Act to taxpayers who make qualified | ||||||
| 4 | contributions. For contributions made under this Act, the | ||||||
| 5 | credit shall be equal to % 75% of the total amount of
qualified | ||||||
| 6 | contributions made by the taxpayer during a taxable year, not | ||||||
| 7 | to exceed a credit of $1,333,333 $1,000,000 per taxpayer.
| ||||||
| 8 | (b) The aggregate amount of all credits the Department may | ||||||
| 9 | award under this Act in any calendar year may not exceed | ||||||
| 10 | $,000,000 $75,000,000. The aggregate credit cap under this | ||||||
| 11 | subsection (b) shall be increased by 20% beginning on the first | ||||||
| 12 | day of a calendar year if, in at least 2 of the previous 3 | ||||||
| 13 | calendar years, the applicable aggregate credit cap was | ||||||
| 14 | reached. | ||||||
| 15 | (c) Contributions made by corporations (including | ||||||
| 16 | Subchapter S corporations), partnerships, and trusts under | ||||||
| 17 | this Act may not be directed to a particular subset of schools | ||||||
| 18 | or , a particular school, but may not be directed to a | ||||||
| 19 | particular group of students, or a particular student.
| ||||||
| 20 | Contributions made by individuals under this Act may be | ||||||
| 21 | directed to a particular subset of schools or a particular | ||||||
| 22 | school but may not be directed to a particular group of | ||||||
| 23 | students or a particular student. | ||||||
| 24 | (d) No credit shall be taken under this Act for any | ||||||
| 25 | qualified contribution for which the taxpayer claims a federal | ||||||
| 26 | income tax deduction. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (e) Credits shall be awarded in a manner, as determined by | ||||||
| 2 | the Department, that is geographically proportionate to | ||||||
| 3 | enrollment in recognized non-public schools in Illinois. If the | ||||||
| 4 | cap on the aggregate credits that may be awarded by the | ||||||
| 5 | Department is not reached by April 1 June 1 of a given year, | ||||||
| 6 | the Department shall award remaining credits on a first-come, | ||||||
| 7 | first-served basis, without regard to the limitation of this | ||||||
| 8 | subsection.
| ||||||
| 9 | (f) Credits awarded for donations made to a technical | ||||||
| 10 | academy shall be awarded without regard to subsection (e), but | ||||||
| 11 | shall not exceed 15% of the annual statewide program cap. For | ||||||
| 12 | the purposes of this subsection, "technical academy" means a | ||||||
| 13 | technical academy that is registered with the Board within 30 | ||||||
| 14 | days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the | ||||||
| 15 | 101st General Assembly. | ||||||
| 16 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
| ||||||
| 17 | (35 ILCS 40/40) | ||||||
| 18 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
| ||||||
| 19 | Sec. 40. Scholarship granting organization | ||||||
| 20 | responsibilities. | ||||||
| 21 | (a) Before granting a scholarship for an academic year, all | ||||||
| 22 | scholarship granting organizations shall assess and document | ||||||
| 23 | each student's eligibility for the academic year.
| ||||||
| 24 | (b) A scholarship granting organization shall grant | ||||||
| 25 | scholarships only to eligible students.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (c) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an | ||||||
| 2 | eligible student to attend any qualified school of the | ||||||
| 3 | student's choosing, subject to the availability of funds.
| ||||||
| 4 | (d) In granting scholarships, beginning in the 2022-2023 | ||||||
| 5 | school year and each school year thereafter, a scholarship | ||||||
| 6 | granting organization shall give first priority to eligible | ||||||
| 7 | students who received a scholarship from a scholarship granting | ||||||
| 8 | organization during the previous school year. Second priority | ||||||
| 9 | shall be given to the following priority groups: | ||||||
| 10 | (1) (blank); eligible students who received a | ||||||
| 11 | scholarship from a scholarship granting organization | ||||||
| 12 | during the previous school year;
| ||||||
| 13 | (2) eligible students who are members of a household | ||||||
| 14 | whose previous year's total annual income does not exceed | ||||||
| 15 | 185% of the federal poverty level;
| ||||||
| 16 | (3) eligible students who reside within a focus | ||||||
| 17 | district; and
| ||||||
| 18 | (4) eligible students who are siblings of students | ||||||
| 19 | currently receiving a scholarship.
| ||||||
| 20 | (d-5) A scholarship granting organization shall begin | ||||||
| 21 | granting scholarships no later than February 1 preceding the | ||||||
| 22 | school year for which the scholarship is sought. Each The | ||||||
| 23 | priority group groups identified in subsection (d) of this | ||||||
| 24 | Section shall be eligible to receive scholarships on a | ||||||
| 25 | first-come, first-served basis until the April 1 immediately | ||||||
| 26 | preceding the school year for which the scholarship is sought | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | starting with the first priority group identified in subsection | ||||||
| 2 | (d) of this Section. Applications for scholarships for eligible | ||||||
| 3 | students meeting the qualifications of one or more priority | ||||||
| 4 | groups that are received before April 1 must be either approved | ||||||
| 5 | or denied within 10 business days after receipt. Beginning | ||||||
| 6 | April 1, all eligible students shall be eligible to receive | ||||||
| 7 | scholarships without regard to the priority groups identified | ||||||
| 8 | in subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
| 9 | (e) Except as provided in subsection (e-5) of this Section, | ||||||
| 10 | scholarships shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the statewide | ||||||
| 11 | average operational expense per
student among public schools or | ||||||
| 12 | (ii) the necessary costs and fees for attendance at the | ||||||
| 13 | qualified school.
Scholarships shall be prorated as follows: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) for eligible students whose household income is | ||||||
| 15 | less than 185% of the federal poverty level, the | ||||||
| 16 | scholarship shall be 100% of the amount determined pursuant | ||||||
| 17 | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this | ||||||
| 18 | Section; | ||||||
| 19 | (2) for eligible students whose household income is | ||||||
| 20 | 185% or more of the federal poverty level but less than | ||||||
| 21 | 250% of the federal poverty level, the average of | ||||||
| 22 | scholarships shall be 75% of the amount determined pursuant | ||||||
| 23 | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this | ||||||
| 24 | Section; and | ||||||
| 25 | (3) for eligible students whose household income is | ||||||
| 26 | 250% or more of the federal poverty level, the average of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | scholarships shall be 50% of the amount determined pursuant | ||||||
| 2 | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this | ||||||
| 3 | Section. | ||||||
| 4 | (e-5) The statewide average operational expense per | ||||||
| 5 | student among public schools shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
| 6 | following factors: | ||||||
| 7 | (1) for students determined eligible to receive | ||||||
| 8 | services under the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||||||
| 9 | Education Act, 2; | ||||||
| 10 | (2) for students who are English learners, as defined | ||||||
| 11 | in subsection (d) of Section 14C-2 of the School Code, 1.2; | ||||||
| 12 | and | ||||||
| 13 | (3) for students who are gifted and talented children, | ||||||
| 14 | as defined in Section 14A-20 of the School Code, 1.1; and . | ||||||
| 15 | (4) for students enrolled in a jointly-administered | ||||||
| 16 | CTE program, 1.5. | ||||||
| 17 | (f) A scholarship granting organization shall distribute | ||||||
| 18 | scholarship payments to the participating school where the | ||||||
| 19 | student is enrolled.
| ||||||
| 20 | (g) Beginning in For the 2018-2019 school year through the | ||||||
| 21 | 2021-2022 school year, each scholarship granting organization | ||||||
| 22 | shall expend no less than 75% of the qualified contributions | ||||||
| 23 | received during the calendar year in which the qualified | ||||||
| 24 | contributions were received. No more than 25% of the
qualified | ||||||
| 25 | contributions may be carried forward to the following calendar | ||||||
| 26 | year.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (h) In determining compliance with subsection (g), a | ||||||
| 2 | scholarship granting organization may exempt a portion of | ||||||
| 3 | donations directed to a technical academy operating in the | ||||||
| 4 | first two calendar years in which the school is eligible to | ||||||
| 5 | receive donations. For purposes of determining compliance with | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (g) the sum of exempted donations per technical | ||||||
| 7 | academy shall not exceed $3,000,000 over the 2-calendar year | ||||||
| 8 | period. Not more than one scholarship granting organization | ||||||
| 9 | shall exempt a portion of directed donations per technical | ||||||
| 10 | academy. For the 2022-2023 school year, each scholarship | ||||||
| 11 | granting organization shall expend all qualified contributions | ||||||
| 12 | received during the calendar year in which the qualified | ||||||
| 13 | contributions were
received. No qualified contributions may be | ||||||
| 14 | carried forward to the following calendar year.
| ||||||
| 15 | (i) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an | ||||||
| 16 | eligible student to transfer a scholarship during a school year | ||||||
| 17 | to any other participating school of the custodian's choice. | ||||||
| 18 | Such scholarships shall be prorated.
| ||||||
| 19 | (j) With the prior approval of the Department, a | ||||||
| 20 | scholarship granting organization may transfer funds to | ||||||
| 21 | another scholarship granting organization if additional funds | ||||||
| 22 | are required to meet scholarship demands at the receiving | ||||||
| 23 | scholarship granting organization. All transferred funds must | ||||||
| 24 | be
deposited by the receiving scholarship granting | ||||||
| 25 | organization into its scholarship accounts. All transferred | ||||||
| 26 | amounts received by any scholarship granting organization must | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | be separately
disclosed to the Department.
| ||||||
| 2 | (k) If the approval of a scholarship granting organization | ||||||
| 3 | is revoked as provided in Section 20 of this Act or the | ||||||
| 4 | scholarship granting organization is dissolved, all remaining | ||||||
| 5 | qualified contributions of the scholarship granting | ||||||
| 6 | organization shall be transferred to another scholarship | ||||||
| 7 | granting organization. All transferred funds must be deposited | ||||||
| 8 | by the receiving scholarship granting organization into its | ||||||
| 9 | scholarship accounts. | ||||||
| 10 | (l) Scholarship granting organizations shall make | ||||||
| 11 | reasonable efforts to advertise the availability of | ||||||
| 12 | scholarships to eligible students.
| ||||||
| 13 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
| ||||||
| 14 | (35 ILCS 40/45) | ||||||
| 15 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
| ||||||
| 16 | Sec. 45. State Board responsibilities. | ||||||
| 17 | (a) Beginning in the 2019-2020 school year, students who | ||||||
| 18 | have been granted a scholarship under this Act shall be | ||||||
| 19 | annually assessed at the qualified school where the student | ||||||
| 20 | attends school in the same manner in which students that attend | ||||||
| 21 | public schools are annually assessed pursuant to Section | ||||||
| 22 | 2-3.64a-5 of the School Code. Such qualified school shall pay | ||||||
| 23 | costs associated with this requirement. | ||||||
| 24 | (b) The Board shall select an independent research | ||||||
| 25 | organization, which may be a public or private entity or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | university, to which participating qualified schools must | ||||||
| 2 | report the scores of students who are receiving scholarships | ||||||
| 3 | and are assessed pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
| 4 | Costs associated with the independent research organization | ||||||
| 5 | shall be paid by the scholarship granting organizations on a | ||||||
| 6 | per-pupil basis or by gifts, grants, or donations received by | ||||||
| 7 | the Board under subsection (d) of this Section, as determined | ||||||
| 8 | by the Board. The independent research organization must | ||||||
| 9 | annually report to the Board on the year-to-year learning gains | ||||||
| 10 | of students receiving scholarships on a statewide basis. The | ||||||
| 11 | report shall also include, to the extent possible, a comparison | ||||||
| 12 | of these learning gains to the statewide learning gains of | ||||||
| 13 | public school students with socioeconomic backgrounds similar | ||||||
| 14 | to those of students receiving scholarships. The annual report | ||||||
| 15 | shall be delivered to the Board and published on its website. | ||||||
| 16 | (c) Beginning within 120 days after the Board first | ||||||
| 17 | receives the annual report by the independent research | ||||||
| 18 | organization as provided in subsection (b) of this Section and | ||||||
| 19 | on an annual basis thereafter, the Board shall submit a written | ||||||
| 20 | report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, the | ||||||
| 21 | Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader of | ||||||
| 22 | the Senate, and the Minority Leader of the House of | ||||||
| 23 | Representatives regarding this Act. Such report shall include | ||||||
| 24 | an evaluation of the academic performance of students receiving | ||||||
| 25 | scholarships and recommendations for improving student | ||||||
| 26 | performance. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (d) Subject to the State Officials and Employees Ethics | ||||||
| 2 | Act, the Board may receive and expend gifts, grants, and | ||||||
| 3 | donations of any kind from any public or private entity to | ||||||
| 4 | carry out the purposes of this Section, subject to the terms | ||||||
| 5 | and conditions under which the gifts are given, provided that | ||||||
| 6 | all such terms and conditions are permissible under law. | ||||||
| 7 | (e) The sharing and reporting of student assessment | ||||||
| 8 | learning gain data under this Section must be in accordance | ||||||
| 9 | with requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy | ||||||
| 10 | Act and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||||||
| 11 | must preserve the confidentiality of such information as | ||||||
| 12 | required by law. The annual report must not disaggregate data | ||||||
| 13 | to a level that will disclose the academic level of individual | ||||||
| 14 | students.
| ||||||
| 15 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
| ||||||
| 16 | (35 ILCS 40/65 rep.) | ||||||
| 17 | (35 ILCS 40/995 rep.) | ||||||
| 18 | Section 105-15. The Invest in Kids Act is amended by | ||||||
| 19 | repealing Sections 65 and 995.
| ||||||
| 20 | Article 110. | ||||||
| 21 | Section 110-5. The Illinois Vehicle Code is amended by | ||||||
| 22 | changing Sections 6-209.1, 11-208.3, 11-208.6, 11-208.8, | ||||||
| 23 | 11-208.9, and 11-1201.1 as follows:
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (625 ILCS 5/6-209.1) | ||||||
| 2 | Sec. 6-209.1. Restoration of driving privileges; | ||||||
| 3 | revocation; suspension; cancellation. | ||||||
| 4 | (a) The Secretary shall rescind the suspension or | ||||||
| 5 | cancellation of a person's driver's license that has been | ||||||
| 6 | suspended or canceled before July 1, 2020 (the effective date | ||||||
| 7 | of Public Act 101-623) this amendatory Act of the 101st General | ||||||
| 8 | Assembly due to: | ||||||
| 9 | (1) the person being convicted of theft of motor fuel | ||||||
| 10 | under Section Sections 16-25 or 16K-15 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
| 11 | of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012; | ||||||
| 12 | (2) the person, since the issuance of the driver's | ||||||
| 13 | license, being adjudged to be afflicted with or suffering | ||||||
| 14 | from any mental disability or disease; | ||||||
| 15 | (3) a violation of Section 6-16 of the Liquor Control | ||||||
| 16 | Act of 1934 or a similar provision of a local ordinance; | ||||||
| 17 | (4) the person being convicted of a violation of | ||||||
| 18 | Section 6-20 of the Liquor Control Act of 1934 or a similar | ||||||
| 19 | provision of a local ordinance, if the person presents a | ||||||
| 20 | certified copy of a court order that includes a finding | ||||||
| 21 | that the person was not an occupant of a motor vehicle at | ||||||
| 22 | the time of the violation; | ||||||
| 23 | (5) the person receiving a disposition of court | ||||||
| 24 | supervision for a violation of subsection subsections (a), | ||||||
| 25 | (d), or (e) of Section 6-20 of the Liquor Control Act of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 1934 or a similar provision of a local ordinance, if the | ||||||
| 2 | person presents a certified copy of a court order that | ||||||
| 3 | includes a finding that the person was not an occupant of a | ||||||
| 4 | motor vehicle at the time of the violation; | ||||||
| 5 | (6) the person failing to pay any fine or penalty due | ||||||
| 6 | or owing as a result of 10 or more violations of a | ||||||
| 7 | municipality's or county's vehicular standing, parking, or | ||||||
| 8 | compliance regulations established by ordinance under | ||||||
| 9 | Section 11-208.3 of this Code; | ||||||
| 10 | (7) the person failing to satisfy any fine or penalty | ||||||
| 11 | resulting from a final order issued by the Illinois State | ||||||
| 12 | Toll Highway Authority relating directly or indirectly to 5 | ||||||
| 13 | or more toll violations, toll evasions, or both; | ||||||
| 14 | (8) the person being convicted of a violation of | ||||||
| 15 | Section 4-102 of this Code, if the person presents a | ||||||
| 16 | certified copy of a court order that includes a finding | ||||||
| 17 | that the person did not exercise actual physical control of | ||||||
| 18 | the vehicle at the time of the violation; or | ||||||
| 19 | (9) the person being convicted of criminal trespass to | ||||||
| 20 | vehicles under Section 21-2 of the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
| 21 | if the person presents a certified copy of a court order | ||||||
| 22 | that includes a finding that the person did not exercise | ||||||
| 23 | actual physical control of the vehicle at the time of the | ||||||
| 24 | violation.
| ||||||
| 25 | (b) As soon as practicable and no later than July 1, 2021, | ||||||
| 26 | the Secretary shall rescind the suspension, cancellation, or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | prohibition of renewal of a person's driver's license that has | ||||||
| 2 | been suspended, canceled, or whose renewal has been prohibited | ||||||
| 3 | before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
| 4 | General Assembly due to the person having failed to pay any | ||||||
| 5 | fine or penalty as a result of 5 offenses for automated traffic | ||||||
| 6 | law enforcement system violations under Sections 11-208.6, | ||||||
| 7 | 11-208.8, 11-208.9, and 11-1201.1. | ||||||
| 8 | (Source: P.A. 101-623, eff. 7-1-20; revised 8-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 9 | (625 ILCS 5/11-208.3) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 11-208.3)
| ||||||
| 10 | Sec. 11-208.3. Administrative adjudication of violations | ||||||
| 11 | of traffic
regulations concerning the standing, parking, or | ||||||
| 12 | condition of
vehicles, automated traffic law violations, and | ||||||
| 13 | automated speed enforcement system violations.
| ||||||
| 14 | (a) Any municipality or county may provide by ordinance for | ||||||
| 15 | a system of
administrative adjudication of vehicular standing | ||||||
| 16 | and parking violations and
vehicle compliance violations as | ||||||
| 17 | described in this subsection, automated traffic law violations | ||||||
| 18 | as defined in Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1, and | ||||||
| 19 | automated speed enforcement system violations as defined in | ||||||
| 20 | Section 11-208.8.
The administrative system shall have as its | ||||||
| 21 | purpose the fair and
efficient enforcement of municipal or | ||||||
| 22 | county regulations through the
administrative adjudication of | ||||||
| 23 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic law | ||||||
| 24 | violations and violations of municipal or county ordinances
| ||||||
| 25 | regulating the standing and parking of vehicles, the condition | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and use of
vehicle equipment, and the display of municipal or | ||||||
| 2 | county wheel tax licenses within the
municipality's
or county's | ||||||
| 3 | borders. The administrative system shall only have authority to | ||||||
| 4 | adjudicate
civil offenses carrying fines not in excess of $500 | ||||||
| 5 | or requiring the completion of a traffic education program, or | ||||||
| 6 | both, that occur after the
effective date of the ordinance | ||||||
| 7 | adopting such a system under this Section.
For purposes of this | ||||||
| 8 | Section, "compliance violation" means a violation of a
| ||||||
| 9 | municipal or county regulation governing the condition or use | ||||||
| 10 | of equipment on a vehicle
or governing the display of a | ||||||
| 11 | municipal or county wheel tax license.
| ||||||
| 12 | (b) Any ordinance establishing a system of administrative | ||||||
| 13 | adjudication
under this Section shall provide for:
| ||||||
| 14 | (1) A traffic compliance administrator authorized to
| ||||||
| 15 | adopt, distribute, and
process parking, compliance, and | ||||||
| 16 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic | ||||||
| 17 | law violation notices and other notices required
by this
| ||||||
| 18 | Section, collect money paid as fines and penalties for | ||||||
| 19 | violation of parking
and compliance
ordinances and | ||||||
| 20 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic | ||||||
| 21 | law violations, and operate an administrative adjudication | ||||||
| 22 | system. The traffic
compliance
administrator also may make | ||||||
| 23 | a certified report to the Secretary of State
under Section | ||||||
| 24 | 6-306.5.
| ||||||
| 25 | (2) A parking, standing, compliance, automated speed | ||||||
| 26 | enforcement system, or automated traffic law violation | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | notice
that
shall specify or include the date,
time, and | ||||||
| 2 | place of violation of a parking, standing,
compliance, | ||||||
| 3 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic | ||||||
| 4 | law
regulation; the particular regulation
violated; any | ||||||
| 5 | requirement to complete a traffic education program; the | ||||||
| 6 | fine and any penalty that may be assessed for late payment | ||||||
| 7 | or failure to complete a required traffic education | ||||||
| 8 | program, or both,
when so provided by ordinance; the | ||||||
| 9 | vehicle make or a photograph of the vehicle; the state | ||||||
| 10 | registration
number of the vehicle; and the identification | ||||||
| 11 | number of the
person issuing the notice.
With regard to | ||||||
| 12 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic | ||||||
| 13 | law violations, vehicle make shall be specified on the | ||||||
| 14 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic | ||||||
| 15 | law violation notice if the notice does not include a | ||||||
| 16 | photograph of the vehicle and the make is available and | ||||||
| 17 | readily discernible. With regard to municipalities or | ||||||
| 18 | counties with a population of 1 million or more, it
shall | ||||||
| 19 | be grounds for
dismissal of a parking
violation if the | ||||||
| 20 | state registration number or vehicle make specified is
| ||||||
| 21 | incorrect. The violation notice shall state that the | ||||||
| 22 | completion of any required traffic education program, the | ||||||
| 23 | payment of any indicated
fine, and the payment of any | ||||||
| 24 | applicable penalty for late payment or failure to complete | ||||||
| 25 | a required traffic education program, or both, shall | ||||||
| 26 | operate as a
final disposition of the violation. The notice | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | also shall contain
information as to the availability of a | ||||||
| 2 | hearing in which the violation may
be contested on its | ||||||
| 3 | merits. The violation notice shall specify the
time and | ||||||
| 4 | manner in which a hearing may be had.
| ||||||
| 5 | (3) Service of a parking, standing, or compliance
| ||||||
| 6 | violation notice by: (i) affixing the
original or a | ||||||
| 7 | facsimile of the notice to an unlawfully parked or standing | ||||||
| 8 | vehicle; (ii)
handing the notice to the operator of a | ||||||
| 9 | vehicle if he or she is
present; or (iii) mailing the | ||||||
| 10 | notice to the address of the registered owner or lessee of | ||||||
| 11 | the cited vehicle as recorded with the Secretary of State | ||||||
| 12 | or the lessor of the motor vehicle within 30 days after the | ||||||
| 13 | Secretary of State or the lessor of the motor vehicle | ||||||
| 14 | notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the | ||||||
| 15 | owner or lessee of the vehicle, but not later than 90 days | ||||||
| 16 | after the date of the violation, except that in the case of | ||||||
| 17 | a lessee of a motor vehicle, service of a parking, | ||||||
| 18 | standing, or compliance violation notice may occur no later | ||||||
| 19 | than 210 days after the violation; and service of an | ||||||
| 20 | automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic | ||||||
| 21 | law violation notice by mail to the
address
of the | ||||||
| 22 | registered owner or lessee of the cited vehicle as recorded | ||||||
| 23 | with the Secretary of
State or the lessor of the motor | ||||||
| 24 | vehicle within 30 days after the Secretary of State or the | ||||||
| 25 | lessor of the motor vehicle notifies the municipality or | ||||||
| 26 | county of the identity of the owner or lessee of the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | vehicle, but not later than 90 days after the violation, | ||||||
| 2 | except that in the case of a lessee of a motor vehicle, | ||||||
| 3 | service of an automated traffic law violation notice may | ||||||
| 4 | occur no later than 210 days after the violation. A person | ||||||
| 5 | authorized by ordinance to issue and serve parking,
| ||||||
| 6 | standing, and compliance
violation notices shall certify | ||||||
| 7 | as to the correctness of the facts entered
on the violation | ||||||
| 8 | notice by signing his or her name to the notice at
the time | ||||||
| 9 | of service or, in the case of a notice produced by a | ||||||
| 10 | computerized
device, by signing a single certificate to be | ||||||
| 11 | kept by the traffic
compliance
administrator attesting to | ||||||
| 12 | the correctness of all notices produced by the
device while | ||||||
| 13 | it was under his or her control. In the case of an | ||||||
| 14 | automated traffic law violation, the ordinance shall
| ||||||
| 15 | require
a
determination by a technician employed or | ||||||
| 16 | contracted by the municipality or county that,
based on | ||||||
| 17 | inspection of recorded images, the motor vehicle was being | ||||||
| 18 | operated in
violation of Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or | ||||||
| 19 | 11-1201.1 or a local ordinance.
If the technician | ||||||
| 20 | determines that the
vehicle entered the intersection as | ||||||
| 21 | part of a funeral procession or in order to
yield the | ||||||
| 22 | right-of-way to an emergency vehicle, a citation shall not | ||||||
| 23 | be issued. In municipalities with a population of less than | ||||||
| 24 | 1,000,000 inhabitants and counties with a population of | ||||||
| 25 | less than 3,000,000 inhabitants, the automated traffic law | ||||||
| 26 | ordinance shall require that all determinations by a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | technician that a motor vehicle was being operated in
| ||||||
| 2 | violation of Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a | ||||||
| 3 | local ordinance must be reviewed and approved by a law | ||||||
| 4 | enforcement officer or retired law enforcement officer of | ||||||
| 5 | the municipality or county issuing the violation. In | ||||||
| 6 | municipalities with a population of 1,000,000 or more | ||||||
| 7 | inhabitants and counties with a population of 3,000,000 or | ||||||
| 8 | more inhabitants, the automated traffic law ordinance | ||||||
| 9 | shall require that all determinations by a technician that | ||||||
| 10 | a motor vehicle was being operated in
violation of Section | ||||||
| 11 | 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a local ordinance must | ||||||
| 12 | be reviewed and approved by a law enforcement officer or | ||||||
| 13 | retired law enforcement officer of the municipality or | ||||||
| 14 | county issuing the violation or by an additional fully | ||||||
| 15 | trained fully-trained reviewing technician who is not | ||||||
| 16 | employed by the contractor who employs the technician who | ||||||
| 17 | made the initial determination. In the case of an automated | ||||||
| 18 | speed enforcement system violation, the ordinance shall | ||||||
| 19 | require a determination by a technician employed by the | ||||||
| 20 | municipality, based upon an inspection of recorded images, | ||||||
| 21 | video or other documentation, including documentation of | ||||||
| 22 | the speed limit and automated speed enforcement signage, | ||||||
| 23 | and documentation of the inspection, calibration, and | ||||||
| 24 | certification of the speed equipment, that the vehicle was | ||||||
| 25 | being operated in violation of Article VI of Chapter 11 of | ||||||
| 26 | this Code or a similar local ordinance. If the technician | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | determines that the vehicle speed was not determined by a | ||||||
| 2 | calibrated, certified speed equipment device based upon | ||||||
| 3 | the speed equipment documentation, or if the vehicle was an | ||||||
| 4 | emergency vehicle, a citation may not be issued. The | ||||||
| 5 | automated speed enforcement ordinance shall require that | ||||||
| 6 | all determinations by a technician that a violation | ||||||
| 7 | occurred be reviewed and approved by a law enforcement | ||||||
| 8 | officer or retired law enforcement officer of the | ||||||
| 9 | municipality issuing the violation or by an additional | ||||||
| 10 | fully trained reviewing technician who is not employed by | ||||||
| 11 | the contractor who employs the technician who made the | ||||||
| 12 | initial determination. Routine and independent calibration | ||||||
| 13 | of the speeds produced by automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 14 | systems and equipment shall be conducted annually by a | ||||||
| 15 | qualified technician. Speeds produced by an automated | ||||||
| 16 | speed enforcement system shall be compared with speeds | ||||||
| 17 | produced by lidar or other independent equipment. Radar or | ||||||
| 18 | lidar equipment shall undergo an internal validation test | ||||||
| 19 | no less frequently than once each week. Qualified | ||||||
| 20 | technicians shall test loop-based loop based equipment no | ||||||
| 21 | less frequently than once a year. Radar equipment shall be | ||||||
| 22 | checked for accuracy by a qualified technician when the | ||||||
| 23 | unit is serviced, when unusual or suspect readings persist, | ||||||
| 24 | or when deemed necessary by a reviewing technician. Radar | ||||||
| 25 | equipment shall be checked with the internal frequency | ||||||
| 26 | generator and the internal circuit test whenever the radar | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | is turned on. Technicians must be alert for any unusual or | ||||||
| 2 | suspect readings, and if unusual or suspect readings of a | ||||||
| 3 | radar unit persist, that unit shall immediately be removed | ||||||
| 4 | from service and not returned to service until it has been | ||||||
| 5 | checked by a qualified technician and determined to be | ||||||
| 6 | functioning properly. Documentation of the annual | ||||||
| 7 | calibration results, including the equipment tested, test | ||||||
| 8 | date, technician performing the test, and test results, | ||||||
| 9 | shall be maintained and available for use in the | ||||||
| 10 | determination of an automated speed enforcement system | ||||||
| 11 | violation and issuance of a citation. The technician | ||||||
| 12 | performing the calibration and testing of the automated | ||||||
| 13 | speed enforcement equipment shall be trained and certified | ||||||
| 14 | in the use of equipment for speed enforcement purposes. | ||||||
| 15 | Training on the speed enforcement equipment may be | ||||||
| 16 | conducted by law enforcement, civilian, or manufacturer's | ||||||
| 17 | personnel and if applicable may be equivalent to the | ||||||
| 18 | equipment use and operations training included in the Speed | ||||||
| 19 | Measuring Device Operator Program developed by the | ||||||
| 20 | National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). | ||||||
| 21 | The vendor or technician who performs the work shall keep | ||||||
| 22 | accurate records on each piece of equipment the technician | ||||||
| 23 | calibrates and tests. As used in this paragraph, "fully | ||||||
| 24 | trained fully-trained reviewing technician" means a person | ||||||
| 25 | who has received at least 40 hours of supervised training | ||||||
| 26 | in subjects which shall include image inspection and | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | interpretation, the elements necessary to prove a | ||||||
| 2 | violation, license plate identification, and traffic | ||||||
| 3 | safety and management. In all municipalities and counties, | ||||||
| 4 | the automated speed enforcement system or automated | ||||||
| 5 | traffic law ordinance shall require that no additional fee | ||||||
| 6 | shall be charged to the alleged violator for exercising his | ||||||
| 7 | or her right to an administrative hearing, and persons | ||||||
| 8 | shall be given at least 25 days following an administrative | ||||||
| 9 | hearing to pay any civil penalty imposed by a finding that | ||||||
| 10 | Section 11-208.6, 11-208.8, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a | ||||||
| 11 | similar local ordinance has been violated. The original or | ||||||
| 12 | a
facsimile of the violation notice or, in the case of a | ||||||
| 13 | notice produced by a
computerized device, a printed record | ||||||
| 14 | generated by the device showing the facts
entered on the | ||||||
| 15 | notice, shall be retained by the
traffic compliance
| ||||||
| 16 | administrator, and shall be a record kept in the ordinary | ||||||
| 17 | course of
business. A parking, standing, compliance, | ||||||
| 18 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic | ||||||
| 19 | law violation notice issued,
signed, and served in
| ||||||
| 20 | accordance with this Section, a copy of the notice, or the | ||||||
| 21 | computer-generated computer
generated record shall be | ||||||
| 22 | prima facie
correct and shall be prima facie evidence of | ||||||
| 23 | the correctness of the facts
shown on the notice. The | ||||||
| 24 | notice, copy, or computer-generated computer generated
| ||||||
| 25 | record shall be admissible in any
subsequent | ||||||
| 26 | administrative or legal proceedings.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (4) An opportunity for a hearing for the registered | ||||||
| 2 | owner of the
vehicle cited in the parking, standing, | ||||||
| 3 | compliance, automated speed enforcement system, or | ||||||
| 4 | automated traffic law violation notice in
which the owner | ||||||
| 5 | may
contest the merits of the alleged violation, and during | ||||||
| 6 | which formal or
technical rules of evidence shall not | ||||||
| 7 | apply; provided, however, that under
Section 11-1306 of | ||||||
| 8 | this Code the lessee of a vehicle cited in the
violation | ||||||
| 9 | notice likewise shall be provided an opportunity for a | ||||||
| 10 | hearing of
the same kind afforded the registered owner. The | ||||||
| 11 | hearings shall be
recorded, and the person conducting the | ||||||
| 12 | hearing on behalf of the traffic
compliance
administrator | ||||||
| 13 | shall be empowered to administer oaths and to secure by
| ||||||
| 14 | subpoena both the attendance and testimony of witnesses and | ||||||
| 15 | the production
of relevant books and papers. Persons | ||||||
| 16 | appearing at a hearing under this
Section may be | ||||||
| 17 | represented by counsel at their expense. The ordinance may
| ||||||
| 18 | also provide for internal administrative review following | ||||||
| 19 | the decision of
the hearing officer.
| ||||||
| 20 | (5) Service of additional notices, sent by first class | ||||||
| 21 | United States
mail, postage prepaid, to the address of the | ||||||
| 22 | registered owner of the cited
vehicle as recorded with the | ||||||
| 23 | Secretary of State or, if any notice to that address is | ||||||
| 24 | returned as undeliverable, to the last known address | ||||||
| 25 | recorded in a United States Post Office approved database,
| ||||||
| 26 | or, under Section 11-1306
or subsection (p) of Section | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 11-208.6 or 11-208.9, or subsection (p) of Section 11-208.8 | ||||||
| 2 | of this Code, to the lessee of the cited vehicle at the | ||||||
| 3 | last address known
to the lessor of the cited vehicle at | ||||||
| 4 | the time of lease or, if any notice to that address is | ||||||
| 5 | returned as undeliverable, to the last known address | ||||||
| 6 | recorded in a United States Post Office approved database.
| ||||||
| 7 | The service shall
be deemed complete as of the date of | ||||||
| 8 | deposit in the United States mail.
The notices shall be in | ||||||
| 9 | the following sequence and shall include, but not be
| ||||||
| 10 | limited to, the information specified herein:
| ||||||
| 11 | (i) A second notice of parking, standing, or | ||||||
| 12 | compliance violation if the first notice of the | ||||||
| 13 | violation was issued by affixing the original or a | ||||||
| 14 | facsimile of the notice to the unlawfully parked | ||||||
| 15 | vehicle or by handing the notice to the operator. This | ||||||
| 16 | notice shall specify or include the
date and location | ||||||
| 17 | of the violation cited in the parking,
standing,
or | ||||||
| 18 | compliance violation
notice, the particular regulation | ||||||
| 19 | violated, the vehicle
make or a photograph of the | ||||||
| 20 | vehicle, the state registration number of the vehicle, | ||||||
| 21 | any requirement to complete a traffic education | ||||||
| 22 | program, the fine and any penalty that may be
assessed | ||||||
| 23 | for late payment or failure to complete a traffic | ||||||
| 24 | education program, or both, when so provided by | ||||||
| 25 | ordinance, the availability
of a hearing in which the | ||||||
| 26 | violation may be contested on its merits, and the
time | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | and manner in which the hearing may be had. The notice | ||||||
| 2 | of violation
shall also state that failure to complete | ||||||
| 3 | a required traffic education program, to pay the | ||||||
| 4 | indicated fine and any
applicable penalty, or to appear | ||||||
| 5 | at a hearing on the merits in the time and
manner | ||||||
| 6 | specified, will result in a final determination of | ||||||
| 7 | violation
liability for the cited violation in the | ||||||
| 8 | amount of the fine or penalty
indicated, and that, upon | ||||||
| 9 | the occurrence of a final determination of violation | ||||||
| 10 | liability for the failure, and the exhaustion of, or
| ||||||
| 11 | failure to exhaust, available administrative or | ||||||
| 12 | judicial procedures for
review, any incomplete traffic | ||||||
| 13 | education program or any unpaid fine or penalty, or | ||||||
| 14 | both, will constitute a debt due and owing
the | ||||||
| 15 | municipality or county.
| ||||||
| 16 | (ii) A notice of final determination of parking, | ||||||
| 17 | standing,
compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 18 | system, or automated traffic law violation liability.
| ||||||
| 19 | This notice shall be sent following a final | ||||||
| 20 | determination of parking,
standing, compliance, | ||||||
| 21 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated | ||||||
| 22 | traffic law
violation liability and the conclusion of | ||||||
| 23 | judicial review procedures taken
under this Section. | ||||||
| 24 | The notice shall state that the incomplete traffic | ||||||
| 25 | education program or the unpaid fine or
penalty, or | ||||||
| 26 | both, is a debt due and owing the municipality or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | county. The notice shall contain
warnings that failure | ||||||
| 2 | to complete any required traffic education program or | ||||||
| 3 | to pay any fine or penalty due and owing the
| ||||||
| 4 | municipality or county, or both, within the time | ||||||
| 5 | specified may result in the municipality's
or county's | ||||||
| 6 | filing of a petition in the Circuit Court to have the | ||||||
| 7 | incomplete traffic education program or unpaid
fine or | ||||||
| 8 | penalty, or both, rendered a judgment as provided by | ||||||
| 9 | this Section, or, where applicable, may
result in | ||||||
| 10 | suspension of the person's driver's drivers license | ||||||
| 11 | for failure to complete a traffic education program or | ||||||
| 12 | to pay
fines or penalties, or both, for 5 or more | ||||||
| 13 | automated traffic law violations under Section | ||||||
| 14 | 11-208.6 or 11-208.9 or automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 15 | system violations under Section 11-208.8.
| ||||||
| 16 | (6) A notice of impending driver's drivers license | ||||||
| 17 | suspension. This
notice shall be sent to the person liable | ||||||
| 18 | for failure to complete a required traffic education | ||||||
| 19 | program or to pay any fine or penalty that
remains due and | ||||||
| 20 | owing, or both, on 5 or more unpaid automated speed | ||||||
| 21 | enforcement system or automated traffic law violations. | ||||||
| 22 | The notice
shall state that failure to complete a required | ||||||
| 23 | traffic education program or to pay the fine or penalty | ||||||
| 24 | owing, or both, within 45 days of
the notice's date will | ||||||
| 25 | result in the municipality or county notifying the | ||||||
| 26 | Secretary
of State that the person is eligible for | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | initiation of suspension
proceedings under Section 6-306.5 | ||||||
| 2 | of this Code. The notice shall also state
that the person | ||||||
| 3 | may obtain a photostatic copy of an original ticket | ||||||
| 4 | imposing a
fine or penalty by sending a self-addressed self | ||||||
| 5 | addressed, stamped envelope to the
municipality or county | ||||||
| 6 | along with a request for the photostatic copy.
The notice | ||||||
| 7 | of impending driver's
drivers license suspension shall be | ||||||
| 8 | sent by first class United States mail,
postage prepaid, to | ||||||
| 9 | the address recorded with the Secretary of State or, if any | ||||||
| 10 | notice to that address is returned as undeliverable, to the | ||||||
| 11 | last known address recorded in a United States Post Office | ||||||
| 12 | approved database.
| ||||||
| 13 | (7) Final determinations of violation liability. A | ||||||
| 14 | final
determination of violation liability shall occur | ||||||
| 15 | following failure to complete the required traffic | ||||||
| 16 | education program or
to pay the fine or penalty, or both, | ||||||
| 17 | after a hearing officer's determination of violation | ||||||
| 18 | liability and the exhaustion of or failure to exhaust any
| ||||||
| 19 | administrative review procedures provided by ordinance. | ||||||
| 20 | Where a person
fails to appear at a hearing to contest the | ||||||
| 21 | alleged violation in the time
and manner specified in a | ||||||
| 22 | prior mailed notice, the hearing officer's
determination | ||||||
| 23 | of violation liability shall become final: (A) upon
denial | ||||||
| 24 | of a timely petition to set aside that determination, or | ||||||
| 25 | (B) upon
expiration of the period for filing the petition | ||||||
| 26 | without a
filing having been made.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (8) A petition to set aside a determination of parking, | ||||||
| 2 | standing,
compliance, automated speed enforcement system, | ||||||
| 3 | or automated traffic law violation
liability that may be | ||||||
| 4 | filed by a person owing an unpaid fine or penalty. A | ||||||
| 5 | petition to set aside a determination of liability may also | ||||||
| 6 | be filed by a person required to complete a traffic | ||||||
| 7 | education program.
The petition shall be filed with and | ||||||
| 8 | ruled upon by the traffic compliance
administrator in the | ||||||
| 9 | manner and within the time specified by ordinance.
The | ||||||
| 10 | grounds for the petition may be limited to: (A) the person | ||||||
| 11 | not having
been the owner or lessee of the cited vehicle on | ||||||
| 12 | the date the
violation notice was issued, (B) the person | ||||||
| 13 | having already completed the required traffic education | ||||||
| 14 | program or paid the fine or
penalty, or both, for the | ||||||
| 15 | violation in question, and (C) excusable failure to
appear | ||||||
| 16 | at or
request a new date for a hearing.
With regard to | ||||||
| 17 | municipalities or counties with a population of 1 million | ||||||
| 18 | or more, it
shall be grounds for
dismissal of a
parking | ||||||
| 19 | violation if the state registration number or vehicle make, | ||||||
| 20 | only if specified in the violation notice, is
incorrect. | ||||||
| 21 | After the determination of
parking, standing, compliance, | ||||||
| 22 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic | ||||||
| 23 | law violation liability has been set aside
upon a showing | ||||||
| 24 | of just
cause, the registered owner shall be provided with | ||||||
| 25 | a hearing on the merits
for that violation.
| ||||||
| 26 | (9) Procedures for non-residents. Procedures by which | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | persons who are
not residents of the municipality or county | ||||||
| 2 | may contest the merits of the alleged
violation without | ||||||
| 3 | attending a hearing.
| ||||||
| 4 | (10) A schedule of civil fines for violations of | ||||||
| 5 | vehicular standing,
parking, compliance, automated speed | ||||||
| 6 | enforcement system, or automated traffic law regulations | ||||||
| 7 | enacted by ordinance pursuant to this
Section, and a
| ||||||
| 8 | schedule of penalties for late payment of the fines or | ||||||
| 9 | failure to complete required traffic education programs, | ||||||
| 10 | provided, however,
that the total amount of the fine and | ||||||
| 11 | penalty for any one violation shall
not exceed $250, except | ||||||
| 12 | as provided in subsection (c) of Section 11-1301.3 of this | ||||||
| 13 | Code.
| ||||||
| 14 | (11) Other provisions as are necessary and proper to | ||||||
| 15 | carry into
effect the powers granted and purposes stated in | ||||||
| 16 | this Section.
| ||||||
| 17 | (c) Any municipality or county establishing vehicular | ||||||
| 18 | standing, parking,
compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 19 | system, or automated traffic law
regulations under this Section | ||||||
| 20 | may also provide by ordinance for a
program of vehicle | ||||||
| 21 | immobilization for the purpose of facilitating
enforcement of | ||||||
| 22 | those regulations. The program of vehicle
immobilization shall | ||||||
| 23 | provide for immobilizing any eligible vehicle upon the
public | ||||||
| 24 | way by presence of a restraint in a manner to prevent operation | ||||||
| 25 | of
the vehicle. Any ordinance establishing a program of vehicle
| ||||||
| 26 | immobilization under this Section shall provide:
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (1) Criteria for the designation of vehicles eligible | ||||||
| 2 | for
immobilization. A vehicle shall be eligible for | ||||||
| 3 | immobilization when the
registered owner of the vehicle has | ||||||
| 4 | accumulated the number of incomplete traffic education | ||||||
| 5 | programs or unpaid final
determinations of parking, | ||||||
| 6 | standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system, | ||||||
| 7 | or automated traffic law violation liability, or both, as
| ||||||
| 8 | determined by ordinance.
| ||||||
| 9 | (2) A notice of impending vehicle immobilization and a | ||||||
| 10 | right to a
hearing to challenge the validity of the notice | ||||||
| 11 | by disproving liability
for the incomplete traffic | ||||||
| 12 | education programs or unpaid final determinations of | ||||||
| 13 | parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 14 | system, or automated traffic law
violation liability, or | ||||||
| 15 | both, listed
on the notice.
| ||||||
| 16 | (3) The right to a prompt hearing after a vehicle has | ||||||
| 17 | been immobilized
or subsequently towed without the | ||||||
| 18 | completion of the required traffic education program or | ||||||
| 19 | payment of the outstanding fines and
penalties on parking, | ||||||
| 20 | standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system, | ||||||
| 21 | or automated traffic law violations, or both, for which | ||||||
| 22 | final
determinations have been
issued. An order issued | ||||||
| 23 | after the hearing is a final administrative
decision within | ||||||
| 24 | the meaning of Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil | ||||||
| 25 | Procedure.
| ||||||
| 26 | (4) A post immobilization and post-towing notice | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | advising the registered
owner of the vehicle of the right | ||||||
| 2 | to a hearing to challenge the validity
of the impoundment.
| ||||||
| 3 | (d) Judicial review of final determinations of parking, | ||||||
| 4 | standing,
compliance, automated speed enforcement system, or | ||||||
| 5 | automated traffic law
violations and final administrative | ||||||
| 6 | decisions issued after hearings
regarding vehicle | ||||||
| 7 | immobilization and impoundment made
under this Section shall be | ||||||
| 8 | subject to the provisions of
the Administrative Review Law.
| ||||||
| 9 | (e) Any fine, penalty, incomplete traffic education | ||||||
| 10 | program, or part of any fine or any penalty remaining
unpaid | ||||||
| 11 | after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust, | ||||||
| 12 | administrative
remedies created under this Section and the | ||||||
| 13 | conclusion of any judicial
review procedures shall be a debt | ||||||
| 14 | due and owing the municipality or county and, as
such, may be | ||||||
| 15 | collected in accordance with applicable law. Completion of any | ||||||
| 16 | required traffic education program and payment in full
of any | ||||||
| 17 | fine or penalty resulting from a standing, parking,
compliance, | ||||||
| 18 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law | ||||||
| 19 | violation shall
constitute a final disposition of that | ||||||
| 20 | violation.
| ||||||
| 21 | (f) After the expiration of the period within which | ||||||
| 22 | judicial review may
be sought for a final determination of | ||||||
| 23 | parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 24 | system, or automated traffic law
violation, the municipality
or | ||||||
| 25 | county may commence a proceeding in the Circuit Court for | ||||||
| 26 | purposes of obtaining a
judgment on the final determination of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | violation. Nothing in this
Section shall prevent a municipality | ||||||
| 2 | or county from consolidating multiple final
determinations of | ||||||
| 3 | parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 4 | system, or automated traffic law violations against a
person in | ||||||
| 5 | a proceeding.
Upon commencement of the action, the municipality | ||||||
| 6 | or county shall file a certified
copy or record of the final | ||||||
| 7 | determination of parking, standing, compliance, automated | ||||||
| 8 | speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law
violation, | ||||||
| 9 | which shall be
accompanied by a certification that recites | ||||||
| 10 | facts sufficient to show that
the final determination of | ||||||
| 11 | violation was
issued in accordance with this Section and the | ||||||
| 12 | applicable municipal
or county ordinance. Service of the | ||||||
| 13 | summons and a copy of the petition may be by
any method | ||||||
| 14 | provided by Section 2-203 of the Code of Civil Procedure or by
| ||||||
| 15 | certified mail, return receipt requested, provided that the | ||||||
| 16 | total amount of
fines and penalties for final determinations of | ||||||
| 17 | parking, standing,
compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 18 | system, or automated traffic law violations does not
exceed | ||||||
| 19 | $2500. If the court is satisfied that the final determination | ||||||
| 20 | of
parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 21 | system, or automated traffic law violation was entered in | ||||||
| 22 | accordance with
the requirements of
this Section and the | ||||||
| 23 | applicable municipal or county ordinance, and that the | ||||||
| 24 | registered
owner or the lessee, as the case may be, had an | ||||||
| 25 | opportunity for an
administrative hearing and for judicial | ||||||
| 26 | review as provided in this Section,
the court shall render | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | judgment in favor of the municipality or county and against
the | ||||||
| 2 | registered owner or the lessee for the amount indicated in the | ||||||
| 3 | final
determination of parking, standing, compliance, | ||||||
| 4 | automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law | ||||||
| 5 | violation, plus costs.
The judgment shall have
the same effect | ||||||
| 6 | and may be enforced in the same manner as other judgments
for | ||||||
| 7 | the recovery of money.
| ||||||
| 8 | (g) The fee for participating in a traffic education | ||||||
| 9 | program under this Section shall not exceed $25. | ||||||
| 10 | A low-income individual required to complete a traffic | ||||||
| 11 | education program under this Section who provides proof of | ||||||
| 12 | eligibility for the federal earned income tax credit under | ||||||
| 13 | Section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code or the Illinois earned | ||||||
| 14 | income tax credit under Section 212 of the Illinois Income Tax | ||||||
| 15 | Act shall not be required to pay any fee for participating in a | ||||||
| 16 | required traffic education program. | ||||||
| 17 | (Source: P.A. 101-32, eff. 6-28-19; 101-623, eff. 7-1-20; | ||||||
| 18 | revised 12-21-20.)
| ||||||
| 19 | (625 ILCS 5/11-208.6)
| ||||||
| 20 | Sec. 11-208.6. Automated traffic law enforcement system.
| ||||||
| 21 | (a) As used in this Section, "automated traffic law | ||||||
| 22 | enforcement
system" means a device with one or more motor | ||||||
| 23 | vehicle sensors working
in conjunction with a red light signal | ||||||
| 24 | to produce recorded images of
motor vehicles entering an | ||||||
| 25 | intersection against a red signal
indication in violation of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section 11-306 of this Code or a similar provision
of a local | ||||||
| 2 | ordinance.
| ||||||
| 3 | An
automated traffic law enforcement system is a system, in | ||||||
| 4 | a municipality or
county operated by a
governmental agency, | ||||||
| 5 | that
produces a recorded image of a motor vehicle's
violation | ||||||
| 6 | of a provision of this Code or a local ordinance
and is | ||||||
| 7 | designed to obtain a clear recorded image of the
vehicle and | ||||||
| 8 | the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image must also
| ||||||
| 9 | display the time, date, and location of the violation.
| ||||||
| 10 | (b) As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images
| ||||||
| 11 | recorded by an automated traffic law enforcement system on:
| ||||||
| 12 | (1) 2 or more photographs;
| ||||||
| 13 | (2) 2 or more microphotographs;
| ||||||
| 14 | (3) 2 or more electronic images; or
| ||||||
| 15 | (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on | ||||||
| 16 | at
least one image or portion of the recording, clearly | ||||||
| 17 | identifying the
registration plate or digital registration | ||||||
| 18 | plate number of the motor vehicle.
| ||||||
| 19 | (b-5) A municipality or
county that
produces a recorded | ||||||
| 20 | image of a motor vehicle's
violation of a provision of this | ||||||
| 21 | Code or a local ordinance must make the recorded images of a | ||||||
| 22 | violation accessible to the alleged violator by providing the | ||||||
| 23 | alleged violator with a website address, accessible through the | ||||||
| 24 | Internet. | ||||||
| 25 | (c) Except as provided under Section 11-208.8 of this Code, | ||||||
| 26 | a county or municipality, including a home rule county or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | municipality, may not use an automated traffic law enforcement | ||||||
| 2 | system to provide recorded images of a motor vehicle for the | ||||||
| 3 | purpose of recording its speed. Except as provided under | ||||||
| 4 | Section 11-208.8 of this Code, the regulation of the use of | ||||||
| 5 | automated traffic law enforcement systems to record vehicle | ||||||
| 6 | speeds is an exclusive power and function of the State. This | ||||||
| 7 | subsection (c) is a denial and limitation of home rule powers | ||||||
| 8 | and functions under subsection (h) of Section 6 of Article VII | ||||||
| 9 | of the Illinois Constitution.
| ||||||
| 10 | (c-5) A county or municipality, including a home rule | ||||||
| 11 | county or municipality, may not use an automated traffic law | ||||||
| 12 | enforcement system to issue violations in instances where the | ||||||
| 13 | motor vehicle comes to a complete stop and does not enter the | ||||||
| 14 | intersection, as defined by Section 1-132 of this Code, during | ||||||
| 15 | the cycle of the red signal indication unless one or more | ||||||
| 16 | pedestrians or bicyclists are present, even if the motor | ||||||
| 17 | vehicle stops at a point past a stop line or crosswalk where a | ||||||
| 18 | driver is required to stop, as specified in subsection (c) of | ||||||
| 19 | Section 11-306 of this Code or a similar provision of a local | ||||||
| 20 | ordinance. | ||||||
| 21 | (c-6) A county, or a municipality with less than 2,000,000 | ||||||
| 22 | inhabitants, including a home rule county or municipality, may | ||||||
| 23 | not use an automated traffic law enforcement system to issue | ||||||
| 24 | violations in instances where a motorcyclist enters an | ||||||
| 25 | intersection against a red signal
indication when the red | ||||||
| 26 | signal fails to change to a green signal within a reasonable | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | period of time not less than 120 seconds because of a signal | ||||||
| 2 | malfunction or because the signal has failed to detect the | ||||||
| 3 | arrival of the motorcycle due to the motorcycle's size or | ||||||
| 4 | weight. | ||||||
| 5 | (d) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a | ||||||
| 6 | local ordinance
recorded by an automatic
traffic law | ||||||
| 7 | enforcement system, the county or municipality having
| ||||||
| 8 | jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the
violation to | ||||||
| 9 | the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged
violator. | ||||||
| 10 | The notice shall be delivered to the registered
owner of the | ||||||
| 11 | vehicle, by mail, within 30 days after the Secretary of State | ||||||
| 12 | notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the | ||||||
| 13 | owner of the vehicle, but in no event later than 90 days after | ||||||
| 14 | the violation.
| ||||||
| 15 | The notice shall include:
| ||||||
| 16 | (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
| ||||||
| 17 | vehicle;
| ||||||
| 18 | (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
| ||||||
| 19 | involved in the violation;
| ||||||
| 20 | (3) the violation charged;
| ||||||
| 21 | (4) the location where the violation occurred;
| ||||||
| 22 | (5) the date and time of the violation;
| ||||||
| 23 | (6) a copy of the recorded images;
| ||||||
| 24 | (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the | ||||||
| 25 | requirements of any traffic education program imposed and | ||||||
| 26 | the date
by which the civil penalty should be paid and the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | traffic education program should be completed;
| ||||||
| 2 | (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
| ||||||
| 3 | violation of a red light signal;
| ||||||
| 4 | (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty, to | ||||||
| 5 | complete a required traffic education program, or to
| ||||||
| 6 | contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
| ||||||
| 7 | liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
| ||||||
| 8 | privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle;
| ||||||
| 9 | (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed | ||||||
| 10 | by:
| ||||||
| 11 | (A) paying the fine, completing a required traffic | ||||||
| 12 | education program, or both; or
| ||||||
| 13 | (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by | ||||||
| 14 | administrative hearing; and
| ||||||
| 15 | (11) a website address, accessible through the | ||||||
| 16 | Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of | ||||||
| 17 | the violation. | ||||||
| 18 | (e) (Blank). If a person
charged with a traffic violation, | ||||||
| 19 | as a result of an automated traffic law
enforcement system, | ||||||
| 20 | does not pay the fine or complete a required traffic education | ||||||
| 21 | program, or both, or successfully contest the civil
penalty | ||||||
| 22 | resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall | ||||||
| 23 | suspend the
driving privileges of the
registered owner of the | ||||||
| 24 | vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing
to | ||||||
| 25 | complete a required traffic education program or to pay any | ||||||
| 26 | fine or penalty
due and owing, or both, as a result of a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | combination of 5 violations of the automated traffic law
| ||||||
| 2 | enforcement system or the automated speed enforcement system | ||||||
| 3 | under Section 11-208.8 of this Code.
| ||||||
| 4 | (f) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
| ||||||
| 5 | automated traffic law enforcement system, a notice alleging | ||||||
| 6 | that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts | ||||||
| 7 | contained
in the notice and admissible in any proceeding | ||||||
| 8 | alleging a
violation under this Section.
| ||||||
| 9 | (g) Recorded images made by an automatic traffic law
| ||||||
| 10 | enforcement system are confidential and shall be made
available | ||||||
| 11 | only to the alleged violator and governmental and
law | ||||||
| 12 | enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a
violation | ||||||
| 13 | of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other | ||||||
| 14 | governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a
| ||||||
| 15 | violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in
any | ||||||
| 16 | proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation.
| ||||||
| 17 | (h) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of | ||||||
| 18 | a violation:
| ||||||
| 19 | (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or | ||||||
| 20 | digital registration plates of the motor
vehicle were | ||||||
| 21 | stolen before the violation occurred and not
under the | ||||||
| 22 | control of or in the possession of the owner at
the time of | ||||||
| 23 | the violation;
| ||||||
| 24 | (2) that the driver of the vehicle passed through the
| ||||||
| 25 | intersection when the light was red either (i) in order to
| ||||||
| 26 | yield the right-of-way to an emergency vehicle or (ii) as
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | part of a funeral procession; and
| ||||||
| 2 | (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal | ||||||
| 3 | or county ordinance.
| ||||||
| 4 | (i) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the | ||||||
| 5 | registration
plates or digital registration plates were stolen | ||||||
| 6 | before the violation occurred and were not under the
control or | ||||||
| 7 | possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the
owner | ||||||
| 8 | must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen
motor | ||||||
| 9 | vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement | ||||||
| 10 | agency in a timely manner.
| ||||||
| 11 | (j) Unless the driver of the motor vehicle received a | ||||||
| 12 | Uniform
Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time of | ||||||
| 13 | the violation,
the motor vehicle owner is subject to a civil | ||||||
| 14 | penalty not exceeding
$100 or the completion of a traffic | ||||||
| 15 | education program, or both, plus an additional penalty of not | ||||||
| 16 | more than $100 for failure to pay the original penalty or to | ||||||
| 17 | complete a required traffic education program, or both, in a | ||||||
| 18 | timely manner, if the motor vehicle is recorded by an automated | ||||||
| 19 | traffic law
enforcement system. A violation for which a civil | ||||||
| 20 | penalty is imposed
under this Section is not a violation of a | ||||||
| 21 | traffic regulation governing
the movement of vehicles and may | ||||||
| 22 | not be recorded on the driving record
of the owner of the | ||||||
| 23 | vehicle.
| ||||||
| 24 | (j-3) A registered owner who is a holder of a valid | ||||||
| 25 | commercial driver's license is not required to complete a | ||||||
| 26 | traffic education program. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (j-5) For purposes of the required traffic education | ||||||
| 2 | program only, a registered owner may submit an affidavit to the | ||||||
| 3 | court or hearing officer swearing that at the time of the | ||||||
| 4 | alleged violation, the vehicle was in the custody and control | ||||||
| 5 | of another person. The affidavit must identify the person in | ||||||
| 6 | custody and control of the vehicle, including the person's name | ||||||
| 7 | and current address. The person in custody and control of the | ||||||
| 8 | vehicle at the time of the violation is required to complete | ||||||
| 9 | the required traffic education program. If the person in | ||||||
| 10 | custody and control of the vehicle at the time of the violation | ||||||
| 11 | completes the required traffic education program, the | ||||||
| 12 | registered owner of the vehicle is not required to complete a | ||||||
| 13 | traffic education program. | ||||||
| 14 | (k) An intersection equipped with an automated traffic law
| ||||||
| 15 | enforcement system must be posted with a sign visible to | ||||||
| 16 | approaching traffic
indicating that the intersection is being | ||||||
| 17 | monitored by an automated
traffic law enforcement system. | ||||||
| 18 | (k-3) A municipality or
county that has one or more | ||||||
| 19 | intersections equipped with an automated traffic law
| ||||||
| 20 | enforcement system must provide notice to drivers by posting | ||||||
| 21 | the locations of automated traffic law systems on the | ||||||
| 22 | municipality or county website.
| ||||||
| 23 | (k-5) An intersection equipped with an automated traffic | ||||||
| 24 | law
enforcement system must have a yellow change interval that | ||||||
| 25 | conforms with the Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control | ||||||
| 26 | Devices (IMUTCD) published by the Illinois Department of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Transportation. | ||||||
| 2 | (k-7) A municipality or county operating an automated | ||||||
| 3 | traffic law enforcement system shall conduct a statistical | ||||||
| 4 | analysis to assess the safety impact of each automated traffic | ||||||
| 5 | law enforcement system at an intersection following | ||||||
| 6 | installation of the system. The statistical analysis shall be | ||||||
| 7 | based upon the best available crash, traffic, and other data, | ||||||
| 8 | and shall cover a period of time before and after installation | ||||||
| 9 | of the system sufficient to provide a statistically valid | ||||||
| 10 | comparison of safety impact. The statistical analysis shall be | ||||||
| 11 | consistent with professional judgment and acceptable industry | ||||||
| 12 | practice. The statistical analysis also shall be consistent | ||||||
| 13 | with the data required for valid comparisons of before and | ||||||
| 14 | after conditions and shall be conducted within a reasonable | ||||||
| 15 | period following the installation of the automated traffic law | ||||||
| 16 | enforcement system. The statistical analysis required by this | ||||||
| 17 | subsection (k-7) shall be made available to the public and | ||||||
| 18 | shall be published on the website of the municipality or | ||||||
| 19 | county. If the statistical analysis for the 36 month period | ||||||
| 20 | following installation of the system indicates that there has | ||||||
| 21 | been an increase in the rate of accidents at the approach to | ||||||
| 22 | the intersection monitored by the system, the municipality or | ||||||
| 23 | county shall undertake additional studies to determine the | ||||||
| 24 | cause and severity of the accidents, and may take any action | ||||||
| 25 | that it determines is necessary or appropriate to reduce the | ||||||
| 26 | number or severity of the accidents at that intersection. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (l) The compensation paid for an automated traffic law | ||||||
| 2 | enforcement system
must be based on the value of the equipment | ||||||
| 3 | or the services provided and may
not be based on the number of | ||||||
| 4 | traffic citations issued or the revenue generated
by the | ||||||
| 5 | system.
| ||||||
| 6 | (m) This Section applies only to the counties of Cook, | ||||||
| 7 | DuPage, Kane, Lake, Madison, McHenry, St. Clair, and Will and | ||||||
| 8 | to municipalities located within those counties.
| ||||||
| 9 | (n) The fee for participating in a traffic education | ||||||
| 10 | program under this Section shall not exceed $25. | ||||||
| 11 | A low-income individual required to complete a traffic | ||||||
| 12 | education program under this Section who provides proof of | ||||||
| 13 | eligibility for the federal earned income tax credit under | ||||||
| 14 | Section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code or the Illinois earned | ||||||
| 15 | income tax credit under Section 212 of the Illinois Income Tax | ||||||
| 16 | Act shall not be required to pay any fee for participating in a | ||||||
| 17 | required traffic education program. | ||||||
| 18 | (o) (Blank). A municipality or county shall make a | ||||||
| 19 | certified report to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section | ||||||
| 20 | 6-306.5 of this Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle | ||||||
| 21 | has failed to pay any
fine or penalty due and owing as a result | ||||||
| 22 | of a combination of 5 offenses for automated traffic
law or | ||||||
| 23 | speed enforcement system violations. | ||||||
| 24 | (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant | ||||||
| 25 | to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated | ||||||
| 26 | speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided | ||||||
| 2 | that upon the request of the appropriate authority received | ||||||
| 3 | within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor | ||||||
| 4 | provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address | ||||||
| 5 | of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be | ||||||
| 6 | subsequently individually requested by the appropriate | ||||||
| 7 | authority if needed for enforcement of this Section. | ||||||
| 8 | Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to | ||||||
| 9 | this subsection, the county or municipality may issue the | ||||||
| 10 | violation to the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it | ||||||
| 11 | would issue a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle | ||||||
| 12 | pursuant to this Section, and the lessee may be held liable for | ||||||
| 13 | the violation. | ||||||
| 14 | (Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
| ||||||
| 15 | (625 ILCS 5/11-208.8) | ||||||
| 16 | Sec. 11-208.8. Automated speed enforcement systems in | ||||||
| 17 | safety zones. | ||||||
| 18 | (a) As used in this Section: | ||||||
| 19 | "Automated speed enforcement
system" means a photographic | ||||||
| 20 | device, radar device, laser device, or other electrical or | ||||||
| 21 | mechanical device or devices installed or utilized in a safety | ||||||
| 22 | zone and designed to record the speed of a vehicle and obtain a | ||||||
| 23 | clear photograph or other recorded image of the vehicle and the | ||||||
| 24 | vehicle's registration plate or digital registration plate | ||||||
| 25 | while the driver is violating Article VI of Chapter 11 of this | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Code or a similar provision of a local ordinance. | ||||||
| 2 | An automated speed enforcement system is a system, located | ||||||
| 3 | in a safety zone which is under the jurisdiction of a | ||||||
| 4 | municipality, that produces a recorded image of a motor | ||||||
| 5 | vehicle's violation of a provision of this Code or a local | ||||||
| 6 | ordinance and is designed to obtain a clear recorded image of | ||||||
| 7 | the vehicle and the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image | ||||||
| 8 | must also display the time, date, and location of the | ||||||
| 9 | violation. | ||||||
| 10 | "Owner" means the person or entity to whom the vehicle is | ||||||
| 11 | registered. | ||||||
| 12 | "Recorded image" means images
recorded by an automated | ||||||
| 13 | speed enforcement system on: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) 2 or more photographs; | ||||||
| 15 | (2) 2 or more microphotographs; | ||||||
| 16 | (3) 2 or more electronic images; or | ||||||
| 17 | (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on | ||||||
| 18 | at
least one image or portion of the recording, clearly | ||||||
| 19 | identifying the
registration plate or digital registration | ||||||
| 20 | plate number of the motor vehicle. | ||||||
| 21 | "Safety zone" means an area that is within one-eighth of a | ||||||
| 22 | mile from the nearest property line of any public or private | ||||||
| 23 | elementary or secondary school, or from the nearest property | ||||||
| 24 | line of any facility, area, or land owned by a school district | ||||||
| 25 | that is used for educational purposes approved by the Illinois | ||||||
| 26 | State Board of Education, not including school district | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | headquarters or administrative buildings. A safety zone also | ||||||
| 2 | includes an area that is within one-eighth of a mile from the | ||||||
| 3 | nearest property line of any facility, area, or land owned by a | ||||||
| 4 | park district used for recreational purposes. However, if any | ||||||
| 5 | portion of a roadway is within either one-eighth mile radius, | ||||||
| 6 | the safety zone also shall include the roadway extended to the | ||||||
| 7 | furthest portion of the next furthest intersection. The term | ||||||
| 8 | "safety zone" does not include any portion of the roadway known | ||||||
| 9 | as Lake Shore Drive or any controlled access highway with 8 or | ||||||
| 10 | more lanes of traffic. | ||||||
| 11 | (a-5) The automated speed enforcement system shall be | ||||||
| 12 | operational and violations shall be recorded only at the | ||||||
| 13 | following times: | ||||||
| 14 | (i) if the safety zone is based upon the property line | ||||||
| 15 | of any facility, area, or land owned by a school district, | ||||||
| 16 | only on school days and no earlier than 6 a.m. and no later | ||||||
| 17 | than 8:30 p.m. if the school day is during the period of | ||||||
| 18 | Monday through Thursday, or 9 p.m. if the school day is a | ||||||
| 19 | Friday; and | ||||||
| 20 | (ii) if the safety zone is based upon the property line | ||||||
| 21 | of any facility, area, or land owned by a park district, no | ||||||
| 22 | earlier than one hour prior to the time that the facility, | ||||||
| 23 | area, or land is open to the public or other patrons, and | ||||||
| 24 | no later than one hour after the facility, area, or land is | ||||||
| 25 | closed to the public or other patrons. | ||||||
| 26 | (b) A municipality that
produces a recorded image of a | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | motor vehicle's
violation of a provision of this Code or a | ||||||
| 2 | local ordinance must make the recorded images of a violation | ||||||
| 3 | accessible to the alleged violator by providing the alleged | ||||||
| 4 | violator with a website address, accessible through the | ||||||
| 5 | Internet. | ||||||
| 6 | (c) Notwithstanding any penalties for any other violations | ||||||
| 7 | of this Code, the owner of a motor vehicle used in a traffic | ||||||
| 8 | violation recorded by an automated speed enforcement system | ||||||
| 9 | shall be subject to the following penalties: | ||||||
| 10 | (1) if the recorded speed is no less than 6 miles per | ||||||
| 11 | hour and no more than 10 miles per hour over the legal | ||||||
| 12 | speed limit, a civil penalty not exceeding $50, plus an | ||||||
| 13 | additional penalty of not more than $50 for failure to pay | ||||||
| 14 | the original penalty in a timely manner; or | ||||||
| 15 | (2) if the recorded speed is more than 10 miles per | ||||||
| 16 | hour over the legal speed limit, a civil penalty not | ||||||
| 17 | exceeding $100, plus an additional penalty of not more than | ||||||
| 18 | $100 for failure to pay the original penalty in a timely | ||||||
| 19 | manner. | ||||||
| 20 | A penalty may not be imposed under this Section if the | ||||||
| 21 | driver of the motor vehicle received a Uniform Traffic Citation | ||||||
| 22 | from a police officer for a speeding violation occurring within | ||||||
| 23 | one-eighth of a mile and 15 minutes of the violation that was | ||||||
| 24 | recorded by the system. A violation for which a civil penalty | ||||||
| 25 | is imposed
under this Section is not a violation of a traffic | ||||||
| 26 | regulation governing
the movement of vehicles and may not be | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | recorded on the driving record
of the owner of the vehicle. A | ||||||
| 2 | law enforcement officer is not required to be present or to | ||||||
| 3 | witness the violation. No penalty may be imposed under this | ||||||
| 4 | Section if the recorded speed of a vehicle is 5 miles per hour | ||||||
| 5 | or less over the legal speed limit. The municipality may send, | ||||||
| 6 | in the same manner that notices are sent under this Section, a | ||||||
| 7 | speed violation warning notice where the violation involves a | ||||||
| 8 | speed of 5 miles per hour or less above the legal speed limit. | ||||||
| 9 | (d) The net proceeds that a municipality receives from | ||||||
| 10 | civil penalties imposed under an automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 11 | system, after deducting all non-personnel and personnel costs | ||||||
| 12 | associated with the operation and maintenance of such system, | ||||||
| 13 | shall be expended or obligated by the municipality for the | ||||||
| 14 | following purposes: | ||||||
| 15 | (i) public safety initiatives to ensure safe passage | ||||||
| 16 | around schools, and to provide police protection and | ||||||
| 17 | surveillance around schools and parks, including but not | ||||||
| 18 | limited to:
(1) personnel costs; and
(2) non-personnel | ||||||
| 19 | costs such as construction and maintenance of public safety | ||||||
| 20 | infrastructure and equipment; | ||||||
| 21 | (ii) initiatives to improve pedestrian and traffic | ||||||
| 22 | safety; | ||||||
| 23 | (iii) construction and maintenance of infrastructure | ||||||
| 24 | within the municipality, including but not limited to roads | ||||||
| 25 | and bridges; and | ||||||
| 26 | (iv) after school programs. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (e) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a | ||||||
| 2 | local ordinance
recorded by an automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 3 | system, the municipality having
jurisdiction shall issue a | ||||||
| 4 | written notice of the
violation to the registered owner of the | ||||||
| 5 | vehicle as the alleged
violator. The notice shall be delivered | ||||||
| 6 | to the registered
owner of the vehicle, by mail, within 30 days | ||||||
| 7 | after the Secretary of State notifies the municipality of the | ||||||
| 8 | identity of the owner of the vehicle, but in no event later | ||||||
| 9 | than 90 days after the violation. | ||||||
| 10 | (f) The notice required under subsection (e) of this | ||||||
| 11 | Section shall include: | ||||||
| 12 | (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
| ||||||
| 13 | vehicle; | ||||||
| 14 | (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
| ||||||
| 15 | involved in the violation; | ||||||
| 16 | (3) the violation charged; | ||||||
| 17 | (4) the date, time, and location where the violation | ||||||
| 18 | occurred; | ||||||
| 19 | (5) a copy of the recorded image or images; | ||||||
| 20 | (6) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the | ||||||
| 21 | date
by which the civil penalty should be paid; | ||||||
| 22 | (7) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
| ||||||
| 23 | violation of a speed restriction; | ||||||
| 24 | (8) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or | ||||||
| 25 | to
contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
| ||||||
| 26 | liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle; | ||||||
| 2 | (9) a statement that the person may elect to proceed | ||||||
| 3 | by: | ||||||
| 4 | (A) paying the fine; or | ||||||
| 5 | (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by | ||||||
| 6 | administrative hearing; and | ||||||
| 7 | (10) a website address, accessible through the
| ||||||
| 8 | Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of | ||||||
| 9 | the violation. | ||||||
| 10 | (g) (Blank). If a person
charged with a traffic violation, | ||||||
| 11 | as a result of an automated speed enforcement system, does not | ||||||
| 12 | pay the fine or successfully contest the civil
penalty | ||||||
| 13 | resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall | ||||||
| 14 | suspend the
driving privileges of the
registered owner of the | ||||||
| 15 | vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing
to pay | ||||||
| 16 | any fine or penalty
due and owing, or both, as a result of a | ||||||
| 17 | combination of 5 violations of the automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 18 | system or the automated traffic law under Section 11-208.6 of | ||||||
| 19 | this Code. | ||||||
| 20 | (h) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
| ||||||
| 21 | automated speed enforcement system, a notice alleging that the | ||||||
| 22 | violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts contained
in | ||||||
| 23 | the notice and admissible in any proceeding alleging a
| ||||||
| 24 | violation under this Section. | ||||||
| 25 | (i) Recorded images made by an automated speed
enforcement | ||||||
| 26 | system are confidential and shall be made
available only to the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | alleged violator and governmental and
law enforcement agencies | ||||||
| 2 | for purposes of adjudicating a
violation of this Section, for | ||||||
| 3 | statistical purposes, or for other governmental purposes. Any | ||||||
| 4 | recorded image evidencing a
violation of this Section, however, | ||||||
| 5 | may be admissible in
any proceeding resulting from the issuance | ||||||
| 6 | of the citation. | ||||||
| 7 | (j) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of | ||||||
| 8 | a violation: | ||||||
| 9 | (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or | ||||||
| 10 | digital registration plates of the motor
vehicle were | ||||||
| 11 | stolen before the violation occurred and not
under the | ||||||
| 12 | control or in the possession of the owner at
the time of | ||||||
| 13 | the violation; | ||||||
| 14 | (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a | ||||||
| 15 | Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer for a | ||||||
| 16 | speeding violation occurring within one-eighth of a mile | ||||||
| 17 | and 15 minutes of the violation that was recorded by the | ||||||
| 18 | system; and | ||||||
| 19 | (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal | ||||||
| 20 | ordinance. | ||||||
| 21 | (k) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the | ||||||
| 22 | registration
plates or digital registration plates were stolen | ||||||
| 23 | before the violation occurred and were not under the
control or | ||||||
| 24 | possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the
owner | ||||||
| 25 | must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen
motor | ||||||
| 26 | vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency in a timely manner. | ||||||
| 2 | (l) A roadway equipped with an automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 3 | system shall be posted with a sign conforming to the national | ||||||
| 4 | Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices that is visible to | ||||||
| 5 | approaching traffic stating that vehicle speeds are being | ||||||
| 6 | photo-enforced and indicating the speed limit. The | ||||||
| 7 | municipality shall install such additional signage as it | ||||||
| 8 | determines is necessary to give reasonable notice to drivers as | ||||||
| 9 | to where automated speed enforcement systems are installed. | ||||||
| 10 | (m) A roadway where a new automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 11 | system is installed shall be posted with signs providing 30 | ||||||
| 12 | days notice of the use of a new automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 13 | system prior to the issuance of any citations through the | ||||||
| 14 | automated speed enforcement system. | ||||||
| 15 | (n) The compensation paid for an automated speed | ||||||
| 16 | enforcement system
must be based on the value of the equipment | ||||||
| 17 | or the services provided and may
not be based on the number of | ||||||
| 18 | traffic citations issued or the revenue generated
by the | ||||||
| 19 | system. | ||||||
| 20 | (o) (Blank). A municipality shall make a certified report | ||||||
| 21 | to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section 6-306.5 of this | ||||||
| 22 | Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle has failed to pay | ||||||
| 23 | any
fine or penalty due and owing as a result of a combination | ||||||
| 24 | of 5 offenses for automated speed or traffic law enforcement | ||||||
| 25 | system violations. | ||||||
| 26 | (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated | ||||||
| 2 | speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving | ||||||
| 3 | such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided | ||||||
| 4 | that upon the request of the appropriate authority received | ||||||
| 5 | within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor | ||||||
| 6 | provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address | ||||||
| 7 | of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be | ||||||
| 8 | subsequently individually requested by the appropriate | ||||||
| 9 | authority if needed for enforcement of this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to | ||||||
| 11 | this subsection, the municipality may issue the violation to | ||||||
| 12 | the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it would issue | ||||||
| 13 | a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle pursuant to this | ||||||
| 14 | Section, and the lessee may be held liable for the violation. | ||||||
| 15 | (q) A municipality using an automated speed enforcement | ||||||
| 16 | system must provide notice to drivers by publishing the | ||||||
| 17 | locations of all safety zones where system equipment is | ||||||
| 18 | installed on the website of the municipality. | ||||||
| 19 | (r) A municipality operating an automated speed | ||||||
| 20 | enforcement system shall conduct a statistical analysis to | ||||||
| 21 | assess the safety impact of the system. The statistical | ||||||
| 22 | analysis shall be based upon the best available crash, traffic, | ||||||
| 23 | and other data, and shall cover a period of time before and | ||||||
| 24 | after installation of the system sufficient to provide a | ||||||
| 25 | statistically valid comparison of safety impact. The | ||||||
| 26 | statistical analysis shall be consistent with professional | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | judgment and acceptable industry practice. The statistical | ||||||
| 2 | analysis also shall be consistent with the data required for | ||||||
| 3 | valid comparisons of before and after conditions and shall be | ||||||
| 4 | conducted within a reasonable period following the | ||||||
| 5 | installation of the automated traffic law enforcement system. | ||||||
| 6 | The statistical analysis required by this subsection shall be | ||||||
| 7 | made available to the public and shall be published on the | ||||||
| 8 | website of the municipality. | ||||||
| 9 | (s) This Section applies only to municipalities with a | ||||||
| 10 | population of 1,000,000 or more inhabitants.
| ||||||
| 11 | (Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
| ||||||
| 12 | (625 ILCS 5/11-208.9) | ||||||
| 13 | Sec. 11-208.9. Automated traffic law enforcement system; | ||||||
| 14 | approaching, overtaking, and passing a school bus. | ||||||
| 15 | (a) As used in this Section, "automated traffic law | ||||||
| 16 | enforcement
system" means a device with one or more motor | ||||||
| 17 | vehicle sensors working
in conjunction with the visual signals | ||||||
| 18 | on a school bus, as specified in Sections 12-803 and 12-805 of | ||||||
| 19 | this Code, to produce recorded images of
motor vehicles that | ||||||
| 20 | fail to stop before meeting or overtaking, from either | ||||||
| 21 | direction, any school bus stopped at any location for the | ||||||
| 22 | purpose of receiving or discharging pupils in violation of | ||||||
| 23 | Section 11-1414 of this Code or a similar provision
of a local | ||||||
| 24 | ordinance. | ||||||
| 25 | An
automated traffic law enforcement system is a system, in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | a municipality or
county operated by a
governmental agency, | ||||||
| 2 | that
produces a recorded image of a motor vehicle's
violation | ||||||
| 3 | of a provision of this Code or a local ordinance
and is | ||||||
| 4 | designed to obtain a clear recorded image of the
vehicle and | ||||||
| 5 | the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image must also
| ||||||
| 6 | display the time, date, and location of the violation. | ||||||
| 7 | (b) As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images
| ||||||
| 8 | recorded by an automated traffic law enforcement system on: | ||||||
| 9 | (1) 2 or more photographs; | ||||||
| 10 | (2) 2 or more microphotographs; | ||||||
| 11 | (3) 2 or more electronic images; or | ||||||
| 12 | (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on | ||||||
| 13 | at
least one image or portion of the recording, clearly | ||||||
| 14 | identifying the
registration plate or digital registration | ||||||
| 15 | plate number of the motor vehicle. | ||||||
| 16 | (c) A municipality or
county that
produces a recorded image | ||||||
| 17 | of a motor vehicle's
violation of a provision of this Code or a | ||||||
| 18 | local ordinance must make the recorded images of a violation | ||||||
| 19 | accessible to the alleged violator by providing the alleged | ||||||
| 20 | violator with a website address, accessible through the | ||||||
| 21 | Internet. | ||||||
| 22 | (d) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a | ||||||
| 23 | local ordinance
recorded by an automated
traffic law | ||||||
| 24 | enforcement system, the county or municipality having
| ||||||
| 25 | jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the
violation to | ||||||
| 26 | the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged
violator. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | The notice shall be delivered to the registered
owner of the | ||||||
| 2 | vehicle, by mail, within 30 days after the Secretary of State | ||||||
| 3 | notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the | ||||||
| 4 | owner of the vehicle, but in no event later than 90 days after | ||||||
| 5 | the violation. | ||||||
| 6 | (e) The notice required under subsection (d) shall include: | ||||||
| 7 | (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
| ||||||
| 8 | vehicle; | ||||||
| 9 | (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
| ||||||
| 10 | involved in the violation; | ||||||
| 11 | (3) the violation charged; | ||||||
| 12 | (4) the location where the violation occurred; | ||||||
| 13 | (5) the date and time of the violation; | ||||||
| 14 | (6) a copy of the recorded images; | ||||||
| 15 | (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the | ||||||
| 16 | date
by which the civil penalty should be paid; | ||||||
| 17 | (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
| ||||||
| 18 | violation of overtaking or passing a school bus stopped for | ||||||
| 19 | the purpose of receiving or discharging pupils; | ||||||
| 20 | (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or | ||||||
| 21 | to
contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
| ||||||
| 22 | liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
| ||||||
| 23 | privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle; | ||||||
| 24 | (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed | ||||||
| 25 | by: | ||||||
| 26 | (A) paying the fine; or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by | ||||||
| 2 | administrative hearing; and | ||||||
| 3 | (11) a website address, accessible through the | ||||||
| 4 | Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of | ||||||
| 5 | the violation. | ||||||
| 6 | (f) (Blank). If a person
charged with a traffic violation, | ||||||
| 7 | as a result of an automated traffic law
enforcement system | ||||||
| 8 | under this Section, does not pay the fine or successfully | ||||||
| 9 | contest the civil
penalty resulting from that violation, the | ||||||
| 10 | Secretary of State shall suspend the
driving privileges of the
| ||||||
| 11 | registered owner of the vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this | ||||||
| 12 | Code for failing
to pay any fine or penalty
due and owing as a | ||||||
| 13 | result of a combination of 5 violations of the automated | ||||||
| 14 | traffic law
enforcement system or the automated speed | ||||||
| 15 | enforcement system under Section 11-208.8 of this Code. | ||||||
| 16 | (g) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
| ||||||
| 17 | automated traffic law enforcement system, a notice alleging | ||||||
| 18 | that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts | ||||||
| 19 | contained
in the notice and admissible in any proceeding | ||||||
| 20 | alleging a
violation under this Section. | ||||||
| 21 | (h) Recorded images made by an automated traffic law
| ||||||
| 22 | enforcement system are confidential and shall be made
available | ||||||
| 23 | only to the alleged violator and governmental and
law | ||||||
| 24 | enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a
violation | ||||||
| 25 | of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other | ||||||
| 26 | governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in
any | ||||||
| 2 | proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation. | ||||||
| 3 | (i) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of | ||||||
| 4 | a violation: | ||||||
| 5 | (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or | ||||||
| 6 | digital registration plates of the motor
vehicle were | ||||||
| 7 | stolen before the violation occurred and not
under the | ||||||
| 8 | control of or in the possession of the owner at
the time of | ||||||
| 9 | the violation; | ||||||
| 10 | (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a | ||||||
| 11 | Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer for a | ||||||
| 12 | violation of Section 11-1414 of this Code within one-eighth | ||||||
| 13 | of a mile and 15 minutes of the violation that was recorded | ||||||
| 14 | by the system; | ||||||
| 15 | (3) that the visual signals required by Sections 12-803 | ||||||
| 16 | and 12-805 of this Code were damaged, not activated, not | ||||||
| 17 | present in violation of Sections 12-803 and 12-805, or | ||||||
| 18 | inoperable; and | ||||||
| 19 | (4) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal | ||||||
| 20 | or county ordinance. | ||||||
| 21 | (j) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the | ||||||
| 22 | registration
plates or digital registration plates were stolen | ||||||
| 23 | before the violation occurred and were not under the
control or | ||||||
| 24 | possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the
owner | ||||||
| 25 | must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen
motor | ||||||
| 26 | vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | agency in a timely manner. | ||||||
| 2 | (k) Unless the driver of the motor vehicle received a | ||||||
| 3 | Uniform
Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time of | ||||||
| 4 | the violation,
the motor vehicle owner is subject to a civil | ||||||
| 5 | penalty not exceeding
$150 for a first time violation or $500 | ||||||
| 6 | for a second or subsequent violation, plus an additional | ||||||
| 7 | penalty of not more than $100 for failure to pay the original | ||||||
| 8 | penalty in a timely manner, if the motor vehicle is recorded by | ||||||
| 9 | an automated traffic law
enforcement system. A violation for | ||||||
| 10 | which a civil penalty is imposed
under this Section is not a | ||||||
| 11 | violation of a traffic regulation governing
the movement of | ||||||
| 12 | vehicles and may not be recorded on the driving record
of the | ||||||
| 13 | owner of the vehicle, but may be recorded by the municipality | ||||||
| 14 | or county for the purpose of determining if a person is subject | ||||||
| 15 | to the higher fine for a second or subsequent offense. | ||||||
| 16 | (l) A school bus equipped with an automated traffic law
| ||||||
| 17 | enforcement system must be posted with a sign indicating that | ||||||
| 18 | the school bus is being monitored by an automated
traffic law | ||||||
| 19 | enforcement system. | ||||||
| 20 | (m) A municipality or
county that has one or more school | ||||||
| 21 | buses equipped with an automated traffic law
enforcement system | ||||||
| 22 | must provide notice to drivers by posting a list of school | ||||||
| 23 | districts using school buses equipped with an automated traffic | ||||||
| 24 | law enforcement system on the municipality or county website. | ||||||
| 25 | School districts that have one or more school buses equipped | ||||||
| 26 | with an automated traffic law enforcement system must provide | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | notice to drivers by posting that information on their | ||||||
| 2 | websites. | ||||||
| 3 | (n) A municipality or county operating an automated traffic | ||||||
| 4 | law enforcement system shall conduct a statistical analysis to | ||||||
| 5 | assess the safety impact in each school district using school | ||||||
| 6 | buses equipped with an automated traffic law enforcement system | ||||||
| 7 | following installation of the system. The statistical analysis | ||||||
| 8 | shall be based upon the best available crash, traffic, and | ||||||
| 9 | other data, and shall cover a period of time before and after | ||||||
| 10 | installation of the system sufficient to provide a | ||||||
| 11 | statistically valid comparison of safety impact. The | ||||||
| 12 | statistical analysis shall be consistent with professional | ||||||
| 13 | judgment and acceptable industry practice. The statistical | ||||||
| 14 | analysis also shall be consistent with the data required for | ||||||
| 15 | valid comparisons of before and after conditions and shall be | ||||||
| 16 | conducted within a reasonable period following the | ||||||
| 17 | installation of the automated traffic law enforcement system. | ||||||
| 18 | The statistical analysis required by this subsection shall be | ||||||
| 19 | made available to the public and shall be published on the | ||||||
| 20 | website of the municipality or county. If the statistical | ||||||
| 21 | analysis for the 36-month period following installation of the | ||||||
| 22 | system indicates that there has been an increase in the rate of | ||||||
| 23 | accidents at the approach to school buses monitored by the | ||||||
| 24 | system, the municipality or county shall undertake additional | ||||||
| 25 | studies to determine the cause and severity of the accidents, | ||||||
| 26 | and may take any action that it determines is necessary or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | appropriate to reduce the number or severity of the accidents | ||||||
| 2 | involving school buses equipped with an automated traffic law | ||||||
| 3 | enforcement system. | ||||||
| 4 | (o) The compensation paid for an automated traffic law | ||||||
| 5 | enforcement system
must be based on the value of the equipment | ||||||
| 6 | or the services provided and may
not be based on the number of | ||||||
| 7 | traffic citations issued or the revenue generated
by the | ||||||
| 8 | system. | ||||||
| 9 | (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant | ||||||
| 10 | to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated | ||||||
| 11 | speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving | ||||||
| 12 | such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided | ||||||
| 13 | that upon the request of the appropriate authority received | ||||||
| 14 | within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor | ||||||
| 15 | provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address | ||||||
| 16 | of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be | ||||||
| 17 | subsequently individually requested by the appropriate | ||||||
| 18 | authority if needed for enforcement of this Section. | ||||||
| 19 | Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to | ||||||
| 20 | this subsection, the county or municipality may issue the | ||||||
| 21 | violation to the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it | ||||||
| 22 | would issue a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle | ||||||
| 23 | pursuant to this Section, and the lessee may be held liable for | ||||||
| 24 | the violation. | ||||||
| 25 | (q) (Blank). A municipality or county shall make a | ||||||
| 26 | certified report to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | 6-306.5 of this Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle | ||||||
| 2 | has failed to pay any
fine or penalty due and owing as a result | ||||||
| 3 | of a combination of 5 offenses for automated traffic
law or | ||||||
| 4 | speed enforcement system violations. | ||||||
| 5 | (r) After a municipality or county enacts an ordinance | ||||||
| 6 | providing for automated traffic law enforcement systems under | ||||||
| 7 | this Section, each school district within that municipality or | ||||||
| 8 | county's jurisdiction may implement an automated traffic law | ||||||
| 9 | enforcement system under this Section. The elected school board | ||||||
| 10 | for that district must approve the implementation of an | ||||||
| 11 | automated traffic law enforcement system. The school district | ||||||
| 12 | shall be responsible for entering into a contract, approved by | ||||||
| 13 | the elected school board of that district, with vendors for the | ||||||
| 14 | installation, maintenance, and operation of the automated | ||||||
| 15 | traffic law enforcement system. The school district must enter | ||||||
| 16 | into an intergovernmental agreement, approved by the elected | ||||||
| 17 | school board of that district, with the municipality or county | ||||||
| 18 | with jurisdiction over that school district for the | ||||||
| 19 | administration of the automated traffic law enforcement | ||||||
| 20 | system. The proceeds from a school district's automated traffic | ||||||
| 21 | law enforcement system's fines shall be divided equally between | ||||||
| 22 | the school district and the municipality or county | ||||||
| 23 | administering the automated traffic law enforcement system.
| ||||||
| 24 | (Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
| ||||||
| 25 | (625 ILCS 5/11-1201.1)
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Sec. 11-1201.1. Automated Railroad Crossing Enforcement | ||||||
| 2 | System.
| ||||||
| 3 | (a) For the purposes of this Section, an automated railroad | ||||||
| 4 | grade crossing
enforcement system is a system in a municipality | ||||||
| 5 | or county operated by a governmental agency that produces a | ||||||
| 6 | recorded image of a motor vehicle's violation of a provision of | ||||||
| 7 | this Code or local ordinance and is designed to obtain a clear | ||||||
| 8 | recorded image of the vehicle and vehicle's license plate. The | ||||||
| 9 | recorded image must also display the time, date, and location | ||||||
| 10 | of the violation. | ||||||
| 11 | As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images | ||||||
| 12 | recorded by an automated railroad grade crossing enforcement | ||||||
| 13 | system on: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) 2 or more photographs; | ||||||
| 15 | (2) 2 or more microphotographs; | ||||||
| 16 | (3) 2 or more electronic images; or | ||||||
| 17 | (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on | ||||||
| 18 | at least one image or portion of the recording, clearly | ||||||
| 19 | identifying the registration plate or digital registration | ||||||
| 20 | plate number of the motor vehicle.
| ||||||
| 21 | (b) The Illinois
Commerce Commission may, in cooperation | ||||||
| 22 | with a
local law enforcement agency, establish in any county or | ||||||
| 23 | municipality an automated
railroad grade crossing enforcement | ||||||
| 24 | system at any railroad grade crossing equipped with a crossing | ||||||
| 25 | gate designated by local authorities. Local authorities | ||||||
| 26 | desiring the establishment of an automated railroad crossing | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | enforcement system must initiate the process by enacting a | ||||||
| 2 | local ordinance requesting the creation of such a system. After | ||||||
| 3 | the ordinance has been enacted, and before any additional steps | ||||||
| 4 | toward the establishment of the system are undertaken, the | ||||||
| 5 | local authorities and the Commission must agree to a plan for | ||||||
| 6 | obtaining, from any combination of federal, State, and local | ||||||
| 7 | funding sources, the moneys required for the purchase and | ||||||
| 8 | installation of any necessary equipment.
| ||||||
| 9 | (b-1) (Blank.)
| ||||||
| 10 | (c) For each violation of Section 11-1201 of this Code or a | ||||||
| 11 | local ordinance recorded by an automated railroad grade | ||||||
| 12 | crossing enforcement system, the county or municipality having | ||||||
| 13 | jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the violation to | ||||||
| 14 | the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged violator. | ||||||
| 15 | The notice shall be delivered to the registered owner of the | ||||||
| 16 | vehicle, by mail, no later than 90 days after the violation. | ||||||
| 17 | The notice shall include: | ||||||
| 18 | (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the | ||||||
| 19 | vehicle; | ||||||
| 20 | (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle | ||||||
| 21 | involved in the violation; | ||||||
| 22 | (3) the violation charged; | ||||||
| 23 | (4) the location where the violation occurred; | ||||||
| 24 | (5) the date and time of the violation; | ||||||
| 25 | (6) a copy of the recorded images; | ||||||
| 26 | (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | date by which the civil penalty should be paid; | ||||||
| 2 | (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a | ||||||
| 3 | violation of a railroad grade crossing; | ||||||
| 4 | (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or | ||||||
| 5 | to contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of | ||||||
| 6 | liability and may result in a suspension of the driving | ||||||
| 7 | privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle; and | ||||||
| 8 | (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed | ||||||
| 9 | by: | ||||||
| 10 | (A) paying the fine; or | ||||||
| 11 | (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by | ||||||
| 12 | administrative hearing.
| ||||||
| 13 | (d) (Blank). If a person charged with a traffic violation, | ||||||
| 14 | as a result of an automated railroad grade crossing enforcement | ||||||
| 15 | system, does not pay or successfully contest the civil penalty | ||||||
| 16 | resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall | ||||||
| 17 | suspend the driving privileges of the registered owner of the | ||||||
| 18 | vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing to pay | ||||||
| 19 | any fine or penalty due and owing as a result of 5 violations | ||||||
| 20 | of the automated railroad grade crossing enforcement system.
| ||||||
| 21 | (d-1) (Blank.)
| ||||||
| 22 | (d-2) (Blank.)
| ||||||
| 23 | (e) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an | ||||||
| 24 | automated railroad grade crossing enforcement system, a notice | ||||||
| 25 | alleging that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the | ||||||
| 26 | facts contained in the notice and admissible in any proceeding | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | alleging a violation under this Section.
| ||||||
| 2 | (e-1) Recorded images made by an automated railroad grade | ||||||
| 3 | crossing enforcement system are confidential and shall be made | ||||||
| 4 | available only to the alleged violator and governmental and law | ||||||
| 5 | enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a violation | ||||||
| 6 | of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other | ||||||
| 7 | governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a | ||||||
| 8 | violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in any | ||||||
| 9 | proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation.
| ||||||
| 10 | (e-2) The court or hearing officer may consider the | ||||||
| 11 | following in the defense of a violation:
| ||||||
| 12 | (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or | ||||||
| 13 | digital registration plates of the motor vehicle were | ||||||
| 14 | stolen before the violation occurred and not under the | ||||||
| 15 | control of or in the possession of the owner at the time of | ||||||
| 16 | the violation;
| ||||||
| 17 | (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a | ||||||
| 18 | Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time | ||||||
| 19 | of the violation for the same offense; | ||||||
| 20 | (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal | ||||||
| 21 | or county ordinance. | ||||||
| 22 | (e-3) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the | ||||||
| 23 | registration plates or digital registration plates were stolen | ||||||
| 24 | before the violation occurred and were not under the control or | ||||||
| 25 | possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the owner | ||||||
| 26 | must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen motor | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement | ||||||
| 2 | agency in a timely manner.
| ||||||
| 3 | (f) Rail crossings equipped with an automatic railroad | ||||||
| 4 | grade crossing
enforcement system shall be posted with a sign | ||||||
| 5 | visible to approaching traffic
stating that the railroad grade | ||||||
| 6 | crossing is being monitored, that citations
will be issued, and | ||||||
| 7 | the amount of the fine for violation.
| ||||||
| 8 | (g) The compensation paid for an automated railroad grade | ||||||
| 9 | crossing enforcement system must be based on the value of the | ||||||
| 10 | equipment or the services provided and may not be based on the | ||||||
| 11 | number of citations issued or the revenue generated by the | ||||||
| 12 | system.
| ||||||
| 13 | (h) (Blank.)
| ||||||
| 14 | (i) If any part or parts of this Section are held by a | ||||||
| 15 | court of competent
jurisdiction to be unconstitutional, the | ||||||
| 16 | unconstitutionality shall not affect
the validity of the | ||||||
| 17 | remaining parts of this Section. The General Assembly
hereby | ||||||
| 18 | declares that it would have passed the remaining parts of this | ||||||
| 19 | Section
if it had known that the other part or parts of this | ||||||
| 20 | Section would be declared
unconstitutional.
| ||||||
| 21 | (j) Penalty. A civil fine of
$250 shall be imposed for a | ||||||
| 22 | first violation of this Section, and a civil fine of $500 shall | ||||||
| 23 | be
imposed for a second or subsequent violation of this | ||||||
| 24 | Section.
| ||||||
| 25 | (Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 115. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 115-5. The School Code is amended by changing | ||||||
| 3 | Section 21B-50 as follows:
| ||||||
| 4 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-50) | ||||||
| 5 | Sec. 21B-50. Alternative Educator Licensure Program. | ||||||
| 6 | (a) There is established an alternative educator licensure | ||||||
| 7 | program, to be known as the Alternative Educator Licensure | ||||||
| 8 | Program for Teachers. | ||||||
| 9 | (b) The Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
| 10 | Teachers may be offered by a recognized institution approved to | ||||||
| 11 | offer educator preparation programs by the State Board of | ||||||
| 12 | Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation | ||||||
| 13 | and Licensure Board. | ||||||
| 14 | The program shall be comprised of 4 phases: | ||||||
| 15 | (1) A course of study that at a minimum includes | ||||||
| 16 | instructional planning; instructional strategies, | ||||||
| 17 | including special education, reading, and English language | ||||||
| 18 | learning; classroom management; and the assessment of | ||||||
| 19 | students and use of data to drive instruction. | ||||||
| 20 | (2) A year of residency, which is a candidate's | ||||||
| 21 | assignment to a full-time teaching position or as a | ||||||
| 22 | co-teacher for one full school year. An individual must | ||||||
| 23 | hold an Educator License with Stipulations with an | ||||||
| 24 | alternative provisional educator endorsement in order to | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | enter the residency and must complete additional program | ||||||
| 2 | requirements that address required State and national | ||||||
| 3 | standards, pass the State Board's teacher performance | ||||||
| 4 | assessment no later than the end of the first semester of | ||||||
| 5 | the second year of residency, as required under phase (3) | ||||||
| 6 | of this subsection (b), and be recommended by the principal | ||||||
| 7 | or qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
| 8 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program coordinator | ||||||
| 9 | to continue with the second year of the residency. | ||||||
| 10 | (3) A second year of residency, which shall include the | ||||||
| 11 | candidate's assignment to a full-time teaching position | ||||||
| 12 | for one school year. The candidate must be assigned an | ||||||
| 13 | experienced teacher to act as a mentor and coach the | ||||||
| 14 | candidate through the second year of residency. | ||||||
| 15 | (4) A comprehensive assessment of the candidate's | ||||||
| 16 | teaching effectiveness, as evaluated by the principal or | ||||||
| 17 | qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
| 18 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program | ||||||
| 19 | coordinator, at the end of the second year of residency. If | ||||||
| 20 | there is disagreement between the 2 evaluators about the | ||||||
| 21 | candidate's teaching effectiveness, the candidate may | ||||||
| 22 | complete one additional year of residency teaching under a | ||||||
| 23 | professional development plan developed by the principal | ||||||
| 24 | or qualified equivalent and the preparation program. At the | ||||||
| 25 | completion of the third year, a candidate must have | ||||||
| 26 | positive evaluations and a recommendation for full | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | licensure from both the principal or qualified equivalent | ||||||
| 2 | and the program coordinator or no Professional Educator | ||||||
| 3 | License shall be issued. | ||||||
| 4 | Successful completion of the program shall be deemed to | ||||||
| 5 | satisfy any other practice or student teaching and content | ||||||
| 6 | matter requirements established by law. | ||||||
| 7 | (c) An alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||||||
| 8 | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 2 years of | ||||||
| 9 | teaching in the public schools, including without limitation a | ||||||
| 10 | preschool educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code | ||||||
| 11 | or charter school, or in a State-recognized nonpublic school in | ||||||
| 12 | which the chief administrator is required to have the licensure | ||||||
| 13 | necessary to be a principal in a public school in this State | ||||||
| 14 | and in which a majority of the teachers are required to have | ||||||
| 15 | the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public school in | ||||||
| 16 | this State, but may be renewed for a third year if needed to | ||||||
| 17 | complete the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
| 18 | Teachers. The endorsement shall be issued only once to an | ||||||
| 19 | individual who meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
| 20 | (1) Has graduated from a regionally accredited college | ||||||
| 21 | or university with a bachelor's degree or higher. | ||||||
| 22 | (2) (Blank). Has a cumulative grade point average of | ||||||
| 23 | 3.0 or greater on a 4.0 scale or its equivalent on another | ||||||
| 24 | scale. | ||||||
| 25 | (3) Has completed a major in the content area if | ||||||
| 26 | seeking a middle or secondary level endorsement or, if | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | seeking an early childhood, elementary, or special | ||||||
| 2 | education endorsement, has completed a major in the content | ||||||
| 3 | area of reading, English/language arts, mathematics, or | ||||||
| 4 | one of the sciences. If the individual does not have a | ||||||
| 5 | major in a content area for any level of teaching, he or | ||||||
| 6 | she must submit transcripts to the State Board of Education | ||||||
| 7 | to be reviewed for equivalency. | ||||||
| 8 | (4) Has successfully completed phase (1) of subsection | ||||||
| 9 | (b) of this Section. | ||||||
| 10 | (5) Has passed a content area test required for the | ||||||
| 11 | specific endorsement for admission into the program, as | ||||||
| 12 | required under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
| 13 | A candidate possessing the alternative provisional | ||||||
| 14 | educator endorsement may receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
| 15 | other terms of employment offered to teachers in the school who | ||||||
| 16 | are members of an exclusive bargaining representative, if any, | ||||||
| 17 | but a school is not required to provide these benefits during | ||||||
| 18 | the years of residency if the candidate is serving only as a | ||||||
| 19 | co-teacher. If the candidate is serving as the teacher of | ||||||
| 20 | record, the candidate must receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
| 21 | other terms of employment. Residency experiences must not be | ||||||
| 22 | counted towards tenure. | ||||||
| 23 | (d) The recognized institution offering the Alternative | ||||||
| 24 | Educator Licensure Program for Teachers must partner with a | ||||||
| 25 | school district, including without limitation a preschool | ||||||
| 26 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code or | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | charter school, or a State-recognized, nonpublic school in this | ||||||
| 2 | State in which the chief administrator is required to have the | ||||||
| 3 | licensure necessary to be a principal in a public school in | ||||||
| 4 | this State and in which a majority of the teachers are required | ||||||
| 5 | to have the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public | ||||||
| 6 | school in this State. A recognized institution that partners | ||||||
| 7 | with a public school district administering a preschool | ||||||
| 8 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code must | ||||||
| 9 | require a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates in the | ||||||
| 10 | program. A recognized institution that partners with an | ||||||
| 11 | eligible entity administering a preschool educational program | ||||||
| 12 | under Section 2-3.71 of this Code and that is not a public | ||||||
| 13 | school district must require a principal or qualified | ||||||
| 14 | equivalent of a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates | ||||||
| 15 | in the program. The program presented for approval by the State | ||||||
| 16 | Board of Education must demonstrate the supports that are to be | ||||||
| 17 | provided to assist the provisional teacher during the 2-year | ||||||
| 18 | residency period. These supports must provide additional | ||||||
| 19 | contact hours with mentors during the first year of residency. | ||||||
| 20 | (e) Upon completion of the 4 phases outlined in subsection | ||||||
| 21 | (b) of this Section and all assessments required under Section | ||||||
| 22 | 21B-30 of this Code, an individual shall receive a Professional | ||||||
| 23 | Educator License. | ||||||
| 24 | (f) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
| 25 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
| 26 | rules as may be necessary to establish and implement the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers.
| ||||||
| 2 | (Source: P.A. 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-822, eff. 1-1-19; | ||||||
| 3 | 101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; 101-643, eff. | ||||||
| 4 | 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 5 | Article 120. | ||||||
| 6 | Section 120-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act | ||||||
| 7 | is amended by changing Section 50 as follows:
| ||||||
| 8 | (110 ILCS 947/50)
| ||||||
| 9 | Sec. 50. Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
| 10 | program.
| ||||||
| 11 | (a) As used in this Section:
| ||||||
| 12 | "Eligible applicant" means a minority student who has | ||||||
| 13 | graduated
from high school or has received a high school | ||||||
| 14 | equivalency certificate
and has
maintained a cumulative | ||||||
| 15 | grade point average of
no
less than 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and | ||||||
| 16 | who by reason thereof is entitled to
apply for scholarships | ||||||
| 17 | to be awarded under this Section.
| ||||||
| 18 | "Minority student" means a student who is any of the | ||||||
| 19 | following: | ||||||
| 20 | (1) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person | ||||||
| 21 | having origins in any of the original peoples of North | ||||||
| 22 | and South America, including Central America, and who | ||||||
| 23 | maintains tribal affiliation or community attachment). | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (2) Asian (a person having origins in any of the | ||||||
| 2 | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or | ||||||
| 3 | the Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited | ||||||
| 4 | to, Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, | ||||||
| 5 | Pakistan, the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and | ||||||
| 6 | Vietnam). | ||||||
| 7 | (3) Black or African American (a person having | ||||||
| 8 | origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa). | ||||||
| 9 | Terms such as "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in | ||||||
| 10 | addition to "Black or African American". | ||||||
| 11 | (4) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, | ||||||
| 12 | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other | ||||||
| 13 | Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race). | ||||||
| 14 | (5) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a | ||||||
| 15 | person having origins in any of the original peoples of | ||||||
| 16 | Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
| ||||||
| 17 | "Qualified bilingual minority applicant" means a | ||||||
| 18 | minority student who demonstrates proficiency in a | ||||||
| 19 | language other than English by (i) receiving a State Seal | ||||||
| 20 | of Biliteracy from the State Board of Education or (ii) | ||||||
| 21 | receiving a passing score on an educator licensure target | ||||||
| 22 | language proficiency test. | ||||||
| 23 | "Qualified student" means a person (i) who is a | ||||||
| 24 | resident of this State
and eligible for State financial aid | ||||||
| 25 | under Section 15 of the Retention of Illinois Students and | ||||||
| 26 | Equity Act a citizen or permanent resident of the United | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | States; (ii) who is a
minority student, as defined in this | ||||||
| 2 | Section; (iii) who, as an eligible
applicant, has made a | ||||||
| 3 | timely application for a minority teaching
scholarship | ||||||
| 4 | under this Section; (iv) who is enrolled on at least a
| ||||||
| 5 | half-time basis at a
qualified Illinois institution of
| ||||||
| 6 | higher learning; (v) who is enrolled in a course of study | ||||||
| 7 | leading to
teacher licensure, including alternative | ||||||
| 8 | teacher licensure, or, if the student is already licensed | ||||||
| 9 | to teach, in a course of study leading to an additional | ||||||
| 10 | teaching endorsement or a master's degree in an academic | ||||||
| 11 | field in which he or she is teaching or plans to teach or | ||||||
| 12 | who has received one or more College and Career Pathway | ||||||
| 13 | Endorsements pursuant to Section 80 of the Postsecondary | ||||||
| 14 | and Workforce Readiness Act and commits to enrolling in a | ||||||
| 15 | course of study leading to teacher licensure, including | ||||||
| 16 | alternative teacher licensure; (vi)
who maintains a grade | ||||||
| 17 | point average of no
less than 2.5 on a 4.0 scale;
and (vii) | ||||||
| 18 | who continues to advance satisfactorily toward the | ||||||
| 19 | attainment
of a degree.
| ||||||
| 20 | (b) In order to encourage academically talented Illinois | ||||||
| 21 | minority
students to pursue teaching careers at the preschool | ||||||
| 22 | or elementary or
secondary
school
level, each qualified student | ||||||
| 23 | shall be awarded a minority teacher
scholarship to any | ||||||
| 24 | qualified Illinois institution of higher learning.
However, | ||||||
| 25 | preference may be given to qualified applicants enrolled at or | ||||||
| 26 | above
the
junior level.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | (c) Each minority teacher scholarship awarded under this | ||||||
| 2 | Section shall
be in an amount sufficient to pay the tuition and | ||||||
| 3 | fees and room and board
costs of the qualified Illinois | ||||||
| 4 | institution of higher learning at which the
recipient is | ||||||
| 5 | enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $5,000;
except that
in
the | ||||||
| 6 | case of a recipient who does not reside on-campus at the | ||||||
| 7 | institution at
which he or she is enrolled, the amount of the | ||||||
| 8 | scholarship shall be
sufficient to pay tuition and fee expenses | ||||||
| 9 | and a commuter allowance, up to
an annual maximum of $5,000.
| ||||||
| 10 | However, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated in a given | ||||||
| 11 | fiscal year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
| 12 | program, then, in each fiscal year thereafter, each scholarship | ||||||
| 13 | awarded under this Section shall
be in an amount sufficient to | ||||||
| 14 | pay the tuition and fees and room and board
costs of the | ||||||
| 15 | qualified Illinois institution of higher learning at which the
| ||||||
| 16 | recipient is enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $7,500;
| ||||||
| 17 | except that
in
the case of a recipient who does not reside | ||||||
| 18 | on-campus at the institution at
which he or she is enrolled, | ||||||
| 19 | the amount of the scholarship shall be
sufficient to pay | ||||||
| 20 | tuition and fee expenses and a commuter allowance, up to
an | ||||||
| 21 | annual maximum of $7,500.
| ||||||
| 22 | (d) The total amount of minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
| 23 | assistance awarded by
the Commission under this Section to an | ||||||
| 24 | individual in any given fiscal
year, when added to other | ||||||
| 25 | financial assistance awarded to that individual
for that year, | ||||||
| 26 | shall not exceed the cost of attendance at the institution
at | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | which the student is enrolled. If the amount of minority | ||||||
| 2 | teacher
scholarship to be awarded to a qualified student as | ||||||
| 3 | provided in
subsection (c) of this Section exceeds the cost of | ||||||
| 4 | attendance at the
institution at which the student is enrolled, | ||||||
| 5 | the minority teacher
scholarship shall be reduced by an amount | ||||||
| 6 | equal to the amount by which the
combined financial assistance | ||||||
| 7 | available to the student exceeds the cost
of attendance.
| ||||||
| 8 | (e) The maximum number of academic terms for which a | ||||||
| 9 | qualified
student
can receive minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
| 10 | assistance shall be 8 semesters or
12 quarters.
| ||||||
| 11 | (f) In any academic year for which an eligible applicant | ||||||
| 12 | under this
Section accepts financial assistance through the | ||||||
| 13 | Paul Douglas Teacher
Scholarship Program, as authorized by | ||||||
| 14 | Section 551 et seq. of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, the | ||||||
| 15 | applicant shall not be eligible for scholarship
assistance | ||||||
| 16 | awarded under this Section.
| ||||||
| 17 | (g) All applications for minority teacher scholarships to | ||||||
| 18 | be awarded
under this Section shall be made to the Commission | ||||||
| 19 | on forms which the
Commission shall provide for eligible | ||||||
| 20 | applicants. The form of applications
and the information | ||||||
| 21 | required to be set forth therein shall be determined by
the | ||||||
| 22 | Commission, and the Commission shall require eligible | ||||||
| 23 | applicants to
submit with their applications such supporting | ||||||
| 24 | documents or recommendations
as the Commission deems | ||||||
| 25 | necessary.
| ||||||
| 26 | (h) Subject to a separate appropriation for such purposes, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | payment of
any minority teacher scholarship awarded under this | ||||||
| 2 | Section shall be
determined by the Commission. All scholarship | ||||||
| 3 | funds distributed in
accordance with this subsection shall be | ||||||
| 4 | paid to the institution and used
only for payment of the | ||||||
| 5 | tuition and fee and room and board expenses
incurred by the | ||||||
| 6 | student in connection with his or her attendance at a qualified | ||||||
| 7 | Illinois institution of higher
learning. Any minority teacher | ||||||
| 8 | scholarship awarded under this Section
shall be applicable to 2 | ||||||
| 9 | semesters or 3 quarters of enrollment. If a
qualified student | ||||||
| 10 | withdraws from enrollment prior to completion of the
first | ||||||
| 11 | semester or quarter for which the minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
| 12 | is
applicable, the school shall refund to the Commission the | ||||||
| 13 | full amount of the
minority teacher scholarship.
| ||||||
| 14 | (i) The Commission shall administer the minority teacher | ||||||
| 15 | scholarship aid
program established by this Section and shall | ||||||
| 16 | make all necessary and proper
rules not inconsistent with this | ||||||
| 17 | Section for its effective implementation.
| ||||||
| 18 | (j) When an appropriation to the Commission for a given | ||||||
| 19 | fiscal year is
insufficient to provide scholarships to all | ||||||
| 20 | qualified students, the
Commission shall allocate the | ||||||
| 21 | appropriation in accordance with this
subsection. If funds are | ||||||
| 22 | insufficient to provide all qualified students
with a | ||||||
| 23 | scholarship as authorized by this Section, the Commission shall
| ||||||
| 24 | allocate the available scholarship funds for that fiscal year | ||||||
| 25 | to qualified students who submit a complete application form on | ||||||
| 26 | or before a date specified by the Commission based on the | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | following order of priority: | ||||||
| 2 | (1) To students who received a scholarship under this | ||||||
| 3 | Section in the prior academic year and who remain eligible | ||||||
| 4 | for a minority teacher scholarship under this Section. | ||||||
| 5 | (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (k), to | ||||||
| 6 | students who demonstrate financial need, as determined by | ||||||
| 7 | the Commission. on the basis
of the date the Commission | ||||||
| 8 | receives a complete application form.
| ||||||
| 9 | (k) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of the provisions of | ||||||
| 10 | subsection (j) or any other
provision of this Section, at least | ||||||
| 11 | 35% 30% of the funds appropriated for
scholarships awarded | ||||||
| 12 | under this Section in each fiscal year shall be reserved
for | ||||||
| 13 | qualified male minority applicants, with priority being given | ||||||
| 14 | to qualified Black male applicants beginning with fiscal year | ||||||
| 15 | 2023.
If the Commission does not receive enough applications | ||||||
| 16 | from qualified male
minorities on or before
January 1 of each | ||||||
| 17 | fiscal year to award 35% 30% of the funds appropriated for | ||||||
| 18 | these
scholarships to qualified
male minority applicants, then | ||||||
| 19 | the Commission may award a portion of the
reserved funds to | ||||||
| 20 | qualified
female minority applicants in accordance with | ||||||
| 21 | subsection (j).
| ||||||
| 22 | Beginning with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 but | ||||||
| 23 | less than $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal year for | ||||||
| 24 | scholarships awarded under this Section, then at least 10% of | ||||||
| 25 | the funds appropriated shall be reserved for qualified | ||||||
| 26 | bilingual minority applicants, with priority being given to | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | qualified bilingual minority applicants who are enrolled in an | ||||||
| 2 | educator preparation program with a concentration in | ||||||
| 3 | bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning with fiscal year | ||||||
| 4 | 2023, if at least $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal | ||||||
| 5 | year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship program, | ||||||
| 6 | then at least 30% of the funds appropriated shall be reserved | ||||||
| 7 | for qualified bilingual minority applicants, with priority | ||||||
| 8 | being given to qualified bilingual minority applicants who are | ||||||
| 9 | enrolled in an educator preparation program with a | ||||||
| 10 | concentration in bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning | ||||||
| 11 | with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated | ||||||
| 12 | in a given fiscal year for scholarships awarded under this | ||||||
| 13 | Section but the Commission does not receive enough applications | ||||||
| 14 | from qualified bilingual minority applicants on or before | ||||||
| 15 | January 1 of that fiscal year to award at least 10% of the | ||||||
| 16 | funds appropriated to qualified bilingual minority applicants, | ||||||
| 17 | then the Commission may, in its discretion, award a portion of | ||||||
| 18 | the reserved funds to other qualified students in accordance | ||||||
| 19 | with subsection (j).
| ||||||
| 20 | (l) Prior to receiving scholarship assistance for any | ||||||
| 21 | academic year,
each recipient of a minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
| 22 | awarded under this Section
shall be required by the Commission | ||||||
| 23 | to sign an agreement under which the
recipient pledges that, | ||||||
| 24 | within the one-year period following the
termination
of the | ||||||
| 25 | program for which the recipient was awarded a minority
teacher | ||||||
| 26 | scholarship, the recipient (i) shall begin teaching for a
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | period of not less
than one year for each year of scholarship | ||||||
| 2 | assistance he or she was awarded
under this Section; and (ii) | ||||||
| 3 | shall fulfill this teaching obligation at a
nonprofit Illinois | ||||||
| 4 | public, private, or parochial preschool, elementary school,
or | ||||||
| 5 | secondary school at which no less than 30% of the enrolled | ||||||
| 6 | students are
minority students in the year during which the | ||||||
| 7 | recipient begins teaching at the
school or may instead, if the | ||||||
| 8 | recipient received a scholarship as a qualified bilingual | ||||||
| 9 | minority applicant, fulfill this teaching obligation in a | ||||||
| 10 | program in transitional bilingual education pursuant to | ||||||
| 11 | Article 14C of the School Code or in a school in which 20 or | ||||||
| 12 | more English learner students in the same language | ||||||
| 13 | classification are enrolled; and (iii) shall, upon request by | ||||||
| 14 | the Commission, provide the Commission
with evidence that he or | ||||||
| 15 | she is fulfilling or has fulfilled the terms of the
teaching | ||||||
| 16 | agreement provided for in this subsection.
| ||||||
| 17 | (m) If a recipient of a minority teacher scholarship | ||||||
| 18 | awarded under this
Section fails to fulfill the teaching | ||||||
| 19 | obligation set forth in subsection
(l) of this Section, the | ||||||
| 20 | Commission shall require the recipient to repay
the amount of | ||||||
| 21 | the scholarships received, prorated according to the fraction
| ||||||
| 22 | of the teaching obligation not completed, at a rate of interest | ||||||
| 23 | equal to
5%, and, if applicable, reasonable collection fees.
| ||||||
| 24 | The Commission is authorized to establish rules relating to its | ||||||
| 25 | collection
activities for repayment of scholarships under this | ||||||
| 26 | Section. All repayments
collected under this Section shall be | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | forwarded to the State Comptroller for
deposit into the State's | ||||||
| 2 | General Revenue Fund.
| ||||||
| 3 | (n) A recipient of minority teacher scholarship shall not | ||||||
| 4 | be considered
in violation of the agreement entered into | ||||||
| 5 | pursuant to subsection (l) if
the recipient (i) enrolls on a | ||||||
| 6 | full time basis as a graduate student in a
course of study | ||||||
| 7 | related to the field of teaching at a qualified Illinois
| ||||||
| 8 | institution of higher learning; (ii) is serving, not in excess | ||||||
| 9 | of 3 years,
as a member of the armed services of the United | ||||||
| 10 | States; (iii) is
a person with a temporary total disability for | ||||||
| 11 | a period of time not to exceed 3 years as
established by sworn | ||||||
| 12 | affidavit of a qualified physician; (iv) is seeking
and unable | ||||||
| 13 | to find full time employment as a teacher at an Illinois | ||||||
| 14 | public,
private, or parochial preschool or elementary or | ||||||
| 15 | secondary school that
satisfies the
criteria set forth in | ||||||
| 16 | subsection (l) of this Section and is able to provide
evidence | ||||||
| 17 | of that fact; (v) becomes a person with a permanent total | ||||||
| 18 | disability as
established by sworn affidavit of a qualified | ||||||
| 19 | physician; (vi) is taking additional courses, on at least a | ||||||
| 20 | half-time basis, needed to obtain licensure as a teacher in | ||||||
| 21 | Illinois; or (vii) is fulfilling teaching requirements | ||||||
| 22 | associated with other programs administered by the Commission | ||||||
| 23 | and cannot concurrently fulfill them under this Section in a | ||||||
| 24 | period of time equal to the length of the teaching obligation.
| ||||||
| 25 | (o) Scholarship recipients under this Section who withdraw | ||||||
| 26 | from
a program of teacher education but remain enrolled in | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | school
to continue their postsecondary studies in another | ||||||
| 2 | academic discipline shall
not be required to commence repayment | ||||||
| 3 | of their Minority Teachers of Illinois
scholarship so long as | ||||||
| 4 | they remain enrolled in school on a full-time basis or
if they | ||||||
| 5 | can document for the Commission special circumstances that | ||||||
| 6 | warrant
extension of repayment.
| ||||||
| 7 | (p) If the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship | ||||||
| 8 | program does not expend at least 90% of the amount appropriated | ||||||
| 9 | for the program in a given fiscal year for 3 consecutive fiscal | ||||||
| 10 | years and the Commission does not receive enough applications | ||||||
| 11 | from the groups identified in subsection (k) on or before | ||||||
| 12 | January 1 in each of those fiscal years to meet the percentage | ||||||
| 13 | reserved for those groups under subsection (k), then up to 3% | ||||||
| 14 | of amount appropriated for the program for each of next 3 | ||||||
| 15 | fiscal years shall be allocated to increasing awareness of the | ||||||
| 16 | program and for the recruitment of Black male applicants. The | ||||||
| 17 | Commission shall make a recommendation to the General Assembly | ||||||
| 18 | by January 1 of the year immediately following the end of that | ||||||
| 19 | third fiscal year regarding whether the amount allocated to | ||||||
| 20 | increasing awareness and recruitment should continue. | ||||||
| 21 | (q) Each qualified Illinois institution of higher learning | ||||||
| 22 | that receives funds from the Minority Teachers of Illinois | ||||||
| 23 | scholarship program shall host an annual information session at | ||||||
| 24 | the institution about the program for teacher candidates of | ||||||
| 25 | color in accordance with rules adopted by the Commission. | ||||||
| 26 | Additionally, the institution shall ensure that each | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | scholarship recipient enrolled at the institution meets with an | ||||||
| 2 | academic advisor at least once per academic year to facilitate | ||||||
| 3 | on-time completion of the recipient's educator preparation | ||||||
| 4 | program. | ||||||
| 5 | (Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15; 100-235, eff. 6-1-18.)
| ||||||
| 6 | Article 125. | ||||||
| 7 | Section 125-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act | ||||||
| 8 | is amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows:
| ||||||
| 9 | (110 ILCS 947/65.100) | ||||||
| 10 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||||||
| 11 | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||||||
| 12 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
| 13 | findings: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) Both access and affordability are important | ||||||
| 15 | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||||||
| 16 | Career Success report. | ||||||
| 17 | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to | ||||||
| 18 | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||||||
| 19 | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||||||
| 20 | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||||||
| 21 | of college attendance decreases. | ||||||
| 22 | (4) There is further research indicating that | ||||||
| 23 | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | students to use loans to attend college. | ||||||
| 2 | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||||||
| 3 | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||||||
| 4 | tuition. | ||||||
| 5 | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||||||
| 6 | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||||||
| 7 | college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||||||
| 8 | middle-income families. | ||||||
| 9 | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||||||
| 10 | college attendance is met, the federally determined | ||||||
| 11 | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||||||
| 12 | amount. | ||||||
| 13 | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||||||
| 14 | students in the country. | ||||||
| 15 | (9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||||||
| 16 | universities in this State, the State and those | ||||||
| 17 | universities benefit. | ||||||
| 18 | (10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||||||
| 19 | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||||||
| 20 | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to | ||||||
| 21 | remain in this State for college. | ||||||
| 22 | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||||||
| 23 | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||||||
| 24 | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||||||
| 25 | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||||||
| 26 | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | public universities. | ||||||
| 2 | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||||||
| 3 | strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||||||
| 4 | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||||||
| 5 | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||||||
| 6 | (b) In this Section: | ||||||
| 7 | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||||||
| 8 | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||||||
| 9 | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||||||
| 10 | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who | ||||||
| 11 | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||||||
| 12 | Section. | ||||||
| 13 | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||||||
| 14 | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||||||
| 15 | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||||||
| 16 | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||||||
| 17 | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does | ||||||
| 18 | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||||||
| 19 | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||||||
| 20 | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this | ||||||
| 21 | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||||||
| 22 | tuition and other necessary fees. | ||||||
| 23 | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||||||
| 24 | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||||||
| 25 | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||||||
| 26 | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||||||
| 2 | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||||||
| 3 | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||||||
| 4 | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||||||
| 5 | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||||||
| 6 | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||||||
| 7 | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||||||
| 8 | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||||||
| 9 | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||||||
| 10 | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty | ||||||
| 11 | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||||||
| 12 | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||||||
| 13 | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||||||
| 14 | applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||||||
| 15 | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||||||
| 16 | duration of the pilot program. | ||||||
| 17 | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point | ||||||
| 18 | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||||||
| 19 | determined by the public university campus. | ||||||
| 20 | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an | ||||||
| 21 | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||||||
| 22 | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||||||
| 23 | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||||||
| 24 | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||||||
| 25 | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||||||
| 26 | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | grant or scholarship. | ||||||
| 2 | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
| 3 | public university campus. | ||||||
| 4 | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||||||
| 5 | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||||||
| 6 | Section. | ||||||
| 7 | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||||||
| 8 | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||||||
| 9 | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||||||
| 10 | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The | ||||||
| 11 | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||||||
| 12 | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||||||
| 13 | information on their respective Internet websites. | ||||||
| 14 | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||||||
| 15 | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||||||
| 16 | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||||||
| 17 | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and | ||||||
| 18 | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||||||
| 19 | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||||||
| 20 | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission | ||||||
| 21 | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||||||
| 22 | that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||||||
| 23 | campus. The form of the application and the information | ||||||
| 24 | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||||||
| 25 | include, without limitation, the total public university | ||||||
| 26 | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||||||
| 2 | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||||||
| 3 | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||||||
| 4 | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||||||
| 5 | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||||||
| 6 | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
| 7 | A public university that has reported to the Commission | ||||||
| 8 | that at least 49% of its student body received financial aid | ||||||
| 9 | under the federal Pell Grant program for the previous academic | ||||||
| 10 | year shall match 20% of the amount of funds received from the | ||||||
| 11 | Commission for financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
| 12 | A public university that has reported to the Commission | ||||||
| 13 | that less than 49% of its student body received financial aid | ||||||
| 14 | under the federal Pell Grant program for the previous academic | ||||||
| 15 | year shall match 60% of the amount of funds received from the | ||||||
| 16 | Commission for financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
| 17 | A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||||||
| 18 | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||||||
| 19 | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
| 20 | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||||||
| 21 | those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||||||
| 22 | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||||||
| 23 | public university campuses not claiming their full | ||||||
| 24 | allocations. | ||||||
| 25 | Each public university campus may determine the award | ||||||
| 26 | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not | ||||||
| 2 | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||||||
| 3 | or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||||||
| 4 | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced | ||||||
| 5 | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||||||
| 6 | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||||||
| 7 | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||||||
| 8 | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||||||
| 9 | rate. | ||||||
| 10 | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||||||
| 11 | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||||||
| 12 | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||||||
| 13 | cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||||||
| 14 | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||||||
| 15 | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||||||
| 16 | students attending the public university campus during the | ||||||
| 17 | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||||||
| 18 | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||||||
| 19 | public university campus under this Section that are not | ||||||
| 20 | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||||||
| 21 | are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||||||
| 22 | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||||||
| 23 | students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||||||
| 24 | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||||||
| 25 | Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||||||
| 26 | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus | ||||||
| 2 | who are residents of this State. | ||||||
| 3 | (i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||||||
| 4 | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||||||
| 5 | public university campus to undergraduate students in the | ||||||
| 6 | 2017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be | ||||||
| 7 | eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public | ||||||
| 8 | university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan | ||||||
| 9 | financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including | ||||||
| 10 | any funds received from the Commission under this Section or | ||||||
| 11 | any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an | ||||||
| 12 | amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018 | ||||||
| 13 | academic year, not including the summer term. | ||||||
| 14 | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||||||
| 15 | public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||||||
| 16 | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||||||
| 17 | with all of the following information: | ||||||
| 18 | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||||||
| 19 | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||||||
| 20 | at the public university campus. | ||||||
| 21 | (2) Total funds received by the public university | ||||||
| 22 | campus under the Program. | ||||||
| 23 | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||||||
| 24 | undergraduate students attending the public university | ||||||
| 25 | campus. | ||||||
| 26 | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | university campus. | ||||||
| 2 | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||||||
| 3 | retained by the public university campus. | ||||||
| 4 | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed | ||||||
| 5 | under the Program by the public university campus. | ||||||
| 6 | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||||||
| 7 | the public university campus under the Program and those | ||||||
| 8 | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||||||
| 9 | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant | ||||||
| 10 | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||||||
| 11 | each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||||||
| 12 | record data on those students regarding variables | ||||||
| 13 | associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||||||
| 14 | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||||||
| 15 | SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||||||
| 16 | university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||||||
| 17 | study. | ||||||
| 18 | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||||||
| 19 | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||||||
| 20 | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||||||
| 21 | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||||||
| 22 | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||||||
| 23 | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||||||
| 24 | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
| 25 | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||||||
| 26 | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the | ||||||
| 2 | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||||||
| 3 | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||||||
| 4 | personally identifying information of individual students. | ||||||
| 5 | The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||||||
| 6 | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
| 7 | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||||||
| 8 | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||||||
| 9 | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as | ||||||
| 10 | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||||||
| 11 | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||||||
| 12 | Information Act. | ||||||
| 13 | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||||||
| 14 | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||||||
| 15 | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||||||
| 16 | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||||||
| 17 | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||||||
| 18 | academic year thereafter. | ||||||
| 19 | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||||||
| 20 | Section. | ||||||
| 21 | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||||||
| 22 | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||||||
| 23 | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff. | ||||||
| 24 | 6-1-20; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
| ||||||
| 25 | Article 130. | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Section 130-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as | ||||||
| 2 | the Transitions in Education Act. References in this Article to | ||||||
| 3 | "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
| 4 | Section 130-5. Findings; policies. | ||||||
| 5 | (a) The General Assembly finds the following: | ||||||
| 6 | (1) Teachers are the single most important in-school | ||||||
| 7 | factor in supporting student outcomes and success; yet, | ||||||
| 8 | Illinois is suffering from a profound teacher shortage | ||||||
| 9 | across the State. | ||||||
| 10 | (2) To reverse this shortage, Illinois needs to develop | ||||||
| 11 | and invest in a robust and diverse educator pipeline, | ||||||
| 12 | addressing any barriers or gaps that limit high quality | ||||||
| 13 | candidates, particularly candidates of color, from | ||||||
| 14 | becoming teachers. | ||||||
| 15 | (3) Illinois loses many high quality, diverse educator | ||||||
| 16 | candidates in postsecondary programs due to confusion or | ||||||
| 17 | lack of course transfer credits and course articulation | ||||||
| 18 | from Illinois's 2-year to 4-year institutions. | ||||||
| 19 | (4) Lack of alignment and transferability of course | ||||||
| 20 | credits may often force candidates to spend additional time | ||||||
| 21 | and money to earn a degree or lead to an inability to | ||||||
| 22 | complete a degree. | ||||||
| 23 | (5) In 1993, the Board of Higher Education, the | ||||||
| 24 | Illinois Community College Board, and the Transfer | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Coordinators of Illinois Colleges and Universities brought | ||||||
| 2 | together faculty from public and independent, associate, | ||||||
| 3 | and baccalaureate degree-granting institutions across the | ||||||
| 4 | State to develop the Illinois Articulation Initiative | ||||||
| 5 | (IAI). | ||||||
| 6 | (6) The goal of IAI is to facilitate the transfer of | ||||||
| 7 | courses from one participating college or university to | ||||||
| 8 | another in order to complete a baccalaureate degree. | ||||||
| 9 | (7) The Student Transfer Achievement Reform (STAR) | ||||||
| 10 | Act, as mandated by subsection (b) of Section 25 of the | ||||||
| 11 | Act, is designed to facilitate transfer among Illinois | ||||||
| 12 | public institutions, particularly for students with a | ||||||
| 13 | completed Associate of Arts or an Associate of Science | ||||||
| 14 | degree. | ||||||
| 15 | (8) While Illinois is a leading state for college | ||||||
| 16 | completion rates for adult learners and transfer students | ||||||
| 17 | from community colleges, it needs to increase the number of | ||||||
| 18 | high-quality postsecondary teaching credentials to meet | ||||||
| 19 | the demands of our schools and education workforce. | ||||||
| 20 | (9) With the rising costs of higher education for | ||||||
| 21 | Illinois students and families, the State needs to ensure | ||||||
| 22 | to the maximize extent possible that community college | ||||||
| 23 | courses will transfer with full credit for the student and | ||||||
| 24 | be accepted at an Illinois public or private institution as | ||||||
| 25 | they pursue a baccalaureate degree in education. | ||||||
| 26 | (10) Illinois can do this by improving transitions all | ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | along the education pipeline; for postsecondary education, | ||||||
| 2 | this means strengthening articulation through stable | ||||||
| 3 | funding and the expansion of transfer tools, such as | ||||||
| 4 | Transferology and the IAI through development of an | ||||||
| 5 | objective measure of transfer and acceptance of credits in | ||||||
| 6 | education degrees. | ||||||
| 7 | (11) The IAI Education Pathway can be modeled off of | ||||||
| 8 | existing IAI major pathways like Early Childhood Education | ||||||
| 9 | and Criminal Justice.
| ||||||
| 10 | (b) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher | ||||||
| 11 | Education, the State Board of Education, and the Illinois | ||||||
| 12 | Community College Board, as part of the IAI, to do all of the | ||||||
| 13 | following: | ||||||
| 14 | (1) To jointly establish a task force for a Major Panel | ||||||
| 15 | in Education and identify respective recommended major | ||||||
| 16 | courses that would be accepted as credit toward the | ||||||
| 17 | education major at the receiving institutions. | ||||||
| 18 | (2) As part of the report on the status of the Illinois | ||||||
| 19 | Articulation Initiative pursuant to Section 25 of the | ||||||
| 20 | Illinois Articulation Initiative Act, the Board of Higher | ||||||
| 21 | Education and the Illinois Community College Board are | ||||||
| 22 | encourage to include in the annual report to the General | ||||||
| 23 | Assembly, the Governor, and the Illinois P-20 Council the | ||||||
| 24 | progress made on the task force on the Education Major | ||||||
| 25 | Panel.
| ||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
| 1 | Article 999. | ||||||
| 2 | Section 999-999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||
| 3 | becoming law, except that Article 115 takes effect July 1, | ||||||
| 4 | 2021.".
| ||||||
